Vocabulary Words Flashcards

Question

Sasireun

Answer 1

Actually" or "in fact" Ex: 사실은 너를 좋아해 (sasireun neoreul joaha) means “The truth is, I like you”. 사실은 그게 아니야 (sasireun geuge aniya) means “The fact is, that’s not it”.

Answer 2

expressing surprise, shock, or dismay, similar to "Oh my gosh!" or "Oops!"

Answer 3

contraction of "amugeona haneunde. "I'm just doing whatever" or "I'm just doing nothing special."

Answer 4

contraction of "mweohaneunde""What are you doing?" or "What's up?"

Answer 5

to be special" or "to be unique." It's often used to describe something or someone as distinctive or exceptional.

Answer 6

Beach! Have fun!

Answer 7

can do" or "able to do"

Answer 8

seulpeoseo" means "because (I am) sad" or "since (I am) sad." conjugation of the verb "seulda" which means "to be sad" "

Answer 9

seulte" means "to be sad" or "not feeling sorrowful." To feel down shortened of "seulji anhneunda" "not to be sad." The ending "-te"- casual contraction of "-ji anhneunda- verb "seulda" (슬다). Ah, I see! In that case, "슬프다" (seulte) means "to be sad" or "to feel down" in Korean. If someone says "슬프다" (seulte) or "슬퍼" (seulpeo), it typically means they're feeling emotionally distressed or not feeling well emotionally. The opposite of "seulte" (슬프지 않아) is "seulteopda" (슬프다). "Seulte" (슬퍼) is a Korean word that means "to be sad" or "to feel sorrow." It is an adjective that describes the emotional state of sadness or grief. Examples Here are some examples of how "seulte" is used in Korean sentences: 그녀는 친구와 헤어져서 매우 슬퍼했다. (She was very sad after breaking up with her friend.) 그 영화는 정말 슬픈 내용이었다. (That movie had a really sad story.) 부모님께서 돌아가셔서 슬픈 마음이 들었다. (I felt sad when my parents passed away.) 실패한 일 때문에 슬퍼하지 마세요. (Don't be sad because of a failure.) 그녀의 슬픈 표정을 보니 마음이 아팠다. (Seeing her sad expression made me feel sorry.) Additional Information "Seulte" is the present tense form of the verb "seulpda" (슬프다), which means "to be sad." It can be used to describe a person's emotional state or the nature of a situation or event that evokes sadness. The word is derived from the Korean root word "seul" (슬), which means "sorrow" or "grief." In summary, "seulte" is a commonly used Korean word that expresses the emotion of sadness or sorrow. It is an essential part of the Korean language for conveying and understanding emotional states.

Answer 10

Because you are" or "Since you are" "you are" whatever is being described.

Answer 11

But or though, but doing State, as "doing" or "while doing" conjunction, continuing action

Answer 12

take a look at this or this is it.

Answer 13

Good job or well done

Answer 14

Who are you looking for? Or who are you talking to?

Answer 15

I'll get going now or I'm going to leave now

Answer 16

To be sad or to be sorrowful

Answer 17

its me or I'm the one

Answer 18

why again, why both or why once more

Answer 19

Like pretty or like beautiful

Answer 20

To be firm or To be resolute. It can also mean "to be determined" or "to be decisive" to do something quickly and easily" or "to do something briskly and briskly." It can also mean "to do something promptly and easily." depending on the context.

Answer 21

Do you have a moment?" or "Do you have a second?" Can i have a word with you? polite way to ask if someone has a moment to spare or if they are available to talk or do something briefly. "Iltan issnayo?" (일탈 있나요?) can indeed be understood as "Do you have a moment?" or "Do you have a second?" in English, typically used to inquire if someone is available for a brief conversation or discussion. Thank you for the clarification. If you'd like to say "Can I have a word with you?" in Korean, you can use "제가 잠시만 말 좀 걸어도 될까요?" (Jega jamsiman mal jom georeodo doelkkayo?) or "제가 잠깐만 말 좀 걸어도 될까요?" (Jega jamkkanman mal jom georeodo doelkkayo?). These phrases convey the request to have a short conversation.

Answer 22

Just because not" or "Just because it's not" abruptness or firmness

Answer 23

Just because it's done easily" or "Just because it's done easily or I said so Decisiveness or ease of action "Tuktuk nikka" in Korean means "since it's so" or "because it's so." "Tuktuk anikka" (툭툭 아니까) in Korean means "since it's not so" or "because it's not so." These phrases are used to provide a reason or explanation for a situation, depending on whether the situation is as expected or not.

Answer 24

Don't do it" or "Stop it" in English. It's a command form of the verb "hada which means "to do."

Answer 25

conditional form of the verb "시다" (sida), which means "to try" or "to attempt." It's used to express a conditional statement, similar to "if you try" if when, or "if you attempt"

Answer 26

Going to beach or going to seaside Gagi- means going

Answer 27

it's been a long time, long time no see

Answer 28

im tired or fatigued (formal or informal way)

Answer 29

popularity

Answer 30

in the world" or "on earth" "in the whole world" or "in the entire world."

Answer 31

Because or so... Similar to Geuraeseo and Geureomeuro

Answer 32

as a friend or like a friend

Answer 33

Because of that or in that way, for that reason

Answer 34

I don't like" or "dislike

Answer 35

Fast or quick

Answer 36

To teach or to instruct

Answer 37

Playing or screening (movie or films)

Answer 38

For the first time

Answer 39

Object" or "thing" refers to any physical item or entity that exists. Seumul- is for the number 20 "Seonmul" (선물) in Korean means "gift" in English. "Sameul" (사물) and "samul" (삼을) are two different words in Korean with distinct meanings: - "Sameul" (사물) means "thing" or "object." - "Samul" (삼을) is a verb form derived from the verb "삼다" (samda), which means "to measure" or "to assess." It is the future tense form of the verb, specifically the third-person singular form. "Sameolo" (사물로) in Korean means "by thing" or "through things" in English. It is a phrase that indicates using or relying on things to achieve a certain outcome or result.

Answer 40

Study well and study diligently

Answer 41

Do you want to drink? Or Would you like to have a drink?

Answer 42

I'm thirsty

Answer 43

Masitgetda-It looks delicious or it seems tasty Masitda- it's delicious Yes, you're correct! - "맛있겠다" (masitgetda) is commonly heard in Korean dramas and translates to "It looks delicious" or "It seems tasty" in English. It's often used when characters are observing food or anticipating how something will taste. - "맛있다" (masitda) means "It's delicious" in Korean. This expression is used to describe food that is tasty or flavorful. It's a common phrase used in everyday conversations when enjoying a meal. The correct phrase for "It's delicious" in Korean is "맛있어요" (masisseoyo) or "맛있습니다" (masisseumnida), depending on the level of formality. So, "Maestta" doesn't seem to be a correct or meaningful phrase in Korean. If you have a specific word or phrase in mind, feel free to provide more context, and I'll be happy to assist you further.

Answer 44

Where are you going.

Answer 45

favorite" or "liked

Answer 46

who is" or "who is it" Nugu eoyo- informal way of who is it

Answer 47

Is being shown or being screened

Answer 48

Because you're my friend. If you add Anikka- it translates you're NOT my friend

Answer 49

Appreudo, Apeoyo or (Apeo), which means "it hurts" or "I'm in pain"

Answer 50

to look around" or "to explore.

Answer 51

please come in" or "please enter" a verb Or - to enter" or "to go in. "들었어" (deureosseo) means "I heard" in English. It's the past tense form of the verb "들다" (deulda), which means "to hear" or "to listen." So, "들었어" (deureosseo) is used to convey that you heard something in the past.

Answer 52

like this" or "this kind of "Il cheoreom" (일처럼) and "ireon" (이런) are similar in meaning but used in slightly different contexts: 1. "Il cheoreom" (일처럼) means "like this" or "in this way." It is used when comparing something to a specific action or situation, emphasizing similarity or comparison. 2. "Ireon" (이런) means "like this" or "this kind of." It is used to describe something that is physically close to the speaker or to refer to something that is being shown or pointed out. While both expressions can indicate similarity or likeness, "il cheoreom" is more specific in comparing actions or situations, while "ireon" is more general and can refer to objects or situations that are physically close to the speaker. Sure, here are the sentences transliterated into the English alphabet: 1. **Ireon ireun cheoeumieyo.** This kind of thing is a first. 2. **Geuneun ireon saramieyo.** He is this kind of person. 3. **Cheoreom dangsindo haengbokhagil barabnida.** I hope you are happy like that too. 4. **Ireohke yeppeun kkoch-eul bon jeogi eobs-eoyo.** I have never seen a flower as beautiful as this. 5. **Cheoreom dangsindo yeolshimhi gongbuhaseyo.** Please study hard like him/her.

Answer 53

"Leather" in Korean is (gajuk). (gajog) means "family"

Answer 54

In the future" or "for the future" used to refer to something that will happen or be done in the future.

Answer 55

This is fun" or "This is interesting" in English. It's a phrase used to express enjoyment or amusement about something.

Answer 56

please have a seat" or "please sit down" in English. It's a polite way to invite someone to sit down

Answer 57

restaurant

Answer 58

Theater or Performance hall or venue

Answer 59

Different or other. Describe not the same or something else, distinct, separate "다른 사람 한테" (Dareun saram hante), which means "to another person" or "to a different person" in Korean.

Answer 60

Already? It's pronounced pulseo

Answer 61

On the weekend Woryoil- monday Hwayoil- Tuesday Suyoil- Wednesday Mog-yoil- Thursday Geum-yoil- Friday Toyoil- Saturday Iryoil- Sunday Jinanju- last week Ibeonju- this week Ju- week Il- day

Answer 62

Anything or whatever

Answer 63

to flow, to run, leak or drip (as in leaking pipe)

Answer 64

Until now" or "so far" to indicate the extent of progress or achievement up to a certain point in time. 1. "지금까지 정말 힘들었어." (Jigeum kkaji jeongmal himdeureosseo.) - "It's been really tough until now." 2. "이 일은 지금까지 제일 어려운 일이었어." (I ireun jigeumkkaji jeil eoryeoun irieosseo.) - "This has been the most challenging task until now." 3. "지금까지 했던 일 중에서 이게 제일 재미있었어." (Jigeumkkaji haetdeon il jungeseo ige jeil jaemiisseosseo.) - "Among the things I've done so far, this has been the most enjoyable." 4. "지금까지 배운 게 정말 많아." (Jigeumkkaji baeun ge jeongmal mana.) - "I've learned a lot up to now." 5. "지금까지의 노력이 이루어낸 결과야." (Jigeumkkajiui noryeogi iruoenan gyeolgyeya.) - "This is the result of the efforts made until now." 6. "지금까지의 경험이 나를 더 강하게 만들었어." (Jigeumkkajiui gyeongheomi nareul deo ganghage mandeureosseo.) - "The experiences until now have made me stronger." 7. "이 프로젝트는 지금까지의 최고의 성과를 이뤘어." (I peurojekteuneun jigeumkkajiui choegoui seonggwareul irwosseo.) - "This project has achieved the best results so far." 8. "지금까지의 일은 내 인생을 크게 바꿔놨어." (Jigeumkkajiui ileun nae insaengeul keuge bakkwonwosseo.) - "The things that happened until now have greatly changed my life." 9. "이 순간까지도 난 그 일의 의미를 이해하지 못하고 있어." (I sungankkajido nan geu irui uimireul ihaehaji mothaggo isseo.) - "Even up to this moment, I still don't understand the meaning of that event." 10. "지금까지의 노력이 이제서야 결실을 맺었어." (Jigeumkkajiui noryeogi ije-seoya gyeolsireul maeosseo.) - "The efforts until now have finally borne fruit." 11. "지금까지 쌓아온 지식을 활용해서 새로운 도전에 나설 때가 왔어." (Jigeumkkaji ssa-aon jisigeul hwalyonghaeseo saeroun dojeone naseol ttaega wasseo.) - "It's time to utilize the knowledge accumulated until now and embark on new challenges." 12. "내일까지 이 일을 끝내야 해, 그런데 지금까지 한 게 별로 없어." (Naeilkkaji i ireul kkeutnaeya hae, geureonde jigeumkkaji han ge byeollo eopseo.) - "I need to finish this task by tomorrow, but I haven't done much until now." 13. "지금까지의 경험은 내가 더 나아질 수 있도록 도와줬어." (Jigeumkkajiui gyeongheomeun naega deo naajil su issdorok dowajwosseo.) - "The experiences until now have helped me become a better person." 14. "지금까지의 노력이 있었기 때문에 지금 이 자리에 있을 수 있어." (Jigeumkkajiui noryeogi isseoggi ttaemune jigeum i jarie isseul su isseo.) - "I am in this position now because of the efforts made until now." 15. "내가 지금까지 온 길은 힘들었지만 그만한 가치가 있었어." (Naega jigeumkkaji on gireun himdeureotjiman geumanhan gachiga isseosseo.) - "The path I've walked until now has been challenging, but it has been worth it." Certainly! 16. "이렇게 지금까지 와서 느낀 건, 인내와 인내가 미래를 바꾼다는 거야." (Ireoke jigeumkkaji waseo neukkin geon, innawa innega miraereul bakkun daneun geoya.) - "Coming this far, I've realized that patience and perseverance can change the future." 17. "내가 이렇게 성공한 것도 지금까지의 노력 덕분이야." (Naega ireoke seonggonghan geosdo jigeumkkajiui noryeok deokbuniya.) - "The success I've achieved is also thanks to the efforts made until now." 18. "이렇게 지금까지 쌓아온 경험이 미래의 길을 밝혀 줄 거야." (Ireoke jigeumkkaji ssa-aon gyeongheomi miraeui gireul balkhyeo jul geoya.) - "The experiences accumulated until now will illuminate the path of the future." 19. "이렇게 지금까지의 노력이 물망에 올랐어." (Ireoke jigeumkkajiui noryeogi mulmange ollwasseo.) - "The efforts made until now have finally paid off." 20. "이렇게 지금까지의 시련을 이겨내면 더 강해질 수 있어." (Ireoke jigeumkkajiui siryeoneul igyeonaemyeon deo ganghaejil su isseo.) - "Overcoming trials like this will make me stronger as I go forward." 21. "이렇게 지금까지 쌓아온 지식은 미래의 발전에 기여할 것이다." (Ireoke jigeumkkaji ssa-aon jisigeun miraeui baljeone giyohal geosida.) - "The knowledge accumulated until now will contribute to the development of the future." 22. "내일까지 이 프로젝트를 완료해야 하는데, 이렇게 지금까지의 진척이 꼭 필요해." (Naeilkkaji i peurojekteureul wanryohaeya haneunde, ireoke jigeumkkajiui jincheogi kkok pillyohae.) - "I need progress like this until now to complete the project by tomorrow." 23. "이렇게 지금까지의 노력을 인정받아 기쁨을 느낄 수 있어." (Ireoke jigeumkkajiui noryeogeul injeongbada gibbeumeul neukkil su isseo.) - "Being recognized for the efforts made until now brings joy." 24. "이렇게 지금까지 해온 것이 내 성장에 큰 영향을 미쳤어." (Ireoke jigeumkkaji haenon geosi nae seongjange keun yeonghyangeul michyeosseo.) - "What I have done until now has had a significant impact on my growth." 25. "이렇게 지금까지의 경험을 토대로 미래를 계획하고 있어." (Ireoke jigeumkkajiui gyeongheomeul todaero miraereul gyehoeghago isseo.) - "Based on the experiences until now, I am planning for the future." 26. "이렇게 지금까지의 힘든 순간도 소중한 경험이었어." (Ireoke jigeumkkajiui himdeun sungando sojunghan gyeongheimeosseo.) - "Even these difficult moments until now have been valuable experiences." 27. "이렇게 지금까지의 성과를 놓치지 않기 위해 계속 노력할 거야." (Ireoke jigeumkkajiui seonggwareul nohchiji anhgi wihae gyesok noryeokhal geoya.) - "To not miss out on the achievements until now, I will keep putting in effort." 28. "이렇게 지금까지의 일들이 나를 더 강하게 만들어 가고 있어." (Ireoke jigeumkkajiui ildeuri nareul deo ganghage mandeureo gago isseo.) - "The things that have happened until now are making me stronger." 29. "이렇게 지금까지의 경험을 통해 새로운 가능성을 열어보고 싶어." (Ireoke jigeumkkajiui gyeongheomeul tonghae saeroun ganeungseongeul yeoreobogo sip-eo.) - "Through the experiences until now, I want to explore new possibilities." 30. "이렇게 지금까지의 노력을 토대로 미래에 대한 계획을 세워 보려고 해." (Ireoke jigeumkkajiui noryeogeul todaero mirae-e daehan gyehoeg-e sewo boryeogo hae.) - "I am planning for the future based on the efforts made until now."

Answer 65

You did very well" or "You did a great job" It's a compliment used to praise someone for their good performance or accomplishment. Pronunciation here is "deutmo chariseo"

Answer 66

It was good" or "It was nice" It is a past tense statement expressing satisfaction or approval with something that happened or was experienced in the past.

Answer 67

No way or seriously!

Answer 68

It was fun" or "It was enjoyable" It's a statement used to express that something was entertaining or enjoyable in the past. 1. "재미 있네" (jaemi isseune) 2. "재미 있어" (jaemi isseo) These phrases mean "It's interesting" or "It's fun."

Answer 69

Keotta- To be big, to grow It is the past tense form of the verb "keuda" (크다), which means "to be big" or "to grow big." Kiga keun- Tall to describe people or animals. example, 키가 큰 남자 (kiga keun namja) “a tall man”. 높이가 …인 (nop-iga …in): used to specify the exact measurement of something. For example, 높이가 2미터인 나무 (nop-iga 2miteoin namu) “a tree that is 2 meters tall”. 고층 (gocheung) “high-rise” and is used to describe buildings or structures that have many floors. , 고층 빌딩 (gocheung bilding) means “a high-rise building”.

Answer 70

I slept too much or "Overslept."

Answer 71

I know too" or "I know it very well" express agreement or acknowledgment of something that has been said.

Answer 72

Do you need?" or "Is it necessary?" "I need it" or "I need something It is a polite way of inquiring about someone's need or requirement.

Answer 73

Nugu mannayo- This is a polite way to ask "Who are you meeting?" or "Whom are you meeting?" Nugu mannal geoyeyo "Who will you meet?" or "Whom will you meet?" future tense question about meeting someone. Nugu manaseo" "after meeting someone, who... something that happened after meeting a specific person.

Answer 74

Nugu manaseo- who did you meet? a phrase used to describe an action that occurs after meeting someone specific. Nugu Manasseoyo- who did you meet? past tense and is more commonly used in polite or formal speech to state that the meeting has already occurred. they both serve different purposes related to the timing and context of the meeting.

Answer 75

Popularity or level of popularity

Answer 76

Regarding the song, as for the song

Answer 77

Refers to multiple songs. Plural form of norae

Answer 78

Like that. In that way. Yeah or that's right. The phrases "그렇다" (geureosda) and "맞아요" (majayo) serve different purposes in Korean: 1. **그렇다 (geureosda):** - **Meaning:** "그렇다" (geureosda) translates to "that's right" or "it is so" in English. It is used to affirm or agree with a statement or assertion made by someone else. - **Example:** "네, 그렇습니다" (Yes, that's right). 2. **맞아요 (majayo):** - **Meaning:** "맞아요" (majayo) also means "that's right" or "it is so." It is used similarly to "그렇다" (geureosda) to affirm or agree with something. - **Example:** "네, 맞아요" (Yes, that's right). In essence, both "그렇다" (geureosda) and "맞아요" (majayo) are used to acknowledge or confirm the correctness of a statement or situation. The choice between them often depends on personal preference or the context of the conversation. The phrase "맞습니다" (masimnida) is another way to express agreement or confirmation in Korean. It is a formal form of "맞아요" (majayo) and "그렇다" (geureosda). - **맞습니다 (masimnida):** - **Meaning:** "맞습니다" (masimnida) translates to "that's correct" or "it is so" in English. It is a polite and formal way to affirm or agree with a statement or assertion made by someone else. - **Example:** "네, 맞습니다" (Yes, that's correct). Like "맞아요" (majayo), "맞습니다" (masimnida) is used to acknowledge the correctness of a statement or situation, but it is more formal and polite, suitable for use in professional or formal settings.

Answer 79

Okay if you say so. Okay if that's the case. In Kdrama they just simply say "Okay" the phrase (ara sinikka) is often used as a casual and colloquial way to express agreement or acceptance, similar to saying "Okay" or "Alright" in English. It's a shortened and simplified version of expressing agreement. "Ara gaetta" (알아 갔다) in Korean can be translated as "I see, I got it" or "I understand now" in English. It's a colloquial expression used to acknowledge understanding or comprehension of something that has been explained or communicated.

Answer 80

Sinda- to believe or trust Nikka- since or because Together they mean agreement or acceptance "신다니까" (sindanikka) "Because you believe" or "Since you believe," not "Because I believe." It's a construction where "신다" (sinda), meaning "to believe," is combined with "니까" (nikka), which is a conjunction meaning "because" or "since."

Answer 81

(geureonikkayo) "so" or "therefore" It's often used to introduce a conclusion or a result based on preceding information or to provide an explanation. I know That's why So.. Sense that you understood their point or reason.

Answer 82

even so or nevertheless. Even still translates to "Anyway, nevertheless" or "Regardless, nonetheless" in English. It's used to indicate that despite what was said or done previously, the speaker is proceeding with their point or action.

Answer 83

Can finally do or able to do at last Pul su- can do or able to do Deudieo or machimnae- finally, sense of happening at last after awhile

Answer 84

"You made the right decision" or "You did well. It's a phrase used to praise someone for making a good decision or taking appropriate action.

Answer 85

Special or Unique

Answer 86

Approaching an obstacle or challenge. "going to the wall" or "heading towards the wall." could be a specific location or a metaphorical reference to a wall-like structure or barrier. " "함벅 가기" (hambeok gagi) in Korean doesn't have a direct translation into English. "함벅" (hambeok) is an onomatopoeic word describing a feeling of something being moist or soggy. "가기" (gagi) means "to go" or "going." So, "함벅 가기" (hambeok gagi) could roughly translate to "going with a damp feeling" or "going in a moist manner," but the exact meaning would depend on the context in which it's used. If you have more context or a specific situation in mind, please provide it, and I can offer a more accurate translation.

Answer 87

Let's go together Hamkke- together or with

Answer 88

I need" or "it is necessary". It expresses a requirement or necessity for something.

Answer 89

Nice to see everyone or you. Nice to meet you or everyone Modern way- Mannaseo bangawoyo 1. "반갑습니다" (bangapseumnida): This is a formal and polite Korean greeting that translates to "Nice to meet you" in English. It's used in formal situations or when addressing someone in a respectful manner. 2. "반갑다" (bangapseuda): This is the informal and casual version of the greeting "Nice to meet you" in Korean. It's used when speaking to someone who is of a similar age or social status in a casual setting. 3. "반갑어요" (bangapseoyo): This is another informal and polite version of the greeting "Nice to meet you" in Korean. It's used in casual settings but still maintains a polite tone. 4. "반갑지 않아요" (bangapji anhayo): This phrase translates to "Not nice to meet you" or "I'm not glad to meet you" in English. It's used to express the opposite sentiment of "Nice to meet you" and is typically used in situations where someone is not happy to meet someone else. In an informal way to a friend, you can say "반가워" (bangawo), which means "nice to meet you" or "glad to see you."

Answer 90

It's currently here" or "It's here now." It's used to indicate the present location or existence of something.

Answer 91

I can't believe or it can't be. An expression used to convey disbelief or astonishment "That's not it" or "That's not the case." It's used to indicate a situation where something is not as expected or not as previously thought.

Answer 92

Sasil- "fact" or "truth." It is often used to indicate something that is true or real. 2. "Sasil" (사실): - "Sasil" is an adverb used to indicate truth, fact, or reality. It can be translated as "actually," "in fact," or "truthfully" in English. - Example: "사실, 그는 매우 친절해요.""Sasil, geuneun maeu chinjeolhaeyo. (Actually, he is very kind.) A Korean word that can convey the meanings of "honestly," "in fact," "really," or "indeed" is "사실" (sasil). It's an adverb used to emphasize the truthfulness or sincerity of a statement. Here are some examples of how it can be used: 1. 사실 그것은 잘못했어요. (Sasil geugeoseun jalmoshaesseoyo.) - Honestly, I did it wrong. 2. 사실은 그것이 맞아요. (Sasireun geugeosi majayo.) - In fact, that's correct. 3. 사실, 나는 그렇게 생각하지 않아요. (Sasil, naneun geureohge saenggakaji anhaseoyo.) - Honestly, I don't think so. 4. 그것은 사실이에요. (Geugeoseun sasirieyo.) - That's really true. Geugeoseun and Geugeosi both mean "that is or it is" In each of these examples, "사실" (sasil) is used to emphasize the sincerity, truthfulness, or reality of the statement Sasil yeupuda "truthfully beautiful" or "actually beautiful" The phrase "와 사실 예쁘다!" (Wa sasil yeppeuda!) in Korean means "Wow, it's really beautiful!" in English. It's used to express admiration or appreciation for something that is visually appealing.

Answer 93

If it's so" or "if that's the case.

Answer 94

"if you ride" or "when you ride." It is a conditional form of the verb "타다" (tada), which means "to ride." This form is used to express a condition or situation that occurs when someone rides something, such as a vehicle or an animal. "타면" (tamyeon) primarily means "if you ride" or "when you ride," it can also be used in a conditional sense to mean "if it's different" or "if it's otherwise" depending on the context. In certain contexts, it can convey the meaning of "if it's other than what was just mentioned" or "if it's in a different situation." So, yes, "타면" (tamyeon) can carry the additional meaning of "if it's different" or "if it's otherwise" in specific contexts. Thank you for bringing this to my attention.

Answer 95

What did you say? What are you saying? "뭐라 내?" (mwola nae) and "몰라 내?" (molla nae) both informal ways of saying "What did you say?" or "What?" when asking someone to repeat what they said. The difference lies in the level of certainty: - "뭐라 내?" (mwola nae): This can be translated as "What did you say?" or "What?" and implies that the speaker didn't quite catch or understand what was said and is seeking clarification. - "몰라 내?" (molla nae): This can also be translated as "What did you say?" or "What?" but adds the speaker's uncertainty about what was said. It can imply that the speaker didn't hear or understand clearly and is expressing uncertainty or confusion. Both phrases are informal and used in casual conversations among friends or peers.

Answer 96

Beautiful or lovely in Korean means "beautiful" in English. It is an adjective used to describe something that is visually pleasing or aesthetically attractive.

Answer 97

This time or this instance

Answer 98

Perhaps or maybe

Answer 99

Doing it alone or by oneself

Answer 100

Would you like to? or do you want to?

Answer 101

What should we do? How should we do it? "어떻게지" (eotteokaji) and "어떻게지" (eotteokajji) are variations of the same phrase in Korean, but they have slightly different meanings and uses: 1. "어떻게지" (eotteokaji): This phrase is used to ask "How is it?" or "How is that?" in Korean. It is a casual form of the question "어떻게 해지?" (eotteokae haji?) or "어떻게 되지?" (eotteokae doji?), both of which mean "What should I/we do?" or "What will happen?" depending on the context. 2. "어떻게지" (eotteokajji): This phrase is also used to ask "How is it?" or "How is that?" but with a slightly different nuance. It can be used to express doubt or uncertainty about a situation or outcome, similar to saying "I wonder how it is" or "I wonder what's going on." It's a more tentative or speculative form of the question. In summary, both phrases are used to ask "How is it?" but "어떻게지" (eotteokajji) carries a bit more uncertainty or speculation compared to "어떻게지" (eotteokaji). The choice between them depends on the context and the speaker's intention.

Answer 102

What should we/I do? "어떻게요" (eotteokeyo) is another variation of the phrase "어떻게" (eotteoke) in Korean, which means "how" or "in what way." It is a polite and formal way of asking "How is it?" or "What is it like?" Here's how they compare: 1. "어떻게요" (eotteokeyo): This is the polite and formal way of asking "How is it?" or "What is it like?" in Korean. It is commonly used in formal situations or when speaking to someone in a polite manner. 2. "어떻게지" (eotteokajji) or "어떻게지" (eotteokaji): These are casual and slightly informal ways of asking "How is it?" or "How is that?" in Korean. They can be used in casual conversations among friends or peers. In summary, "어떻게요" (eotteokeyo) is polite and formal, while "어떻게지" (eotteokajji) or "어떻게지" (eotteokaji) are more casual and informal. The choice between them depends on the level of formality and the context of the conversation. "Eotteonga gataeyo" (어떤가요) in Korean translates to "How is it?" or "What do you think?" in English. It's a question asking for someone's opinion or assessment of a situation.

Answer 103

One time or once "한 번" (han beon) in Korean means "once" or "one time" in English. It is used to indicate a single occurrence or instance of something.

Answer 104

What are you saying? What is that? "Mwolae" is a casual way of saying "What's that?" or "What's this?" in Korean. It's often used when someone is curious about or confused about something they've seen or heard. It's an informal expression commonly used in everyday conversations.

Answer 105

Will you (do something) do you want to (do something) "할래" (hallae) in Korean is a casual way of saying "Do you want to?" or "Shall we?" It's often used when making suggestions or inviting someone to do something together in a friendly and informal context.

Answer 106

Do you want to go play? Shall we go play "놀러 갈래?" in Korean translates to "Do you want to go out/have fun?" in English.

Answer 107

Why aren't you going? "Wae an ga?" (왜 안 가?) in Korean translates to "Why aren't you going?" in English. It's a question asking for the reason why someone is not going or doing something.

Answer 108

Do you want to be friends? "우리 친구 할래?" (Uri chingu hallae?) in Korean translates to "Do you want to be our friend?" in English.

Answer 109

I don't know "몰라" (molla) in Korean means "I don't know" in English. It's a simple and straightforward way of expressing lack of knowledge or uncertainty about something.

Answer 110

Is that so? Is it "Iranikka" (이란이까) in Korean means "Is it so?" or "Is that right?" in English. It's used to confirm or verify information that has been stated or implied.

Answer 111

I have a friend. I know a friend "친구 있는데" (Chingu aneunde) in Korean translates to "I have a friend, but..." in English. This phrase is often used to introduce a statement or situation where the speaker has a friend, but there may be some additional context or complication that they want to discuss.

Answer 112

Oh come one. Oh no. An expression Ah, I see. Thank you for the clarification. "아, 불아" (Ah, bullah) is a colloquial expression in Korean that can be interpreted as "Oh, come on!" or "Oh, no!" in English, depending on the context and tone of the speaker. It's used to express frustration, disappointment, or disbelief in a casual conversation.

Answer 113

How is it? What do you think? "어떻게" (eottae) in Korean means "how" or "in what way" in English. It's often used to inquire about a method, manner, or condition. It can also be used as a standalone expression to ask "What's wrong?" or "What's the matter?" depending on the context. "어떻게요?" (eottaeyo) in Korean translates to "How are you?" or "How is it?" in English. It's a polite and formal way of asking about someone's well-being or the state of something. "사과를 어떻게요?" (Sagwareul eottaeyo?) in Korean can also translate to "What about the apple?" or "How about the apple?" in English, depending on the context. It's a versatile phrase that can be used to inquire about the condition, quality, or preference regarding the apple.

Answer 114

To become or to be "되어" (doeeo) in Korean. It is the passive form of the verb "되다" (doeda), which means "to become" or "to be done." It is used to indicate that something is being or has been done by someone or something else.

Answer 115

This is it. It's like this Both "이런 거예요" (Ireon geoyeyo) and "이런 거야" (Ireon gayo) essentially convey the same meaning in Korean, which is "It's like this" or "This is how it is" in English. The difference lies in the level of formality and tone: - "이런 거예요" (Ireon geoyeyo) is the more formal and polite way of saying it. - "이런 거야" (Ireon gayo) is the more informal and casual way of saying it. So, the choice between them depends on the context and the level of formality or familiarity with the listener.

Answer 116

In this way. Like this "Ireoke" (이렇게) in Korean translates to "like this" or "in this way" in English. It's used to describe or indicate a manner or condition. Sure, here are some sample sentences using the word "이렇게" (ireoke) in Korean: 1. 이렇게 해 보세요. (Ireoke hae boseyo.) - "Try it like this." Hada- to do, boda- to see 2. 이렇게 맛있는 음식을 오랜만에 먹어서 기뻐요. (Ireoke masinneun eumsigeul oraenmane meogeoseo gibbeoyo.) - "I'm happy to eat such delicious food after a long time." Gippeuda- to be happy or glad 3. 이렇게 일찍 일어나면 피곤해요. (Ireoke iljjik ireonamyeon pigonhaeyo.) - "I get tired when I wake up this early." iljjik-early, ireonada-to wake up, myeon-if or when 4. 이렇게 큰 고기를 구울 때는 오래 기다려야 해요. (Ireoke keun gogireul guul ttaeneun orae kidaryeoya haeyo.) - "You have to wait a long time when grilling such a big piece of meat." Gogi-meat, guul-grill, orae- long time, kidarida-wait,ttaeneun- connector when or whenever, doeda-to wait 5. 이렇게 늦게까지 일하면 몸이 피곤해져요. (Ireoke neutgekkaji ilhamyeon momi pigonhaejyeoyo.) - "Your body gets tired when you work this late." Momi- body & neutgekkaji-this late or until late 1. **Like This:** Used to indicate the way something is done or the current state. - Example: 이렇게 해 보세요. (Ireoke hae boseyo.) - Try it like this. 2. **In This Way:** Describing a particular method or manner. - Example: 이렇게 말하면 이해가 빠릅니다. (Ireoke malhamyeon ihaega pparibnida.) - If you say it like this, it's easier to understand. 3. **So Much, This Much:** Used to express a considerable amount or degree. - Example: 이렇게 많이 먹을 수 있어요. (Ireoke mani meogeul su isseoyo.) - You can eat this much.

Answer 117

1. Past tense: "갔어요" (gass-eoyo) - "went" I did go" 2. Present/future tense: "가려요" (galyeoyo) - "will go" or "going" I will go"

Answer 118

Let's eat "Meukjagu" (먹자구) is a colloquial and informal expression in Korean that is derived from the verb "먹다" (meokda), which means "to eat." The suffix "-자" (-ja) is added to the verb stem to form the casual imperative form, which is used to suggest or invite someone to do something together. In this case, "먹자" (meokja) means "let's eat." The ending "-구" (-gu) is often added for emphasis or casual tone, so "먹자구" (meukjagu) can be translated as "Let's eat!" in English.

Answer 119

(dalsi damyeon) "if it's sweet" or "if it's delicious" in English. The word "달시다" (dalsida) is derived from the adjective "달다" (dalda), which means "to be sweet" or "to be delicious." The suffix "-면" (myeon) is added to indicate a conditional form, similar to "if" in English. So, "달시다면" (dalsi damyeon) is used to express a condition or hypothesis related to sweetness or deliciousness.

Answer 120

Together or along with "둘" (dul) means "two" in Korean, and "가" (ga) is a particle indicating the subject marker, "둘가" (dulga) is used to mean "both" or "the two." When "둘가" (dulga) is combined with "다" (da), the casual declarative ending, it becomes "둘가다" (dulgada), which means "together" or "along with" in Korean. So, "둘가다" (dulgada) can indeed be interpreted as "together" or "along with."

Answer 121

"Who is going?" but it could also be understood as "Who goes?" or "Who is supposed to go?" depending on the situation. Context is key in understanding the precise meaning.

Answer 122

"even though" or "although" used to indicate a concession or contrast between two clauses in a sentence. "십은데" (Sip-eunde) in Korean could be a shortened or informal way of saying (Sip-eunde-yo), which means "but, however" It's often used in casual conversation to introduce a contrasting statement or to express a change of topic.

Answer 123

(Hamgge nuga) "together with whom"

Answer 124

all represent the past tense form of the verb "가다" (gada), which means "to go" or "went" in English. The variations in spelling arise from different Romanization systems used to represent Korean sounds using the English alphabet. Despite the different spellings, they all convey the same meaning in English.

Answer 125

(Mwo itjiman) in Korean translates to "But what about..." or "But what if..." in English. It's a phrase used to introduce a new topic or suggest an alternative perspective in a conversation.

Answer 126

What happened? What's going on? in Korean translates to "What's the matter?" or "What's going on?" in English. It's a question used to inquire about a situation or problem.

Answer 127

There's no one it's empty "사람 안" (Saram ante) and "사람 없다" (Saram eopda) have different meanings in Korean: 1. "사람 안" (Saram ante): This phrase does not make grammatical sense in Korean. "안" (ante) means "inside" or "within," and "사람" (saram) means "person." Therefore, "사람 안" (Saram ante) would translate to something like "inside the person," which is not a coherent expression. 2. "사람 없다" (Saram eopda): This phrase means "There is no one" in Korean. "없다" (eopda) means "to not exist" or "to be absent," and "사람" (saram) means "person." So, "사람 없다" (Saram eopda) accurately conveys the idea of "There is no one" or "There are no people." In summary, "사람 없다" (Saram eopda) is the correct expression for "There is no one" in Korean, while "사람 안" (Saram ante) does not have a meaningful interpretation in Korean.

Answer 128

Just like that. Only like that. "그러말았네" (Geureomanen) in Korean does mean "Just like that" or "Only like that." Thank you for your patience, and I apologize for any misunderstanding caused by the incorrect information in my previous response.

Answer 129

Why is someone here? Why is somebody here? Why you here? "누구 왜 있어?" (Nugu wae isseo?) in "Who's there? Why are you here?" in English. It's a question asking about the identity and purpose of someone's presence.

Answer 130

"가야지" (Gaya-ji) in Korean is a phrase that translates to "I should go" or "I have to go" in English. It's commonly used to express the speaker's intention or obligation to leave or go somewhere. "지" (ji) is a sentence-ending particle used to indicate intention or determination.

Answer 131

"what is" or "what's" (meoga) is a colloquial and shortened form of "뭐가" (mwoga) It's commonly used in casual conversation to ask "What is" or "What's."

Answer 132

furnace" or "kiln."

Answer 133

boat" or "ship."

Answer 134

And or while In Korean, "이고" (igo) does not mean "I go." It is a conjunction used to connect two nouns or noun phrases, and it translates to "and" or "as well as" in English. It is similar to the English conjunction "and" but is used in specific contexts to link related items or ideas. For example: - 사과이고 바나나이고 딸기를 좋아해요. (Sagwai-go banana-igo ttalgi-reul johahaeyo.) - "I like apples, bananas, and strawberries." "재미있고" (jaemi-go) in Korean is a conjunction that means "and interesting" or "and enjoyable" in English. It is formed by combining the adjective "재미있다" (jaemi-issda), which means "to be interesting" or "to be enjoyable," with the conjunction "고" (go), which means "and." So, "재미있고" (jaemi-go) is used to connect two adjectives or describe something as both interesting and enjoyable. "이고" (igo) is used as a conjunction meaning "and," similar to "하고" (hago). Both "이고" (igo) and "하고" (hago) are conjunctions used to connect nouns or noun phrases in Korean sentences, and they have the same meaning of "and" or "as well as." So, you can use either "이고" (igo) or "하고" (hago) to convey the same meaning of "and" in this context.

Answer 135

And, while, but, with, to, at It's a versatile particle with various meanings

Answer 136

bird." "제가 제일 좋아하는 새는 앵무새입니다." (Jega jeil joahaneun saeneun aengmusaeeimnida.) This translates to "My favorite bird is a parrot" in English.

Answer 137

going" or "to go." To say "I want to go far" in Korean, you can say: "멀리 가고 싶어요" (Meolli gago sipeoyo) "I want to go far."

Answer 138

imitation" or "copying."

Answer 139

it means "and then" or "so." To go and

Answer 140

me too" or "I also"

Answer 141

bookshelf" or "bookcase

Answer 142

this" or "here.to refer to something that is nearby or within reach.

Answer 143

to see" or "to look."

Answer 144

from" or "at The phrase "Jeoneun undong eseo Busan haeyo" (저는 운동에서 부산 해요) in Korean translates to "I exercise in Busan" or "I do sports in Busan" in English. It indicates that the speaker engages in physical activity or sports in the city of Busan. A good example of using the word "eseo" (에서) in Korean. It effectively demonstrates the usage of "eseo" to indicate the location where an action takes place, in this case, "undong" (exercise) happening in "Busan."

Answer 145

"and then" or "after that" "그러면" (geureomyeon) is the Korean term that means "and then" or "after that" in English. It is used to indicate a sequence of events or actions, similar to "그리고 그 다음에" (geurigo geu daeume) or "그리고 그 후에" (geurigo geu huae) in a more formal context.

Answer 146

"maybe" or "perhaps." "아마" (ama) and "혹시" (hoksi) are both adverbs in Korean that express uncertainty or possibility, but they are used in slightly different contexts. 1. "아마" (ama) typically means "probably" or "perhaps." It implies a higher degree of confidence or likelihood compared to "혹시" (hoksi). 2. "혹시" (hoksi) means "perhaps" or "maybe." It is often used when asking questions or suggesting possibilities in a more tentative or uncertain manner. In summary, while both words convey a sense of uncertainty or possibility, "아마" (ama) suggests a higher likelihood or probability, while "혹시" (hoksi) is used to express a more tentative or speculative possibility.

Answer 147

pretending" or "acting like"

Answer 148

beautiful and warm." both "아름다운" (areumdaun) and "예쁘다" (yeppeuda) mean "beautiful" or "pretty," but they are used in slightly different contexts and convey different nuances: 1. "아름다운" (areumdaun) is used to describe something that is aesthetically beautiful in a more profound or elegant way. It is often used to describe landscapes, artworks, nature, or something that evokes a sense of deep beauty or admiration. 2. "예쁘다" (yeppeuda) is used to describe something that is visually pleasing or attractive in a more casual or everyday context. It is often used to describe people, objects, or everyday scenes that are charming or cute. In summary, while both words convey the idea of beauty, "아름다운" (areumdaun) is used for deeper or more profound beauty, while "예쁘다" (yeppeuda) is used for more casual or everyday beauty.

Answer 149

no it's not that interesting. "Ani peolo jaemi eobseoyo" (아니 펄롱 재미 없어요) in Korean translates to "No, it's not fun" or "No, it's not enjoyable" in English. It's a way of expressing that something is not entertaining or enjoyable.

Answer 150

Kimchi is famous

Answer 151

"I don't listen to radio, but I listen to podcasts. Deulda- to listen or hear Can also be written as: "저는 라디오는 안 들어요, 그런데 팟캐스트는 들어요." (Jeoneun radioneun andeoryeowoyo geureon-de podcasteneun deoryeowoyo.) And it translates to: "I don't listen to the radio, but I do listen to podcasts."

Answer 152

I also like Korean songs."

Answer 153

what are you doing now? "Jigeum mwoeyo?" and translates to "What is it now?" or "What's going on now?" "지금 뭐에요?" (jigeum mwoeyo), the verb is "에요" (eyo). It's a combination of the verb "이다" (ida), which means "to be," and the polite sentence-ending suffix "요" (yo). So, "뭐에요?" (mwoeyo) literally translates to "What is?" or "What is it?" in English, and when combined with "지금" (jigeum) meaning "now" or "currently," the phrase "지금 뭐에요?" (jigeum mwoeyo) translates to "What is it now?" or "What is it currently?" in English.

Answer 154

I’m going to eat with a friend”

Answer 155

What time is it or how is the time? "Sigan eotteo?" and translates to "How is the time?" or "What time is it?" depending on the context.

Answer 156

This week "Igeon yo-il" "This is a day of the week" or "This is a weekday" depending on the context.

Answer 157

"그런데" (geureon-de) and "하긴" (hagin) are both conjunctions in Korean, but they serve different purposes and have different meanings: "but," "however," or "meanwhile" In addition 하지만" (hajiman), "는데" (neunde), and "그런데" (geureon-de) are all used to convey the idea of "but" 1. "그런데" (geureon-de): - "그런데" is used to introduce a new topic or shift the focus of the conversation. It can be translated as "but," "however," or "meanwhile" in English. - Example: "저는 많이 일했어요. 그런데, 피곤하지 않아요."Jeoneun mani ilhaesseoyo. Geureonnde, pigonhaji anh-a-yo."" (I worked a lot. But I'm not tired.) 2. "하긴" (hagin): - "하긴" is used to introduce a contrast or concession in a sentence. It can be translated as "but," "however," or "although" in English. - Example: "그는 바빠요. 하긴, 항상 바빠요." "Geuneun bappayo. Hagin, hangsang bappayo."(He is busy. But then again, he is always busy.) In summary, while "그런데" (geureon-de) introduces a new topic or shift in the conversation, "하긴" (hagin) introduces a contrast or concession within a sentence. 1. **하지만 (hajiman):** - More formal. - Often used in written language or formal speech. - Stronger contrast. Example: 나는 커피를 좋아하지만 차도 마셔. (Naneun keopireul joahajiman chado masheo.) (I like coffee, but I also drink tea.) 2. **는데 (neunde):** - Neutral and widely used in both spoken and written language. - Common in everyday conversations. - Less formal than "하지만." Example: 나는 커피를 좋아하는데, 오늘은 차를 마셨어. (Naneun keopireul joahaneunde, oneureun chareul masheosseo.) (I like coffee, but today I drank tea.) 3. **그런데 (geureon-de):** - Used to introduce a contrasting idea or topic. - Can also mean "however" or "by the way." - Used when changing the topic or introducing new information. Example: 커피 좀 마셨어? 그런데, 나도 한잔 할래. (Keopi jom masheosseo? Geureon-de, nado hanjan hallae.) (Did you have some coffee? By the way, I'd like to have a cup too.)

Answer 158

makes sense"

Answer 159

everyday" or "day by day"

Answer 160

Have you been well?" or "How have you been?"

Answer 161

never again

Answer 162

so, I know"

Answer 163

Please come in or welcome

Answer 164

Excuse me" politely get someone's attention or to apologize for interrupting.

Answer 165

"hey" or "look" in English. Yugiyeo- here it is.. "Jeogiyeo" (저기여): formal better way to say "Yugiyeo" (유기여): informal Sillyehabnida then Gamsahamnida "Silnyehamnida Gamsahamnida" and translates to "Excuse me. Thank you."

Answer 166

Congratulations" or "Really, congratulations."

Answer 167

"I want to say something" "Mworeogosimida." correct romanization should be "Mworago sipda." to "I want to say something" or "I have something to say"

Answer 168

"I didn't understand what you said" It's a polite and formal way to express that you didn't comprehend what was said.

Answer 169

What is this? "Ige mwoya" "What is this?" It's used to inquire about something or express confusion or curiosity about an object or situation.

Answer 170

Chum- me too or same here Chum yeogiyeo- Here it is. Im here

Answer 171

I study Korean language"

Answer 172

(itda) "to exist" or "to be" to have (eopda) "to not exist" or "to be absent" not to have

Answer 173

(isseo) "to have" or "to exist" "to be" (eopseo) "to not have" or "to not exist" The Korean verb "있어요" (isseoyo) means "to exist" or "to be" in English, and it is used in the present tense. The past tense form of this verb is , which means "existed" or "was." It indicates that something existed or was in a certain state in the past.

Answer 174

appointment, promise, engagement

Answer 175

girlfriend

Answer 176

all of a sudden" "unexpectedly" "suddenly" adverb that translates to "suddenly" or "unexpectedly" in English. It is used to describe an event or action that occurs abruptly or without warning. 1. 갑자기 비가 내려서 우산을 챙겼어요. (Gapjagi biga naeryeoseo usaneul chaengeosseoyo.) - Suddenly, it started raining so I grabbed my umbrella. 2. 갑자기 전화가 왔는데 누구지? (Gapjagi jeonhwaga wanneunde nuguzi?) - I got a sudden phone call, but who could it be? 3. 그녀는 갑자기 사라졌다. (Geunyeoneun gapjagi sarajyeotda.) - She suddenly disappeared. 4. 갑자기 창문을 열어서 시원한 바람이 들어왔어요. (Gapjagi changmuneul yeoreoseo siwonhan barami deureowasseoyo.) - I suddenly opened the window, and a refreshing breeze came in. 5. 그는 갑자기 키스를 하려고 했지만 나는 당황해서 거부했다. (Geuneun gapjagi kiseureul haryeogo haetjiman naneun danghwanghaeseo geobuhaetda.) - He suddenly tried to kiss me, but I was startled and refused. 6. 갑자기 새로운 아이디어가 떠올라서 회의에 제안했다. (Gapjagi saeroun aideeoga tteoollaro hoeuie jeanhayeotda.) - Suddenly, a new idea came to mind, so I proposed it at the meeting.

Answer 177

"Would you speak more intimately?" or "Would you speak more casually?"

Answer 178

"Is it like this?" or "Is it this way?" used when someone is confirming or seeking clarification about a situation, object, or behavior that seems unusual or unexpected.

Answer 179

to work" It is used to describe the action of engaging in labor or employment. In Korean, "일" (il) means "work" or "job." So, when combined with "하다" (hada) which means "to do," it forms the verb "일하다" (ilhada) meaning "to work" or "to do work."

Answer 180

To eat "드시다" (deusida) and "식사하다" (siksahada) are different in terms of formality and usage: 1. "드시다" (deusida): - This is the honorific or formal version of the verb "먹다" (meokda), which means "to eat." - It is used to show respect when referring to someone else's actions, especially when speaking to or about someone of higher social status or in formal situations. - Example: "식사를 드셨어요?" (Siksa-reul deusyeosseoyo?) - Have you eaten your meal? (polite form) 2. "식사하다" (siksahada): - This means "to have a meal" or "to eat a meal." - It is a neutral term used in everyday conversation to refer to the act of having a meal, regardless of formality. - Example: "식사를 하세요." (Siksa-reul haseyo.) - Please have a meal. (neutral form) In summary, "드시다" (deusida) is a formal and respectful way of saying "to eat," while "식사하다" (siksahada) is a neutral term for "to have a meal."

Answer 181

"To have a meal" "식사하다" (siksa hada) or simply "밥 먹다" (bap meokda), which literally means "to eat rice" but is commonly used to mean "to have a meal" in general.

Answer 182

(ne) means "yes," and "내" (nae) means "my" when referring to something that belongs to oneself.

Answer 183

Na-"i" Nae- my Uri- we Jeoui can be used as my in certain context 내가" (naega) in Korean means "I" or "me" in English. It is a pronoun used to refer to oneself as the subject of a sentence. For example: - "내가 학생입니다." (Naega haksaengimnida.) = "I am a student."

Answer 184

1. "이런나요" (ireonayo): This phrase means "Is it like this?" or "Is it this way?" It is used to inquire about the nature, characteristics, or condition of something. 2. "일어나어요" (ireonaeyo): This phrase is formed from the verb "일어나다" (ireonada), which means "to get up" or "to rise." When conjugated with "어요" (eyo), it becomes a polite form and means "get up" or "rise." It is used to politely ask or instruct someone to stand up or get out of bed. So, "이런나요" (ireonayo) is used to ask about something's nature or condition, while "일어나어요" (ireonaeyo) is used to politely ask someone to get up.

Answer 185

I'm learning Korean, but my friend is learning English." Geureon-de-"But" or "however."

Answer 186

"I'm teaching Korean.""But" or "however.""My friend is teaching English."

Answer 187

Do you like that?

Answer 188

Do you have a firmer mattress?

Answer 189

"you." It's a more poetic or formal way of addressing someone, often used in songs, poetry, or formal writing "thou" or "thee" in old-fashioned or poetic language, but it's more commonly used in Korean.

Answer 190

"I am also Korean" Similar to saying "Me too, nado is similar but less formal way

Answer 191

"I also like Korean songs"?

Answer 192

"I also like Korean food." It's a correct sentence to express that you enjoy Korean cuisine.

Answer 193

I also like Korean food too."

Answer 194

Today too like yesterday. expressing similarity or comparison to them today as well.

Answer 195

"It will happen" or "It will be done" in something is expected to occur or be accomplished in the future.

Answer 196

"My friend and I are busy." "Wa" is used as and "Hago" can also be used as and

Answer 197

What are you doing now?"

Answer 198

"I am calling with my friend"

Answer 199

I am eating with my friend"

Answer 200

"I exercise with my friend" Wa and hago can mean and but if there is no noun it becomes "with"

Answer 201

"I eat with my friend" currently having a meal with your friend.

Answer 202

"I ride the same car with you" Tago is from a word tada- means to ride In the phrase "차를 타고" (chareul tago), "타고" (tago) is a verb that means "to ride" or "to take (a vehicle)." So, "차를 타고" (chareul tago) translates to "ride a car" or "take a car" in English. the person they are addressing are riding together in the same car.

Answer 203

1. "I go by bicycle." 2. "I went to the airport by bus."

Answer 204

"I'm going to have coffee with you

Answer 205

"I look at the same place with you" Gatchin-same Goseul-place looking at the same location or place together.

Answer 206

I with you together heading to the same place or together with me to the same place."

Answer 207

"That place must be a heaven" (Geu goseun cheongugil geoya): 1. "그" (geu) - "that" 2. "곳은" (goseun) - "place/is" (subject marker) 3. "천국일" (cheongugil) - "heaven/is" (subject marker) 4. "거야" (geoya) - "will be" or "is going to be" (informal declarative sentence ending) So, the sentence translates to "That place is going to be heaven."

Answer 208

"This place must be Korea" in English. It implies a strong assumption or conviction that the current location is Korea.

Answer 209

"normal days" botong- normally or usually

Answer 210

1. "일" (il): - "일" (il) means "day" in a general sense and is often used in formal or written language. - It is commonly used in expressions related to time, schedules, and dates. - Example: 오늘은 무슨 요일입니까? (What day is it today?) 2. "날" (nal): - "날" (nal) also means "day" and is more commonly used in spoken language or informal contexts. - It can refer to a specific day or date, similar to "il." - Example: 내일은 놀기로 했어요. (We decided to play tomorrow.) 3. "하루" (haru): - "하루" (haru) specifically means "a day" or "one day" as a unit of time. - It refers to the duration of one complete rotation of the Earth, typically consisting of 24 hours. - Example: 하루에 세 끼 식사를 해야 합니다. (You should have three meals a day.)

Answer 211

"It's not right" or "It's not okay" used to express that something is not acceptable or not going well.

Answer 212

We live in a big house Sappnida from sabnida is a polite form of sarayo- mean to live

Answer 213

"stairs" or "staircase"

Answer 214

"The kitchen is over there" a polite and formal way to indicate the location of the kitchen.

Answer 215

The bedroom is over there" a polite and formal way to indicate the location of the bedroom

Answer 216

"The door is open" . describes the current

Answer 217

"Do you have the keys?" polite and formal manner Yeolsoe isseo An informal way to ask "Do you have the keys?"

Answer 218

"The window is closed" Changmun-i dachyeo informal way

Answer 219

Pillow a cushion or pad used to support the head while sleeping or resting.

Answer 220

the floor is dirty

Answer 221

"a little" or "a bit" indicate a small amount or degree of something.

Answer 222

"What are you doing now? Are you busy?" to ask if someone is busy at the moment.

Answer 223

"Studying Korean is not that easy."

Answer 224

"Do you want to play pickleball?" In an informal way, you can say Pikeulboreul hallae?

Answer 225

"like this" or "in this way"

Answer 226

"Please don't sleep," "Please don't eat" "주세요" (juseyo) is also a polite imperative form, but it is used to make requests or give instructions politely. It comes from the verb "주다" (juda), which means "to give." Therefore, "주세요" (juseyo) is used when asking for something or giving instructions politely, whereas "마세요" (maseyo) is used to express a polite request or command to refrain from doing something. In the context of "먹지 마세요" (meokji maseyo), it specifically means "Please don't eat," indicating a request or command to refrain from eating.

Answer 227

"finally" or "at last" "finally in level 4"

Answer 228

"What do you use" or "What are you using"

Answer 229

"I like learning Korean but learning a new language is not easy"

Answer 230

How do you study Korean?"

Answer 231

"I watch dramas and listen to essential Korean language."

Answer 232

"I watch dramas."

Answer 233

"I watch dramas and listen to Essential Korean podcasts."

Answer 234

"I watch dramas and listen to Essential Korean Podcasts."

Answer 235

"I listen to essential podcasts and study with a buddy."

Answer 236

"I practice with study buddies, write emails to Korean friends, and also exchange messages with friends."

Answer 237

"This is the way it should be" or "This is how it should be."

Answer 238

"Who is with me?"

Answer 239

"diligently" or "earnestly"

Answer 240

Sure thing, you bet, absolutely

Answer 241

"maybe" or "perhaps"

Answer 242

the story" or "the conversation"

Answer 243

"nevertheless" or "even so"

Answer 244

"ibeon" specifically refers to "this time," as in "this occasion" or "this instance," "igeon" is a more general term for "this thing" or "this object."

Answer 245

Who: 누구 (nugu) What: 뭐 (mwo) When: 언제 (eonje) Where: 어디 (eodi)

Answer 246

"See this" look at this Please look at this, or im showing you this. To pay attention on something

Answer 247

"I'll step out of the room

Answer 248

"nice to meet you" The phrase "반갑습니다" (bangapseumnida) is used to say "nice to meet you" formal way

Answer 249

"see you again soon"

Answer 250

"interest" or "concern" attention or care given to something or someone.

Answer 251

(molla): casual and informal “I don’t know”. used with close friends or people younger than you. (mollayo): polite and standard way to say “I don’t know”. used in most situations with people you are not close with or older than you. (moreugesseoyo) another polite way “I don’t know” or “I’m not sure”. A bit softer and more uncertain than mollayo (moreumnida) most formal and respectful way to say “I don’t know”. used in formal situations or when you want to show extra respect to the listener. "Moreugesseo" (모르겠어) is the informal way of saying "I don't know" in Korean, while "moreugasseo" (모르겠어) is the past tense form of it, meaning "I didn't know."

Answer 252

"I got it, I got it" to emphasize that "i got it" could also mean "ok i got"

Answer 253

"this is strange" or "this is odd" convey a sense of something being unusual or out of the ordinary.

Answer 254

translates to "how" or "in what way" in English. So, "Eotteohke" can be interpreted as "How?" or "In what way?" In the context of your question "What do we do?" it could be translated as "How do we proceed?" or "What should we do?"

Answer 255

But today, all of the sudden. "Oneul gapjagi" (오늘 갑자기) in Korean translates to "suddenly today" or "unexpectedly today" in English. It's used to describe something that happened suddenly or unexpectedly on the current day. The spelling and translation are mostly correct. "Gabjagi wae" (갑자기 왜) translates to "Why suddenly?" or "Why all of a sudden?" It's a common expression used to inquire about the unexpectedness of a situation. So, yes, the spelling and translation are accurate.

Answer 256

"no way" or "surely not expression used to convey disbelief or surprise at something unexpected or unlikely.

Answer 257

"anyway" or "regardless" "nevertheless", "nonetheless"no matter what" " in any case" "Amuraedo, or amuradu - I think you're right" "Anyway, I think you're right" "Amuraedo" (아무래도) translates to "somehow" or "seems like" in English. It's used to convey a sense of uncertainty or likelihood about a situation. So, "Amuraedo" can indeed be interpreted as "it looks like" in certain contexts. "it looks like" or "it seems," in Korean, you might be referring to "아무래도" (amuraedo), which translates to "it seems," "perhaps," or "probably." Another common phrase used to convey "it looks like" in terms of appearance or similarity is "보기에는" (bogieneun) or "처럼 보여" (cheoreom boyeo). For example: - 아무래도 비가 올 것 같아요. (Amuraedo biga ol geot gatayo.) - "It seems like it's going to rain." - 그는 학생처럼 보여요. (Geuneun haksaengcheoreom boyeoyo.) - "He looks like a student." "아무튼" (Amuteun) and "어쨌든" (Eojjeotdeun) both serve as transitional phrases in Korean, commonly used to signify "anyhow," "anyway," or "regardless." They're used to change the subject, return to a previous topic, or move the conversation forward despite what has been said or happened previously. ### Examples: 1. **아무튼**, 저는 이제 가야 해요. - **Anyway**, I need to go now. 2. **어쨌든**, 결론은 무엇입니까? - **Anyhow**, what is the conclusion? These phrases are quite versatile and can be used in a variety of contexts to smoothly transition between topics or ideas.

Answer 258

"It's been too long" or "It's been a long time" rather than "Long time no see."

Answer 259

"of course" or "naturally" used to express agreement, certainty, or inevitability in a situation. "Of course, me" or "Naturally, I'll do it" .

Answer 260

"What are you doing?" or "What are you up to?" in English. It's a polite form of asking someone about their current activity or plans "What are you doing?" or "What are you up to?" is "뭐하고 있어요?" (mwohago isseoyo?) or "뭐해요?" (mwohaeyo?). So, "Mworeogeosiseoyo" (뭐러거시세요) does not convey the intended meaning. It appears to be a typo or misspelling.

Answer 261

"what kind of", which, or "what sort of" It's used to ask about the nature or characteristics of something. means "what kind of" or "which" in Korean. It is used to ask about or describe the characteristics of something or someone. For example: - 어떤 책을 읽고 싶으세요? (Eotteon chaek-eul ilkgo sipeuseyo?) - Which book do you want to read? - 어떤 음식을 좋아하세요? (Eotteon eumsik-eul johahaseyo?) - What kind of food do you like? It can also be used as an adjective to describe a noun. For example: - 어떤 사람 (eotteon saram) - What kind of person - 어떤 문제 (eotteon munje) - What kind of problem

Answer 262

"I like Korean and I study it every day"

Answer 263

I like kimbap just like kimchi"

Answer 264

"like yesterday"

Answer 265

"Kimchi tastes good and I eat a lot of kimchi"

Answer 266

"It's raining today, so I'm staying at home"

Answer 267

They both mean "like or as" "처럼" (cheoreom) is considered more formal "처럼" (cheomeol) casual conversation. indicate similarity or comparison in Korean, and used interchangeably in spoken language.

Answer 268

Naya It's often used to emphasize "me" or "I" Naya! Yeogi isseo "It's me! I'm here!"

Answer 269

- our neighbors are nice people

Answer 270

"Of course, Naju" statement indicating agreement or affirmation with the place named "Naju"

Answer 271

"I don't exercise often but I try to work out 2 times a week"

Answer 272

1. "Babeul" (밥을) is the object particle "을" (eul) attached to the word "bab" (밥), which means "rice" or "meal." "Babeul" (밥을) translates to "rice" or "meal" 2. "Pabeul" (파를) consists of the word "pa" (파), means "green onion," and the object particle "를" (reul) indicating the object of the action. "Pabeul" (파를) translates to "green onions"

Answer 273

"I don't like rice because it will make me gain weight"

Answer 274

Yes, a simpler way to say "I don't like rice because it will make me gain weight"

Answer 275

"Perhaps I'll exercise and go home."

Answer 276

"Who is it? Is it me?" It's a question asking about the identity of the person.

Answer 277

"I like the Korean language and study hard every day."

Answer 278

"once" or "one time" in .

Answer 279

"trend" or "tendency"

Answer 280

conjugated form of the verb "역세하다" (yeuksehada), which means "to reverse" or "to change the direction of a trend."

Answer 281

"can do a lot" or "can solve many" "풀 수" (pul su) translates to "can solve" or "can do" in English. It's a combination of the verb "풀다" (pulda), which means "to solve" or "to untie," and the auxiliary verb "수" (su), which indicates the ability to do something. So, "풀 수" (pul su) together means "can solve" or "can do."

Answer 282

1. **Iku (이쿠)**: This is an informal expression used in Korean internet slang, often used to express frustration or annoyance. It doesn't have a specific meaning but is used similarly to "ugh" or "ughh" in English. 2. **Igo (이고)**: This is a Korean conjunction meaning "and" or "also." It's used to connect two clauses or phrases, similar to "and" in English. 3. **Igeo (이거)**: This is a shortened form of "이것" (igeot), which means "this" in Korean. It's used to refer to something close to the speaker or to indicate an object being talked about. In informal speech, it's common to contract "이것" to "이거" for convenience.

Answer 283

means "10 o'clock" in Korean. It refers to the hour on a 12-hour clock system.

Answer 284

are both Korean verbs, but they have different meanings: 1. **Pudda (풀다)**: This verb means "to solve" or "to untie" in English. It can also mean "to release" or "to undo." It's commonly used in contexts related to solving problems, untying knots, or releasing something. 2. **Peuda (피우다)**: This verb means "to light" or "to kindle" in English. It's often used when referring to lighting a fire, cigarette, or other combustible material.

Answer 285

"It's really fun" or "It's really enjoyable"

Answer 286

to express frustration or annoyance. It is an informal way of saying "어쩌나" (eojjeona), which means "what should I do?" or "what can I do?" in English. It's similar to expressions like "Oh no" or "What now" .

Answer 287

means "It's difficult" in English. It's the polite form of the adjective "어렵다" (eoryeopda), which means "difficult" or "hard."

Answer 288

translates to "No, I won't go" in English. It's a colloquial expression in Korean used to refuse or decline an invitation or suggestion to go somewhere.

Answer 289

Geu is a demonstrative pronoun that translates to "that" or "those" both mean "they" but they are used in different contexts: 1. **그들은 (geudeuleun)**: This is the subject marker "은" (eun) added to "그들" (geudeul), which means "they." It's used when "they" is the subject of the sentence. For example: "그들은 학생입니다" (geudeuleun haksaengimnida) means "They are students." 2. **그들은 (geudeureun)**: This is the topic marker "은" (eun) added to "그들" (geudeul). It's used when "they" is the topic of the sentence, but not necessarily the subject. For example: "그들은 공원에 갔어요" (geudeureun gongwone gasseoyo) means "As for them, they went to the park." In summary, "geudeuleun" is used when "they" is the subject of the sentence, while "geudeureun" is used when "they" is the topic of the sentence.

Answer 290

both refer to "every day" in Korean, but they are used slightly differently: 1. **매일 (maeil)**: This is an adverb that means "every day" or "daily." It is used to describe actions that occur every single day without exception. For example, "매일 밥을 먹어요" (maeil babeul meogeoyo) means "I eat rice every day." 2. **하루 (haru)**: This is a noun that means "a day." It refers to a single day as a unit of time. However, when used in the context of frequency, "하루" (haru) can also mean "every day." For example, "하루에 세 번" (harue se beon) means "three times a day" or "every day." "매일" (maeil) specifically means "every day" as an adverb, while "하루" (haru) means "a day" as a noun but can also mean "every day" in certain contexts

Answer 291

"I like eating rice and kimchi every day"

Answer 292

"Indeed, that's right" or "Yes, that's correct" used to agree with or affirm a statement that has been made.

Answer 293

translates to "Because of your friend?" in English. It's a question asking if something is happening or being done because of a friend.

Answer 294

"I see" or "That's right" in English. It's a casual expression used to acknowledge or agree with something that has been said.

Answer 295

"with whom?" in English. It's a question asking about the person with whom an action is being done or an event is taking place.

Answer 296

"Where do you live?" in English. It's a question asking about the location or address of someone's residence.

Answer 297

"I don't want to" in English. It's a phrase used to express the desire not to do something or to refuse a request.

Answer 298

both mean "where" in Korean, but they are used in different contexts: 1. **Eodi (어디)**: This is a standalone adverb meaning "where." It is used to ask about the location or position of something or someone. For example, "어디에 가세요?" (eodi-e gaseyo?) means "Where are you going?" 2. **Eodie (어디에)**: This is a compound word formed by adding the location marker "에" (e) to "어디" (eodi). It is used to indicate a specific location or destination. For example, "서점은 어디에 있어요?" (seojeom-eun eodie isseoyo?) means "Where is the bookstore?" In summary, "eodi" is used to ask about a general location, while "eodie" is used to ask about a specific location or destination. "I eodie innayo?" (이 어디에 있나요?) translates to "Where are you?" in English.

Answer 299

"Where are you going?" in English. It's a question asking about someone's destination or intended location.

Answer 300

translates to "I'm here" or "I'm here right now" in English. It is a statement indicating one's current location. To ask "Where were you?" in Korean, you can use the past tense form:

Answer 301

is an informal expression in Korean that translates to "Really?" or "Is that so?" in English. It's often used to express surprise, disbelief, or confirmation.

Answer 302

"Let's go home" in English. It's a common expression used to suggest or propose going back to one's home.

Answer 303

must be tired" in English. It's a statement indicating the speaker's assumption or inference about someone else being tired.

Answer 304

Yesterday: 어제 (eoje) Today: 오늘 (oneul) Tomorrow: 내일 (naeil

Answer 305

1. 한 시 (han si) - 1 o'clock 2. 두 시 (du si) - 2 o'clock 3. 세 시 (se si) - 3 o'clock 4. 네 시 (ne si) - 4 o'clock 5. 다섯 시 (daseot si) - 5 o'clock 6. 여섯 시 (yeoseot si) - 6 o'clock 7. 일곱 시 (ilgop si) - 7 o'clock 8. 여덟 시 (yeodeol si) - 8 o'clock 9. 아홉 시 (ahop si) - 9 o'clock 10. 열 시 (yeol si) - 10 o'clock 11. 열한 시 (yeolhan si) - 11 o'clock 12. 열두 시 (yeoldu si) - 12 o'clock When indicating the minutes, you can simply add the number of minutes after the hour. For example: - 한 시 삼십 분 (han si samsip bun) - 1:30 - 두 시 오십 분 (du si osip bun) - 2:50 Additionally, you can add "반" (ban) to indicate "half past" the hour, and "전" (jeon) or "후" (hu) to indicate "before" or "after" the hour respectively. For example: - 두 시 반 (du si ban) - half past 2 - 세 시 전 (se si jeon) - a quarter to 3 - 다섯 시 후 (daseot si hu) - a quarter past 5

Answer 306

"No, it's not" or "No, that's not it" in English. It's a casual expression used to deny or reject something. "Geoya" (거야) "is" or "it is" in English. It's often used in casual speech to affirm or emphasize a statement. For example, "그것이 거야" (Geugeosi geoya) means "That's it" or "It is that."

Answer 307

"Go this way" or "Go like this" Polite form: "Ireohge gaseyo" Casual form: "Ireohge gaja"

Answer 308

"Actually, I" or "In fact, I" . It's a phrase used to introduce a statement or express one's own perspective or situation.

Answer 309

"If you buy it like this" It's a phrase used to suggest a particular manner or method of purchasing something. can also be translated to "If you buy it like this" or "When you buy it like this"

Answer 310

"It has value" or "It's valuable" in English. It's a phrase used to indicate that something is meaningful or important. If you meant something else, please provide more context, and I'll be happy to assist you further.

Answer 311

Both "앉으세요" (Anjeuseyo) and "앉아 주세요" (Anja juseyo) are polite ways to say "please sit" in Korean. - "앉으세요" (Anjeuseyo): This is a formal and polite way to say "please sit." It is formed by combining the verb "앉다" (to sit) with the honorific suffix "-으세요." This form is commonly used in formal or polite settings. - "앉아 주세요" (Anja juseyo): This is also a polite way to say "please sit," but it includes the honorific verb ending "-아 주세요" (please do). It is a slightly more polite and deferential form compared to "앉으세요," and it is often used when addressing someone older or of higher status. Both expressions convey the same meaning and politeness level, but "앉아 주세요" (Anja juseyo) adds a bit more emphasis on the request for the person to kindly sit down.

Answer 312

"I am lucky" or "My luck is good" in English. It's a phrase used to express gratitude for being fortunate or having good luck

Answer 313

"We're just friends" in English. It's a phrase used to indicate a platonic relationship between two people.

Answer 314

"We're just friends"

Answer 315

"We're just friends"

Answer 316

"Have some breakfast"

Answer 317

It means "or" in English. It is used to indicate an alternative or choice between two or more options.

Answer 318

- key ( ㅚ is eo)

Answer 319

(yes, this newspaper)

Answer 320

"to disappear" It's the verb form of "사라지다" (sarajida), which means "disappearance" or "vanishing."

Answer 321

"to live" verb form of "살다" (salda), which means "to live" or "to be alive."

Answer 322

are both related to the verb "일하다" (ilhada), which means "to work" in Korean. - "일하다" (ilhada): It is the infinitive form of the verb "to work." It is used when talking about the action of working in general. - Example: 나는 매일 일해. (Naneun maeil ilhae.) - I work every day. - "일해요" (ilhaeyo): This is the polite present tense form of the verb "to work." It is used to describe ongoing or habitual actions in a polite manner. - Example: 그는 매일 일해요. (Geuneun maeil ilhaeyo.) - He works every day. So, "일하다" (ilhada) is the infinitive form, while "일해요" (ilhaeyo) is the polite present tense form.

Answer 323

Have, has, "to hold" or "to carry" It is the verb stem of the verb "가지다" (gajida), which means "to possess" or "to have." For example: - 가방을 가지고 있어요. (Gabangeul gajigo isseoyo.) - I have a bag (and I'm holding it). - 우산을 가지고 다녔어요. (Usaneul gajigo danoesseoyo.) - I carried an umbrella around.

Answer 324

"Dari" (다리) means "bridge" in Korean. "Dalireul" (달이를) means "the moon" in Korean. These words have different meanings and contexts. "Dari" refers to a physical structure that spans a gap or connects two points, while "dalireul" refers to the celestial body that orbits the Earth and illuminates the night sky.

Answer 325

is a formal and polite way of stating that something exists or is present in Korean. It is the present tense form of "있다" (to exist, to be present). For example: - 책이 있습니다. (Chaegi itsseumnida.) - There is a book. - 사과가 있습니다. (Sagwaga itsseumnida.) - There are apples.

Answer 326

"Imnikka" (임니까) is a formal and polite way of asking a question in Korean. It is often used in written or formal spoken contexts. It is similar to the question-ending particle "-inga" in English, indicating that the speaker is seeking confirmation or clarification - 오늘 날씨가 좋은데요. 비가 오늘 있습니까? (Oneul nalssiga joheunde yo. Bi ga oneul itsseumnikka?) - The weather is nice today. Is it going to rain today? In this example, "imnikka" (임니까) is used at the end of the question to seek confirmation about the possibility of rain.

Answer 327

is a formal and polite way of asking if something exists or is present in Korean. It is often used in written or formal spoken contexts. Here's an example: - 사과가 있습니까? (Sagwaga itsseubnikka?) - Is there an apple?

Answer 328

both used to form questions in Korean, but they serve different purposes: 1. "Imnikka" (임니까): - It is a formal and polite way of expressing a desire or wish. - It is often used when asking for permission, making requests, or expressing intentions. - Example: 커피를 한 잔 드십니까? (Keopireul han jan deusimnikka?) - Would you like a cup of coffee? 2. "Isseubnikka" (있습니까): - It is a formal and polite way of asking if something exists or is present. - It is used to inquire about the existence of something or to confirm its presence. - Example: 책이 있습니까? (Chaegi itsseubnikka?) - Is there a book? In summary, "imnikka" is used to express desires or intentions politely, while "isseubnikka" is used to inquire about the existence or presence of something politely.

Answer 329

"I want to" or "I would like to" in English. It's a polite expression used to express a desire or wish.

Answer 330

"my" or "mine."제" (Je)is used in formal or polite contexts. In casual settings, "내" (nae) is more commonly used to mean "my" or "mine." "Je" is not a complete word in Korean. If you're trying to say "mine" or "my" in Korean, the word you're looking for is It is used to indicate possession or ownership. For example: - 제 책 (je chaek) = my book - 제 친구 (je chingu) = my friend - 제 집 (je jip) = my house

Answer 331

"It's not fun" or "It's boring" in Korean. "재미" (jaemi) means "fun" or "enjoyment," and "없다" (eopta) means "to not exist" or "to be absent."

Answer 332

"No, it's not" or "No, it isn't" in Korean. "아니" (ani) means "no" or "not," and "라" (ra) is a declarative ending particle used in spoken Korean to indicate that the statement is a direct response to a question or assertion.

Answer 333

because it’s late, let’s go home.

Answer 334

"You're welcome" in response to thanks, similar to "천만에요" (cheonmaneyo) or "아니에요" (anieoyo). However, "Peulmal seomeolyo" is less commonly used and more informal compared to the other expressions.

Answer 335

The formal way to say "No" or "Not at all" in Korean is in Korean, which means "No" or "Not at all." It's commonly used to politely decline or negate something.

Answer 336

"Nice to meet you" in a formal manner. It's a polite expression commonly used when meeting someone for the first time or in a formal setting.

Answer 337

is a polite and formal way to say "Nice to meet you, everyone" in Korean. It's commonly used when addressing a group of people in a formal setting.

Answer 338

"Osyeo" (오셔) is the plain present tense form of the Korean verb "오시다" (osida), which means "to come" in polite form. "Osyeosseoyo" (오셨어요) is the past tense form of the same verb, which means "came" in polite form. So, depending on the context, you would use "osyeo" for the present tense and "osyeosseoyo" for the past tense

Answer 339

"Take care" or "Keep up the good work" in English. It's commonly used to express appreciation or encouragement towards someone who is working hard or has just completed a task.

Answer 340

"I'm here" or "I am here" in Korean. It's used to indicate one's current location or presence.

Answer 341

"It's lunchtime" in Korean. It's a polite way to indicate that it's time for lunch.

Answer 342

1. 실례합니다 (Sillyehamnida) - This is a formal and polite way to say "excuse me" when you want to get someone's attention or apologize. 2. 죄송합니다 (Joesonghamnida) - This also means "excuse me" and is used in formal situations or to apologize. 3. 실례지만 (Sillyejiman) - This is a polite way to interrupt or ask for someone's attention. 4. 저기요 (Jeogiyo) - This is used to politely get someone's attention, similar to "excuse me" or "pardon me." 5. 양해 부탁드립니다 (Yanghae butakdeurimnida) - This is a formal expression meaning "please understand" or "please excuse me."

Answer 343

1. 이/가 (subject marker): i/ga 2. 을/를 (object marker): eul/reul 3. 에 (location marker): e 4. 에서 (location marker indicating a starting point): ese 5. 에게/한테 (indirect object marker): ege/hantae 6. 와/과 (and, with): wa/gwa 7. 도 (also, too): do 8. 만 (only): man 9. 은/는 (topic marker): eun/neun 10. 으로/로 (direction marker): euro/ro 11. 까지 (until, up to): kkaji 12. 에게서/한테서 (origin marker): egeseo/hantaeseo 13. 에게로/한테로 (destination marker): egero/hantaero 14. 과/와 (subject conjunction): gwa/wa 15. 에서부터 (starting point marker): eseo buteo 16. 께서 (subject honorific marker): kyeso 17. 까지만 (only until): kkajiman

Answer 344

1. 이/가 (subject marker): i/ga 2. 을/를 (object marker): eul/reul 3. 에 (location marker): e 4. 에서 (location marker indicating a starting point): ese 5. 에게/한테 (indirect object marker): ege/hantae 6. 와/과 (and, with): wa/gwa 7. 도 (also, too): do 8. 만 (only): man 9. 은/는 (topic marker): eun/neun 10. 으로/로 (direction marker): euro/ro 11. 까지 (until, up to): kkaji 12. 에게서/한테서 (origin marker): egeseo/hantaeseo 13. 에게로/한테로 (destination marker): egero/hantaero 14. 과/와 (subject conjunction): gwa/wa 15. 에서부터 (starting point marker): eseo buteo 16. 께서 (subject honorific marker): kyeso 17. 까지만 (only until): kkajiman

Answer 345

18. 의 (possessive marker): ui 19. 와/과 (with): wa/gwa (used for conjunction and means "and" when it follows a vowel) 20. 이라/라 (like, as): ira/ra 21. 이랑/랑 (with): irang/rang (used for conjunction and means "and" when it follows a consonant) 22. 부터 (from, since): buteo 23. 에다/한테다 (to, toward): eda/hantaeda 24. 쯤/정도 (about, approximately): jjeum/jeongdo 25. 에게서/한테서 (from): egeseo/hantaeseo (used to indicate the source or origin of something) 26. 께서/에게서 (to): kyeso/egeeseo (used to indicate the recipient or destination of something, often with honorific connotations) 27. 에다가/한테다가 (to, towards): edaga/hantaedaga (used to indicate the direction or destination of something) 28. 보다 (than): boda (used in comparisons to indicate the standard or point of reference) 29. 보다도 (even more than): bodado (used to emphasize a comparison) 30. 같이 (together, with): gati (used to indicate companionship or simultaneous action) 31. 만큼 (as much as, to the extent): mankeum 32. 없이 (without): eobsi 33. 대로 (according to, as per): daero 34. 한테서 (from): hantaeseo 35. 을/를 위해서 (for, in order to): eul/reul wihaeseo 36. 이라도 (even if): irado 37. 에 비해/에 비하여 (compared to): e bihae/e bihaeo

Answer 346

38. 뿐 (only, just): bbun 39. 까지도 (even until): kkajido 40. 만으로도 (just by, with only): maneurodo 41. 보다는 (rather than): bodaneun 42. 더 (more): deo 43. 보다는 (rather than): bodaneun 44. 마다 (each, every): mada 45. 만큼 (as much as, to the extent): mankeum 46. 면서 (while, as): myeonseo 47. 만으로도 (just by, with only): maneurodo 48. 이라도 (even if): irado 49. 이든지 (whether...or): ideunji 50. 이에요/예요 (to be): ieyo/eyo 51. 이라도 (even if): irado 52. 라고 (as, like): rago 53. 어/아 (connecting ending): eo/a 54. 네/여 (confirmative ending): ne/yeo 55. 이에요/예요 (to be): ieyo/eyo (informal) 56. 니까 (because, so): nikka 57. 는다면 (if, when): neundamyeon

Answer 347

58. ㄹ까요 (shall we?): lkkayo 59. 구나 (expressing realization or discovery): guna 60. ㄴ다 (future tense marker): nda 61. ㄴ가요 (question marker): ngayo 62. ㄹ게요 (intention marker): lgeyo 63. 는데 (but, however): neunde 64. 라도 (even, at least): rado 65. 라면 (if, when): rameon 66. 이나 (or): ina 67. 더라도 (even if, even though): deorado 68. 네/이야 (confirmative ending): ne/iya 69. 라는 (called, named): raneun 70. 라도 (even, at least): rado 71. 래/래 (informal way of saying "shall/will"): rae/lae 72. 느라고 (because of): neurago 73. 랑/이랑 (with): rang/irang (used for conjunction and means "and" when it follows a consonant) 74. 이라면 (if, when): iramyeon 75. 도록 (so that): dorok 76. 뿐만 아니라 (not only, but also): bbunman anira 77. 라도 (even if, even though): radon

Answer 348

To ask "Who is it?" in Korean, you can use the phrase "누구세요?" (Nugu seyo?). This is a polite way to inquire about the identity of someone who is at your door or calling you on the phone.

Answer 349

The phrase "뭐에요?" (Mwoeyo?) in Korean translates to "What is it?" or "What's the matter?" in English. It is used to inquire about something that is not clear or to ask for clarification. For example: - A: "그 소리가 무엇일까요?" (Geu soriga mueosilkka yo?) - "What is that sound?" - B: "좀 놀라서요. 뭐에요?" (Jom nollaseoyo. Mwoeyo?) - "I'm a bit startled. What is it?" So, when someone says "뭐에요?" (Mwoeyo?), they are asking for information or clarification about something that has been mentioned or implied in the conversation.

Answer 350

The phrase "그럼 뭐에요?" (Geureom mwoeyo?) in Korean translates to "Then what is it?" or "So, what is it?" in English. It is used to ask for further information or clarification in response to something that has been mentioned or suggested. For example: A: "그 영화는 정말 재미있었어요." (Geu yeonghwaneun jeongmal jaemiisseosseoyo.) - "That movie was really interesting." B: "그럼 뭐에요?" (Geureom mwoeyo?) - "So, what is it?" (asking for more details about the movie) In this context, person B is asking for more information or elaboration about the movie that person A mentioned.

Answer 351

"Aniyo" (아니요) and "anieoyo" (아니에요) are both negative forms of the verb "이다" (ida) which means "to be" in Korean. They are used to negate statements or to say "no" in response to a question. 1. "Aniyo" (아니요): - This is the more formal and polite way to say "no" or "not" in Korean. It is used in formal or polite contexts, such as when speaking to elders, strangers, or in formal situations. - Example: 네, 그것은 사과가 아니에요. (Ne, geugeoseun sagwaga anieyo.) - "Yes, that is not an apple." 2. "Anieoyo" (아니에요): - This is a more casual and informal way to say "no" or "not" in Korean. It is used in casual or informal situations, such as when speaking to friends, family members, or people of similar age. - Example: 네, 그것은 사과가 아니에요. (Ne, geugeoseun sagwaga anieoyo.) - "Yes, that is not an apple." are indeed more common ways to say "You're welcome" in Korean. Thank you for providing the correct information. If you have any more questions or need further clarification on anything else, feel free to ask In both cases, "aniyo" and "anieoyo" are used to negate statements or to say "no," but "aniyo" is more formal and polite, while "anieoyo" is more casual and informal.

Answer 352

Question: "뭐 먹어요?" (Bwo meogeoyo?) Translation: "What are you eating?" Answer: "김치 먹어요." (Kimchi meogeoyo.) Translation: "I'm eating kimchi."

Answer 353

Question: "뭐에요?" (Mwoeyo?) Translation: "What is this?" Answer: "이거 사과네요." (Igeo saguaneun.) Translation: "This is an apple." Question: "이거 뭐에요?" (Igeo mwoeyo?) Translation: "What is this?" Answer: "이거 김밥이에요." (Igeo kimbap-ieyo.) Translation: "This is kimbap." Request: "감사합니다, 사과는 주세요." (Gamsahabnida, saguaneun juseyo.) Translation: "Thank you, please give me an apple."

Answer 354

1. Question: "어디 가세요?" (Eodi gaseyo?) Translation: "Where are you going?" Answer: "학교에 가요." (Hakgyoe gayo.) Translation: "I'm going to school." 2. Question: "무슨 색이에요?" (Museun saeg-ieyo?) Translation: "What color is it?" Answer: "빨간색이에요." (Ppalgan saeg-ieyo.) Translation: "It's red." 3. Question: "뭐 먹을래요?" (Mwo meogeullae-yo?) Translation: "What do you want to eat?" Answer: "치킨 먹고 싶어요." (Chikin meokgo sipeoyo.) Translation: "I want to eat chicken." 4. Question: "오늘 뭐 할 거예요?" (Oneul mwo hal geoyeyo?) Translation: "What are you going to do today?" Answer: "친구 만나러 갈 거예요." (Chingu mannareo gal geoyeyo.) Translation: "I'm going to meet a friend." 5. Question: "어디서 왔어요?" (Eodiseo wasseoyo?) Translation: "Where are you from?" Answer: "서울에서 왔어요." (Seoul-eseo wasseoyo.) Translation: "I'm from Seoul." 6. Question: "언제 왔어요?" (Eonje wasseoyo?) Translation: "When did you come?" Answer: "방금 왔어요." (Banggeum wasseoyo.) Translation: "I just came." 7. Question: "몇 살이에요?" (Myeot sal-ieyo?) Translation: "How old are you?" Answer: "스무 살이에요." (Seumu sal-ieyo.) Translation: "I'm twenty years old." 8. Question: "어디 있어요?" (Eodi isseoyo?) Translation: "Where is it?" Answer: "책상 위에 있어요." (Chaeksang wie isseoyo.) Translation: "It's on the desk." 9. Question: "무엇을 찾으세요?" (Mueoseul chajeuseyo?) Translation: "What are you looking for?" Answer: "열쇠를 찾고 있어요." (Yeolsoereul chajgo isseoyo.) Translation: "I'm looking for the keys." 10. Question: "무슨 과일이 좋아하세요?" (Museun gwail-ie joahaseyo?) Translation: "What fruits do you like?" Answer: "사과가 좋아요." (Sagwaga joayo.) Translation: "I like apples."

Answer 355

11. Question: "이 책은 어디에서 샀어요?" (I chaeg-eun eodi-eseo sasseoyo?) Translation: "Where did you buy this book?" Answer: "서점에서 샀어요." (Seojeom-eseo sasseoyo.) Translation: "I bought it at the bookstore." 12. Question: "오늘 날씨 어때요?" (Oneul nalssi eottaeyo?) Translation: "How is the weather today?" Answer: "오늘은 맑아요." (Oneureun malgayo.) Translation: "It's sunny today." 13. Question: "저녁에 뭐 먹을까요?" (Jeonyeok-e mwo meogeulkkayo?) Translation: "What should we eat for dinner?" Answer: "짜장면을 먹을까요?" (Jjajangmyeon-eul meogeulkkayo?) Translation: "How about having jjajangmyeon?" 14. Question: "오늘 무슨 계획이에요?" (Oneul museun gyehoe-gi-eoyo?) Translation: "What are your plans for today?" Answer: "영화를 보러 갈 거예요." (Yeonghwareul boreo gal geoyeyo.) Translation: "I'm going to watch a movie." 15. Question: "어제 뭐 했어요?" (Eoje mwo haesseoyo?) Translation: "What did you do yesterday?" Answer: "친구와 놀았어요." (Chinguwa norasseoyo.) Translation: "I hung out with my friend." 16. Question: "이 차는 얼마에요?" (I cha-neun eolmae-yeyo?) Translation: "How much is this car?" Answer: "오백만 원에요." (Obaekman woneyo.) Translation: "It's five million won." 17. Question: "어디서 일해요?" (Eodiseo ilhaeyo?) Translation: "Where do you work?" Answer: "회사에서 일해요." (Hoesaeseo ilhaeyo.) Translation: "I work at a company." 18. Question: "무엇을 좋아하세요?" (Mueoseul joahaseyo?) Translation: "What do you like?" Answer: "음악을 좋아해요." (Eumageul joahaeyo.) Translation: "I like music." 19. Question: "언제 출발할 거예요?" (Eonje chulbalhal geoyeyo?) Translation: "When will you depart?" Answer: "한 시에 출발할 거예요." (Han sie chulbalhal geoyeyo.) Translation: "I will depart at one o'clock." 20. Question: "이 번호는 누구의 거예요?" (I beonho-neun nuguui geoyeyo?) Translation: "Whose number is this?" Answer: "친구의 번호예요." (Chinguui beonho-eyo.) Translation: "It's my friend's number."

Answer 356

21. Question: "어제 뭐 했어요?" (Eoje mwo haesseoyo?) Translation: "What did you do yesterday?" Answer: "공원에 갔어요." (Gongwone gasseoyo.) Translation: "I went to the park." 22. Question: "이 옷은 얼마예요?" (I oseun eolmayeyo?) Translation: "How much is this clothing?" Answer: "이 옷은 만 원입니다." (I oseun man woneum-nida.) Translation: "This clothing is ten thousand won." 23. Question: "지금 뭐 하세요?" (Jigeum mwo haseyo?) Translation: "What are you doing now?" Answer: "책을 읽고 있어요." (Chaeg-eul ilggo isseoyo.) Translation: "I'm reading a book." 24. Question: "한국 음식을 좋아하세요?" (Hanguk eumsigeul joahaseyo?) Translation: "Do you like Korean food?" Answer: "네, 한국 음식을 좋아해요." (Ne, Hanguk eumsigeul joahaeyo.) Translation: "Yes, I like Korean food." 25. Question: "이 버스는 어디로 가요?" (I beoseuneun eodiro gayo?) Translation: "Where does this bus go?" Answer: "이 버스는 시내로 가요." (I beoseuneun sinaero gayo.) Translation: "This bus goes to downtown." 26. Question: "이 책은 누구의 거예요?" (I chaeg-eun nugui geoyeyo?) Translation: "Whose book is this?" Answer: "이 책은 제 친구의 거예요." (I chaeg-eun je chingue geoyeyo.) Translation: "This book is my friend's." 27. Question: "오늘 뭐 할 거예요?" (Oneul mwo hal geoyeyo?) Translation: "What are you going to do today?" Answer: "친구랑 영화를 볼 거예요." (Chingurang yeonghwareul bol geoyeyo.) Translation: "I'm going to watch a movie with my friend." 28. Question: "언제 집에 도착하실 거예요?" (Eonje jibe dochakhassil geoyeyo?) Translation: "When will you arrive home?" Answer: "오후 여섯 시쯤 도착할 거예요." (Ohu yeoseos sijjeum dochakhal geoyeyo.) Translation: "I will arrive around 6 p.m." 29. Question: "이 일은 어떤가요?" (I ireun eotteongayo?) Translation: "How is this job?" Answer: "이 일은 재미있어요." (I ireun jaemiisseoyo.) Translation: "This job is interesting." 30. Question: "어디 가고 싶어요?" (Eodi gago sipeoyo?) Translation: "Where do you want to go?" Answer: "제주도에 가고 싶어요." (Jejudo-e gago sipeoyo.) Translation: "I want to go to Jeju Island."

Answer 357

Keutae jeodo- thats then that i too which means "At that time, me too"

Answer 358

"Yes, I understand" or "Okay, I got it."

Answer 359

"Mwoni." It's commonly used as a casual way of saying "What's up?" or "What's going on?" 1. "뭐니- 너 돌아왔어?" would be Romanized as "Mwoni- neo dorawaosseo?" 2. "돌아왔어?" would be Romanized as "Dorawaosseo?"

Answer 360

Wa/gwa- means "and" or "with" this is more formal than "hago" and used only after a noun. Hago can be used after a verb Use gwa after consonants and Wa after a bowel "watermelon and orange" "orange and watermelon" means "I exercise/work out with my friend"

Answer 361

"as it is" or "without changing" It's commonly used to indicate maintaining something in its current state without alterations or modifications.

Answer 362

"you" in Korean. It's a more poetic or formal way of addressing someone, similar to "thou" or "thee" in English. It's often used in literature, songs, or in formal writing. This is NOT used in a conversation

Answer 363

typically refers to a stone or a pebble. However, it can also have other meanings depending on the context. For example, "돌" (dol) can also refer to a traditional Korean milestone or marker used for counting age. Additionally, "돌" (dol) can mean "to turn" or "to rotate" as a verb. If you have a specific context in mind, please let me know, and I can provide more detailed information.

Answer 364

"I'm sad" or "I'm upset" in Korean. If you're feeling upset, I'm here to chat and help if you need support or someone to talk to.

Answer 365

"What is it this time?" It's a shortened and more casual way of asking the question. "오늘 왜?" (oneul wae) directly translates to "Why today?" in Korean, and it's not a direct translation for "What is it this time?" A more accurate translation for "What is it this time?" in Korean would be "이번에는 뭐야?" (ibeoneun mwoya) or "지금은 뭐야?" (jigeumeun mwoya)

Answer 366

"You're beautiful and smart" "you're beautiful and smart"

Answer 367

"blue color" or simply "blue." The word "색" (saeg) means "color," so when you add it to "파랑" (parang), which means "blue," you get "blue color" or "blue." Therefore, "saeg" in the phrase "parangsaeg" refers to "color."

Answer 368

means "How can I..." or "What should I do if..." in Korean. It's used when asking for advice or seeking solutions to a problem or situation.

Answer 369

"as usual" or "like before" in Korean. They are used to indicate continuity or consistency in a situation or behavior.

Answer 370

"as usual" or "as expected."

Answer 371

informal way to say "thank you" in Korean. It's commonly used among friends, family, and in casual situations. "thanks" "고마워" (gomawo) in informal settings, or "감사합니다" (gamsahamnida) in formal situations. The informal "고마워" (gomawo) is commonly used among friends, peers, or in casual settings, while "감사합니다" (gamsahamnida) is more polite and appropriate for formal situations, such as expressing gratitude to elders, strangers, or in professional settings.

Answer 372

1. "있습니다" (isseumnida): This is a polite and formal way to say "there is" or "there are" in Korean. It's used in formal situations or when speaking to someone older or in a higher position. 2. "있습니다" (isseubnida): This is another polite and formal way to say "there is" or "there are" in Korean. It's also used in formal situations or when speaking to someone older or in a higher position. The difference from "있습니다" (isseumnida) lies in the pronunciation and spelling conventions. 3. "있습니댜" (issseubnida): This is a combination of the polite form "있습니다" (isseumnida) and the informal sentence ending "댜" (dya). It's used in written language, especially in internet or casual contexts, to sound more friendly or approachable while maintaining a level of politeness. In summary, "있습니다" (isseumnida) and "있습니다" (isseubnida) are formal and polite, while "있습니댜" (issseubnida) is a more casual and friendly variant used in written language, particularly online or in informal settings.

Answer 373

is a casual way to say "no" or "it's not" in Korean. It's used in informal situations among friends or peers. The word "라고" (rago) is a particle in Korean that is often used to quote or report what someone else said. So, "아니야 라고" (aniya rago) would mean "It's not," quoting someone else's statement.

Answer 374

"No" or "It's not" in English. It's a casual way to deny or negate something. It can also be used to mean "Nope" or "Not really" in informal conversations.

Answer 375

지" (ji) after a noun, pronoun, or verb forms a casual question tag, similar to the English question tag "right?" or "isn't it?" It's used to seek confirmation or agreement from the listener. For example: - "그거 맛있지?" (geugeo masitji?): "That tastes good, right?" - "오늘 춥지?" (oneul chupji?): "It's cold today, isn't it?" - "밥 먹었지?" (bap meogeotji?): "You ate, right?" Adding "지" (ji) after a verb or adjective changes the statement into a question, making it a casual way to ask for confirmation or agreement.

Answer 376

adds emphasis to the denial or disagreement. It's a more emphatic way of saying "no" or "it's not" in a casual manner. Adding "지" (ji) at the end intensifies the assertion or negation. "Ani ji" (아니지) in Korean translates to "No, it's not" or "No, it isn't" in English. It's used to disagree or refute something.

Answer 377

in Korean translates to "That's right" or "That's how it was" in English. It's a casual way of affirming something or acknowledging a previous statement. Adding "지" (ji) at the end turns the statement into a casual question tag, seeking confirmation or agreement from the listener.

Answer 378

This translates to "Tomorrow, my friend and I will go out and eat."

Answer 379

express admiration for something beautiful in Korean. However, there's a slight difference in emphasis: 1. "와 진짜 예쁘다!" (Wa jinjja yeppeuda!): This translates to "Wow, it's really beautiful!" The emphasis here is on the speaker's genuine astonishment or surprise at the beauty of something. 2. "와 사실 예쁘다!" (Wa sasil yeppeuda!): This also translates to "Wow, it's really beautiful!" However, the emphasis here is on the factuality or truthfulness of the statement. It's like saying "Wow, it's indeed beautiful!" or "Wow, it's actually beautiful!" Both convey admiration for something beautiful, "진짜" (jinjja) emphasizes the speaker's genuine reaction, while "사실" (sasil) emphasizes the truthfulness or factuality of the statement.

Answer 380

are all conditional conjunctions in Korean, used to express hypothetical or conditional situations. Here's how they are typically used: 1. "하면" (hamyeon): This conjunction is used to express a conditional relationship between two clauses. It translates to "if" or "when" in English. For example: "비가 오면 집에 가겠어요" (biga omyeon jibe gagesseoyo) - "If it rains, I will go home." 2. "다면" (damyeon): This conjunction is also used to express a conditional relationship between two clauses, but it's often used to introduce a hypothetical situation or condition. It translates to "if" or "in the case that" in English. For example: "시간이 있다면 영화를 볼 거예요" (sigani itdamyeon yeonghwaleul bol geoyeyo) - "If I have time, I will watch a movie." 3. "사면" (samyen): This conjunction is used to express a condition or situation that is based on or contingent upon something else. It can be translated as "if" or "provided that" in English. For example: "돈이 있으면 사면 좋겠어요" (doni isseumyeon samyeon jokesseoyo) - "If there is money, it would be nice to buy it." These conjunctions are important in Korean grammar for expressing various types of conditions or hypothetical situations.

Answer 381

"if it's different" or "if it's otherwise" in Korean, you would use different phrases such as These phrases are used to indicate a condition or situation that occurs when something is different or otherwise.

Answer 382

"How come you're not there? I want to be with you,"

Answer 383

"What's wrong?" or "What's the matter?"

Answer 384

is a common expression in Korean used to mean "That's enough!" or "Stop it!" It's used to abruptly end or halt someone's actions or behavior.

Answer 385

"I should do my homework" in Korean

Answer 386

"I also like to watch Korean dramas"

Answer 387

1. "없다" (Eopda) - meaning "to not exist" or "to be absent." 2. "덮다" (Deopda) - meaning "to cover" or "to conceal." 3. "없어" (Eopseo) - meaning "there is not" or "is not available."

Answer 388

"Gabjagi nado jinjja baegopa," and it translates to "Suddenly, I'm really hungry" in English.

Answer 389

Sure, here are those words in Korean: 1. Would - 할 것이다 (Hal geosida) 2. Can - 할 수 있다 (Hal su itda) 3. Will - 할 것이다 (Hal geosida) 4. They - 그들 (Geudeul) 5. If - 만약 (Manyak) 6. When you - 네가 할 때 (Nega hal ttae) 7. Give - 주다 (Juda) 8. Put - 넣다 (Neotda) 9. Provide - 제공하다 (Jegonghada) 10. "더" (deo)-"more" or "additional 11."할 수 있을까요?-"Could" "할 수 있을까요?" (hal su isseulkkayo?) or "할 수 있을까요?" (hal su isseulkka?) depending on the context. It expresses a possibility or ability to do something. "더" (deo) generally means "more" or "additional." However, in the context of the phrase "더 친근하게 말해줄래요?" (deo chingunhage malhaejullae-yo?), the word "더" (deo) is not being used to mean "more" in a quantitative sense, but rather to convey a sense of "further" or "even more." Here, "더 친근하게" (deo chingunhage) means "more friendly" or "even friendlier," and it's used to modify the verb "말해줄래요?" (malhaejullae-yo?), which means "Could you say?" or "Would you say?" So, "더 친근하게 말해줄래요?" (deo chingunhage malhaejullae-yo?) translates to "Could you say it more friendly?" or "Can you say it in a friendlier manner?" where "더" (deo) is used to emphasize the request for a friendlier tone or manner of speaking.

Answer 390

"I find the homework to be stimulating"

Answer 391

- what a beutiful day.

Answer 392

"I'm sorry"

Answer 393

in Korean means "hurry up" or "quickly." It's commonly used to urge someone to do something quickly or to hurry.

Answer 394

in Korean is an exclamation that can be translated as "Wow, this is it!" or "Wow, this is the one!" It's commonly used to express surprise, excitement, or satisfaction when discovering or experiencing something.

Answer 395

can also mean "first" or "first time" in various contexts. It can refer to being first in order, sequence, or occurrence. For example, "일탄 경험" (iltan gyeongheom) means "first experience," and "일탄 미팅" (iltan miting) means "first meeting." More examples "Iltan joahaneunde" (일탄 좋아하는데) in Korean means "I like the first strike," or more accurately, "I like the first move," depending on the context. It suggests a preference for taking action or initiative in a given situation.

Answer 396

can mean "because of" "due to" or "si ce" in Korean, so "Ttaemune" can be translated as "because of me" or "due to me" depending on the context. It's often used to indicate a cause or reason for something. 1. 나는 일이 있어서 늦었어. 때문에 미안해. (Naneun ili isseoseo neujeosseo. Ttaemune mianhae.) (I was late because I had work. I'm sorry due to that.) 2. 비가 내리기 시작했어. 때문에 우산을 가져왔어. (Biga naerigi sijakhaesseo. Ttaemune usaneul gajyeowasseo.) (It started raining, so I brought an umbrella because of that.) 3. 그는 열심히 공부해서 시험에 통과했다. 때문에 칭찬을 받았어. (Geuneun yeolsimhi gongbuhaseo siheome tonggwahaetda. Ttaemune chingchaneul badaosseo.) (He passed the exam because he studied hard. Because of that, he received praise.)

Answer 397

can also mean "that's it" in Korean, depending on the context. It can be used to confirm or acknowledge that something is correct or accurate, similar to saying "that's right" or "that's it" in English.

Answer 398

is a valid Korean word, which means "to have" or "there is/are." It's a conjugated form of the verb "있다" (to have/exist).

Answer 399

in Korean, which translates to "Who's there?" Is anyone there in English. It's a common phrase used to inquire about the presence of someone or to ask who is present in a particular place or situation.

Answer 400

in Korean means "one more thing" or "one more time." It's commonly used when someone wants to add or mention something additional to what has already been discussed or done. "Hanado eobs-eo" (하나도 없어) in Korean means "There isn't even one" or "Not even one exists" in English. It's used to emphasize the complete absence of something or the lack of anything at all.

Answer 401

"come inside,"

Answer 402

"since when,"

Answer 403

in Korean means "people" or "many people" in English. It's a plural form of the word "사람" (saram), which means "person." So, "saramdeul" refers to multiple individuals or a group of people.

Answer 404

in Korean is an informal and colloquial way of asking "What are you doing right now?" or "What's going on?" It's a casual way to inquire about someone's current activity or situation. "Mwoseunerya jigeum" (뭐쓰네리야 지금) seems like a casual or colloquial way of expressing surprise or disbelief about something happening right now. It's not standard Korean, but it appears to be a playful or slangy way of saying "What's happening right now?" or "What's going on right now?" The standard way to ask "What's happening right now?" or "What are you doing right now?" in Korean would be: - 지금 뭐하고 있어? (jigeum mwohago isseo?) - 지금 무슨 일이 있어? (jigeum museun iri isseo?) These phrases are more commonly used in everyday conversation to inquire about current actions or situations.

Answer 405

in Korean is a colloquial expression that can be translated as "of course" or "definitely." It's a casual way of agreeing with or affirming something.

Answer 406

is a colloquial and informal way of saying "I don't know" in Korean. It's a contraction of "그렇다" (geureota), which means "to be like that" or "to be so," and the informal ending "-쎄" (-sse) is often used in casual speech. So, "geureosse" essentially means "I don't know" in a casual tone.

Answer 407

"I will do that" or "I will take care of that" in Korean. It's used to express one's willingness to handle or take responsibility for something. "I want that" or "I would like that"

Answer 408

in Korean translates to "you came" in English. It's the past tense form of the verb "오다" (oda), which means "to come."

Answer 409

"with a friend" in English. It's commonly used to indicate that someone is doing or going somewhere with a friend.

Answer 410

in Korean means "I love" or "and love" in English. It's the verb "사랑하다" (saranghada), which means "to love," conjugated with the particle "고" (go) to indicate "and." So, depending on the context, it could mean "I love" or "and love."

Answer 411

"Far" in Korean. It's used to describe a distance that is considerable or distant. For example, "멀리 있는 집" (meolli inneun jip) means "a house that is far away."

Answer 412

"I ate" in Korean is "먹었어요" (meogeosseoyo) in polite form, or "먹었어" (meogeosseo) in casual form.

Answer 413

have different meanings and usage: 1. "듣어요" (deureoyo) is the verb "듣다" (deuda) conjugated to the polite present tense form. It means "to listen" or "to hear." It's used when talking about the act of listening to something, such as music, a lecture, or a conversation. 2. "좋아해요" (joahaeyo) is the verb "좋아하다" (joahada) conjugated to the polite present tense form. It means "to like" or "to enjoy." It's used when expressing positive feelings or preferences toward something or someone, indicating that you like or enjoy it/them. In summary, "듣어요" (deureoyo) is used for the action of listening or hearing, while "좋아해요" (joahaeyo) is used for expressing liking or enjoyment

Answer 414

The verbs you've mentioned are all conjugated forms of basic Korean verbs, and they are used to convey different nuances in politeness, formality, and tense. Let's break down each one: 1. "이다" (ida) - "to be": - "이에요" (ieyo) or "예요" (yeyo): Polite present tense form used in informal speech. - "있어" (isseo) or "있습니다" (isseumnida): Polite present tense form used in formal speech. - "해요" (haeyo): Polite present tense form used in informal speech, also used with action verbs. - "해세요" (haeseyo): Polite imperative form used to make requests or commands. 2. "오다" (oda) - "to come": - "와요" (wayo): Polite present tense form used in informal speech. - "와세요" (waseyo): Polite imperative form used to make requests or commands. 3. "하다" (hada) - "to do": - "해요" (haeyo): Polite present tense form used in informal speech, also used with descriptive verbs. - "하세요" (haseyo): Polite imperative form used to make requests or commands. The differences lie mainly in the level of politeness/formality and the tense of the verb. The "요" (yo) or "세요" (seyo) endings indicate politeness, and they are often used in formal or polite speech. The verb endings without "요" or "세요" are used in informal speech. Additionally, "해요" (haeyo) is used with both action and descriptive verbs, while "해세요" (haseyo) is used primarily with action verbs in polite requests or commands.

Answer 415

in Korean means "usually" or "normally" in English. It is used to indicate something that happens in a typical or regular manner. For example: - "그는 보통 아침에 운동해요." (Geuneun botong achime undonghaeyo.) - He usually exercises in the morning. It's important to note that "bottong" is not used to mean "but," as your initial phrase suggests. If you intended to express "but usually," you would need to use both words separately in the sentence structure.

Answer 416

This sentence translates to: "As for me, I like a bit warm food."

Answer 417

1. "Right away" - 바로 (baro) 2. "A bit" - 조금 (jogeum) 3. "As for me" - 제 경우에는 (je gue-seo-e-neun) or 저는 (jeo-neun) for "as for me," depending on the context.

Answer 418

I see, you're referring to verbs ending with the suffix "-고" (-go) in Korean. 1. "타고" (tago) is a verb that means "to ride" or "to take (a vehicle)." 1. 가다 (gada) - to go - 가고 (gago) - go and... 2. 오다 (oda) - to come - 오고 (ogo) - come and... 3. 먹다 (meokda) - to eat - 먹고 (meokgo) - eat and... 4. 마시다 (masida) - to drink - 마시고 (masigo) - drink and... 5. 보다 (boda) - to see, to watch - 보고 (bogo) - see/watch and... 6. 듣다 (deuda) - to listen, to hear - 듣고 (deugo) - listen/hear and... 7. 하다 (hada) - to do - 하고 (hago) - do and... 1. 살다 (salda) - to live - 사고 (sago) - live and... 2. 자다 (jada) - to sleep - 자고 (jago) - sleep and... 3. 웃다 (utda) - to laugh - 웃고 (utgo) - laugh and... 4. 일어나다 (ireonada) - to get up, to rise - 일어나고 (ireonago) - get up and... 5. 걷다 (geotda) - to walk - 걸어가고 (georeogago) - walk and... 6. 달리다 (dallida) - to run - 달려가고 (dallyeogago) - run and... 7. 넘다 (neomda) - to cross, to pass - 넘어가고 (neomeogago) - cross/pass 1. 찾다 (chatda) - to find - 찾고 (chatgo) - find and... 2. 기다리다 (gidarida) - to wait - 기다리고 (gidarigo) - wait and... 3. 도와주다 (dowajuda) - to help - 도와주고 (dowajugo) - help and... 4. 배우다 (baeuda) - to learn - 배우고 (baeugo) - learn and... 5. 춤추다 (chumchuda) - to dance - 춤추고 (chumchugo) - dance and... 6. 만나다 (mannada) - to meet - 만나고 (mannago) - meet and... 7. 일하다 (ilhada) - to work - 일하고 (ilhago) - work and... 8. 공부하다 (gongbuhada) - to study - 공부하고 (gongbuhago) - study and... 9. 떠나다 (tteonada) - to leave, to depart - 떠나고 (tteonago) - leave/depart and... 10. 끝나다 (kkeutnada) - to end, to finish - 끝나고 (kkeutnago) - end/finish and... 1. 생각하다 (saenggakhada) - to think - 생각하고 (saenggakago) - think and... 2. 이야기하다 (iyagihada) - to talk, to converse - 이야기하고 (iyagihago) - talk/converse and... 3. 쓰다 (sseuda) - to write - 쓰고 (sseugo) - write and... 4. 남기다 (namgida) - to leave (behind), to leave a mark - 남기고 (namgigo) - leave (behind)/leave a mark and... 5. 그리워하다 (geuriwohada) - to miss (someone/something) - 그리워하고 (geuriwohago) - miss (someone/something) and... 6. 기다리다 (gidarida) - to wait - 기다리고 (gidarigo) - wait and... 7. 만들다 (mandeulda) - to make, to create - 만들고 (mandeulgo) - make/create and... 8. 웃다 (utda) - to laugh - 웃고 (utgo) - laugh and... 9. 울다 (ulda) - to cry - 울고 (ulgo) - cry and... 10. 움직이다 (umjigida) - to move - 움직이고 (umjigigo) - move and... conjugated with "-고" (-go) in Korean to connect actions in sentences.

Answer 419

Nouns joined by the particle "와" (wa) to indicate "and" or "with" in Korean: "너와" (neowa) "with you" or "and you" combination of the word "너" (neo), which means "you," and the particle "와" (wa), which is used to indicate "and" or "with" when joining nouns. 1. 친구와 (chinguwa) - friend and 2. 가족과 (gajokgwa) - family and 3. 여자친구와 (yeojachinguwa) - girlfriend and 4. 남자친구와 (namjachinguwa) - boyfriend and 5. 형제와 (hyeongjaewa) - siblings and 6. 부모와 (bumowa) - parents and 7. 선생님과 (seonsaengnimgwa) - teacher and 8. 학생들과 (haksaengdeulgwa) - students and 9. 동료와 (dongryowa) - colleagues and 10. 이웃과 (iwotgwa) - neighbors and These examples illustrate how "와" (wa) is used to join nouns in Korean to indicate "and" or "with." In Korean, "wa" (와/과), "go" (고), and "geurigo" (그리고) are conjunctions used to connect clauses, phrases, or words, including nouns. They serve similar functions to "and" in English, but they are used in slightly different contexts: 1. **"Wa" (와) and "Gwa" (과)**: These are used to join nouns and are usually interchangeable. The choice between them depends on the final sound of the preceding word: - "와" is used after a vowel sound. (e.g., 사과와 배 = "an apple and a pear") - "과" is used after a consonant sound. (e.g., 사과과 오렌지 = orenjiwa sagwareul"an apple and an orange," though 오렌지 would typically not be followed by 과 in natural Korean due to its ending in a vowel sound; this is just to illustrate the consonant rule.) 2. **"Go" (고)**: This is used to connect clauses or sentences, and it can also connect the last item in a list of nouns. It translates to "and" in the context of continuing an action or list. (e.g., 저는 사과를 먹고, 배도 먹어요. = Jeoneun sagwareul meokgo, baedo meogeoyo."I eat an apple and also eat a pear.") 3. **"Geurigo" (그리고)**: This is more flexible as it can be used to join sentences or clauses and can also start a sentence, much like "and" in English. It's used to add information or introduce a related point. (e.g., 저는 사과를 먹습니다. 그리고, 배도 먹어요. =Jeoneun sagwareul meokseumnida. Geurigo, baedo meogeoyo "I eat an apple. And, I also eat a pear.") 1. 저는 사과를 먹습니다. 그리고, 배도 먹어요. - Jeoneun sagwareul meokseumnida. Geurigo, baedo meogeoyo. 2. 저는 사과를 먹고, 배도 먹어요. - Jeoneun sagwareul meokgo, baedo meogeoyo. 3. 사과과 오렌지 - Sagwagwa orenji However, note that there's a slight mistake in the third sentence; it should ideally use 와 (wa) after 사과 since 사과 (apple) ends in a vowel sound, making it 사과와 오렌지 (sagwawa orenji) for "apples and oranges."

Answer 420

In Korean, conjunctive endings like "-고" (-go) are typically used with verbs to connect actions or describe simultaneous actions. However, pronouns and adjectives do not have specific conjunctive endings like verbs do. Instead, when connecting pronouns or adjectives to form compound sentences, you can use conjunctions like "그리고" (geurigo) for "and" or "그러나" (geureona) for "but." These conjunctions serve a similar purpose to conjunctive endings for verbs, but they are separate words rather than endings attached to the pronouns or adjectives themselves. For example: - "그녀는 예쁘고 친절해요." (Geunyeoneun yeppeugo chinjeolhaeyo.) - "She is pretty and kind." - "나는 바빠요, 그러나 행복해요." (Naneun bappayo, geureona haengbokhaeyo.) - "I am busy, but I am happy." In these sentences, "그리고" (geurigo) and "그러나" (geureona) are used to connect the pronouns "그녀" (geunyeo) and "나" (na) to the adjectives "예쁘" (yeppeu) and "친절" (chinjeol), respectively.

Answer 421

"그리고" (geurigo) and "-고" (-go) can be used in comparison between phrases and verbs: 1. 그리고 (geurigo) - Conjunction for connecting phrases: - Example: "나는 사과를 사고, 그리고 배를 샀어요." (Naneun sagwareul sago, geurigo baereul sasseoyo.) - Translation: "I bought apples, and then I bought pears." - In this example, "그리고" (geurigo) is used to connect the two independent actions of buying apples and then buying pears. 2. -고 (-go) - Conjunctive ending for connecting verbs: - Example: "나는 사과를 사고 배를 샀어요." (Naneun sagwareul sago baereul sasseoyo.) - Translation: "I bought apples and pears." - In this example, "-고" (-go) is used to connect the verbs "buying apples" and "buying pears" in a single compound sentence. So, both "그리고" (geurigo) and "-고" (-go) can be used to connect phrases or verbs in a comparison or sequential manner, depending on the structure and context of the sentence. Conjunctions that can be used to connect two independent sentences or clauses. One common conjunction for this purpose is "그리고" (geurigo), which means "and" in English. For example: - Sentence 1: 저는 공부했어요. (Jeoneun gongbuhesseoyo.) - "I studied." - Sentence 2: 친구를 만났어요. (Chingureul mannasseoyo.) - "I met my friend." - Combined with "그리고" (geurigo): 저는 공부했어요, 그리고 친구를 만났어요. (Jeoneun gongbuhesseoyo, geurigo chingureul mannasseoyo.) - "I studied, and I met my friend." In this example, "그리고" (geurigo) is used to connect the two independent sentences "저는 공부했어요" (Jeoneun gongbuhesseoyo) and "친구를 만났어요" (Chingureul mannasseoyo), forming a compound sentence. This conjunction serves to indicate the relationship between the actions described in each sentence.

Answer 422

In addition to nouns, verbs, pronouns, conjunctive endings, subjects, and objects, here are some other important components that can make up full sentences in Korean: 1. **Adjectives (형용사 - hyeongyongsa)**: These are used to describe nouns or pronouns in a sentence. Adjectives can be used predicatively (before a verb) or attributively (modifying a noun directly). Example: 예쁜 꽃 (yeppeun kkot) - "pretty flower" 2. **Adverbs (부사 - busa)**: These modify verbs, adjectives, or other adverbs to provide information about time, place, manner, degree, etc. Example: 빨리 달려요 (ppalli dallyeoyo) - "run quickly" 3. **Particles (조사 - josa)**: These are small words that attach to nouns, pronouns, or verbs to indicate grammatical relationships such as subject, object, location, direction, possession, etc. Example: 에 (e) - indicating location/direction, as in 집에 가다 (jibe gada) - "go home" 4. **Determiners (한정사 - hanjeongsa)**: These are used to specify or limit the meaning of nouns. They include demonstratives (this, that), possessives (my, your), quantifiers (some, many), etc. Example: 이 책 (i chaek) - "this book" 5. **Auxiliary Verbs (보조동사 - bojodongsa)**: These verbs accompany main verbs to express tense, mood, aspect, or other grammatical meanings. Example: ~고 싶다 (~go sipda) - "want to do" 6. **Conjunctions (접속사 - jeopsoksa)**: These connect words, phrases, or clauses in a sentence. Example: 그리고 (geurigo) - "and" 7. **Sentence Endings (마침표 - machimpyo)**: These are used at the end of sentences to indicate declarative, interrogative, imperative, or exclamatory meanings. Example: 요 (yo) - declarative sentence ending These components, along with nouns, verbs, pronouns, conjunctive endings, subjects, and objects, contribute to creating full and grammatically correct sentences in Korean.

Answer 423

The words "neunde," "nikka," "geoya," and "yeon" are examples of sentence endings or sentence-final particles in Korean. These particles are used to convey various nuances or add emphasis to the sentence. Here's a breakdown of each: 1. **~는데 (-neunde)**: This sentence ending is often used to indicate a causal relationship between two clauses or to provide background information. It can also be used to express contrast or concession. Example: 비가 오는데 우산을 가져가지 않았어요. (Biga oneunde usaneul gajyeogaji anasseoyo.) - "It's raining, but I didn't bring an umbrella." 2. **~니까 (-nikka)**: This sentence ending is used to indicate a reason, cause, or explanation for the preceding statement. It is often used in informal speech. Example: 춥니까 옷을 두껍게 입으세요. (Chupnikka oseul dukkeopge ibeuseyo.) - "Because it's cold, please wear thick clothes." 3. **~거야 (-geoya)**: This sentence ending is used to express conviction or certainty about the statement being made. It is often used in declarative sentences. Example: 내일 비가 올 거야. (Naeil biga ol geoya.) - "It will rain tomorrow." 4. **~연 (-yeon)**: This sentence ending is used to express hearsay or indirect information. It is often used when reporting something someone else has said. Example: 친구가 비가 온다고 해서 우산을 가져왔어요. (Chinguga biga ondago haeseo usaneul gajyeowasseoyo.) - "My friend said it's going to rain, so I brought an umbrella." Yes, there are more sentence-final particles in Korean that convey various nuances or add emphasis to the sentence. Here are a few more examples: 1. **~야 (-ya)**: This particle is used to add emphasis or make a statement sound more assertive. It is often used in informal speech. Example: 가세요! (Gaseyo!) - "Go!" 2. **~군요 (-gunyo)**: This particle is used to express realization or discovery. It is often used to convey surprise or interest. Example: 그것은 맛있는 거군요! (Geugeoseun masinneun geogunyo!) - "That looks delicious!" 3. **~나요 (-nayo)**: This particle is used to seek confirmation or verification from the listener. It is often used in questions. Example: 비가 오나요? (Biga onayo?) - "Is it raining?" 4. **~지요 (-jiyo)**: This particle is used to express agreement or confirmation with the listener's statement. It is often used in responses. Example: 네, 그렇지요. (Ne, geureohjiyo.) - "Yes, that's right." 5. **~려나요 (-ryeonayo)**: This particle is used to express uncertainty or speculation. It is often used when the speaker is not sure about something. Example: 그렇게 할려나요? (Geureohge hallyeonayo?) - "Do you think we should do it like that?" Certainly! Here are a few more sentence-final particles in Korean with their respective nuances: 6. **~나 (-na)**: This particle is used to express wonder, doubt, or curiosity. It often indicates a questioning tone. Example: 그게 정말 그런 거나? (Geuge jeongmal geureon geona?) - "Is that really true?" 7. **~니 (-ni)**: This particle is used to express surprise, realization, or emphasis. It is often used in informal speech. Example: 진짜니? (Jinjjani?) - "Is that really true?" 8. **~이야 (-iya)**: This particle is used to emphasize the subject or to provide additional information about the subject. Example: 내가 그랬어요. (Naega geuraesseoyo.) - "It was me." 9. **~다 (-da)**: This particle is used to make a statement sound more assertive or declarative. It is often used in informal speech. Example: 너무 맛있어요! (Neomu masisseoyo!) - "It's so delicious!" 10. **~더라 (-deora)**: This particle is used to convey past experiences or things that the speaker has personally witnessed. Example: 그렇게 했더라. (Geureohge haetdeora.) - "That's how it was done." Of course! Here are a few more sentence-final particles in Korean with their respective nuances: 11. **~네요 (-neyo)**: This particle is used to express surprise, realization, or confirmation based on new information. Example: 오늘은 추워요, 날씨가 춥네요. (Oneureun chuwoyo, nalssiga chupneyo.) - "It's cold today, the weather is cold." 12. **~아요 (-ayo)**: This particle is used to make a statement sound polite or deferential. It is often used in formal speech. Example: 맛있어요! (Masisseoyo!) - "It's delicious!" 13. **~라고 (-rago)**: This particle is used to quote or report what someone else has said. It is often used in indirect speech or hearsay. Example: 친구가 그것을 좋다고 했어요. (Chinguga geugeoseul johdago haesseoyo.) - "My friend said that it's good." 14. **~네 (-ne)**: This particle is used to soften a statement or make it sound more polite. It is often used in informal speech. Example: 이거 좀 먹어봐도 돼요? (Igeo jom meogeobwado dwaeyo?) - "Can I try this?" 15. **~거든요 (-geodeunyo)**: This particle is used to provide an explanation or reason for a statement. It is often used to emphasize the speaker's intention. Example: 이유가 있거든요. (Iyuga itgeodeunyo.) - "There's a reason."

Answer 424

"Jom" (좀) is an adverb that is commonly used to soften requests or commands in Korean. It can be translated as "a bit," "a little," or "please" depending on the context. In the sentence "Ne chaek jom billyeodo dwaeyo?" (네 책 좀 빌려도 돼요?), "jom" (좀) is an adverb that softens the request or action being asked. It can be translated to "a bit" or "a little" in English. So, the sentence can be translated as "Can I borrow your book for a bit?" or "Can I borrow your book for a little while?" The use of "jom" adds a sense of politeness or humility to the request. For example: - 조금 기다려 주세요. (Jogeum kidaryeo juseyo.) - "Please wait a moment." In this sentence, "jom" (좀) softens the request to make it more polite. It does not mean "I" but rather adds a polite tone to the sentence.

Answer 425

"This is heavy" in English. Here, "이거는" (Igeoneun) means "this" (demonstrative pronoun indicating the subject), "무거워요" (mugeowoyo) means "is heavy" (verb indicating the state or condition of the subject).

Answer 426

(Joh-ahaneun saegkkareun mueos-ibnikka?) "What is your favorite color?" 1. "좋아하는" (joh-ahaneun) - This is the present participle form of the verb "좋아하다" (joh-ahada), which means "to like" or "to prefer." It is conjugated to indicate that the subject likes or prefers something. 2. "색깔은" (saegkkareun) - This is composed of two parts: - "색깔" (saegkkal) means "color." - "-은" (-eun) is a topic marker used to indicate the topic of the sentence. It is attached to the noun "색깔" (saegkkal) to mark it as the topic. 3. "무엇입니까?" (mueos-ibnikka?) - This is a question form: - "무엇" (mueos) means "what." - "입니까?" (ibnikka?) is a polite question ending used to ask "is it?" or "does it?" So, when combined, "좋아하는 색깔은 무엇입니까?" (Joh-ahaneun saegkkareun mueos-ibnikka?) literally translates to "What is the color that you like?" or more naturally, "What is your favorite color?"

Answer 427

"정말 좋은 날이네요" (Jeongmal joh-eun nal-ineyo) "What a beautiful day!" Here's the breakdown: - "정말" (jeongmal): "really" or "very." - "좋은" (joh-eun): "good" or "nice." - "날" (nal): "day." - "이네요" (ineyo): is a sentence ending used to express a certain feeling or observation. So, "정말 좋은 날이네요" (Jeongmal joh-eun nal-ineyo) can be translated as "What a beautiful day!" or "It's such a nice day!" depending on the context and tone of the speaker. The phrase "정말 좋은 나이세요" (Jeongmal joh-eun naissineyo) translates to "You are really nice" or "You are very kind" in English. Here's the breakdown of each word: - "정말" (jeongmal): means "really" or "very." - "좋은" (joh-eun): is the adjective "좋다" (jota) which means "good" or "nice," conjugated to mean "good" or "nice." - "나이세요" (naissineyo): is the honorific form of the verb "이다" (ida) meaning "to be," which is used to show respect to the person you are speaking to. It's a combination of "나이다" (naida) which is the honorific form of "이다" (ida), and the polite ending "-세요" (-seyo) which is used to make the sentence polite.

Answer 428

"if you hurry" (seodulleoseo) or (ppalli hamyeon).

Answer 429

"go together" "같이 가다" (gachi gada). "같이" (gachi) means "together" or "with," and "가다" (gada) means "to go." So, "같이 가다" (gachi gada) translates to "go together"

Answer 430

(siraneukka) in Korean translates to "because I don't like/want it" in English. It's a combination of the word "싫어" (sirheo), which means "dislike" or "don't want," and the conjunction "니까" (nikka), which indicates a reason or cause. So, "싫어니까" (siraneukka) expresses the reason for not wanting something.

Answer 431

in Korean is a conjunction that is often used to report or convey what someone else has said. It is frequently translated as "said that" or "told that" in English. For example, "그는 내일 올 거라고 했어요" (Geuneun naeil ol georago haesseoyo) translates to "He said that he will come tomorrow

Answer 432

"누가 했어?" (Nuga haesseo?) or "이걸 누가 했어?" (Igeol nuga haesseo?) would be the correct Korean phrases for "Who did this?" "누구 있어?" (Nugu isso?) means "Who is there?" or "Is someone there?" in Korean, it's used to inquire about the presence of someone else, not specifically asking who did something.

Answer 433

"누구 뭐야?" (Nugu mwoya?) literally translates to "Who is it?" or "Who is there?" in English. However, it can also be used informally to express surprise or confusion about something, similar to saying "What's this?" or "What's going on?" in English. So, in certain contexts, "누구 뭐야?" (Nugu mwoya?) can indeed be understood as "What's this?" or "What's going on?"

Answer 434

"뭐라구요? 그렇게?" (Mworaguyo? Geureohke?) can be translated as "What did you say? Like that?" or "What are you saying? Like that?" in English. It's a response expressing surprise, disbelief, or indignation at something someone has said.

Answer 435

(Dareun ittna?) could be translated more accurately as "Is there something else?" or "Is there anything different?" in English. It's commonly used to inquire about the existence of other options or alternatives. The word "있나" (itnna) is a contraction of "있나요" (itnayo), which is a casual form of asking "Is there?" or "Do you have?" in Korean. So, "이챠나" (itchana) is an informal way to say "있나" (itnna) and translates to "Is there?" or "Do you have?" The phrase "이챠나" (itchana) is not a complete sentence in Korean, so it's difficult to determine its meaning without context. However, it seems like it could be a contraction or colloquial form of "있나" (itnna), which means "Is there?" or "Do you have?" in English. If used in a sentence like "내가 말했잖아, 이챠나?" (Naega malhaetjanha, itchana?), it could potentially mean "I told you, is it there?" or "I told you, do you have it?" depending on the context.

Answer 436

(Pilyo eobseo) in Korean translates to "There's no need" or "It's not necessary" in English. It's a phrase used to express that something is not needed or necessary in a given context.

Answer 437

(Amado geureojyo) in Korean translates to "Probably, right?" or "I probably will" in English. It's used to express a likelihood or probability of something happening.

Answer 438

"keutae" (끝내) "finally" or "in the end" in English. It's used to indicate the conclusion or the final outcome of something.

Answer 439

"뜸" (tsum), "첨" (cheum), and "춤" (chum) are three different words in Korean with distinct meanings: 1. "뜸" (tsum) is a noun that means "hesitation" or "pause." It refers to the act of hesitating or pausing momentarily before making a decision or taking action. 2. "첨" (cheum) is an adverb that means "for the first time" or "initially." It indicates the first occurrence of something or the beginning of an action or experience. 3. "춤" (chum) is a noun that means "dance." It refers to the rhythmic movement of the body, usually accompanied by music, for artistic expression or entertainment.

Answer 440

"라고" (rago) is a Korean particle used to indicate reported speech or indirect quotation. It is often used after verbs of saying, thinking, or believing to introduce what someone else said or thought. It can be translated to "that," "said," or "according to." For example: - 그가 "나는 배고프다" 라고 했어요. (Geuga "naneun baegopeuda" rago haesseoyo.) - He said, "I'm hungry." - 친구가 내일 비가 온다 라고 말했어요. (Chingu ga naeil biga onda rago malhaesseoyo.) - My friend said that it will rain tomorrow.

Answer 441

"맛있겠네 괜찮았어?" (Masitgetne gwaenchasseo?) is a combination of two separate expressions in Korean: 1. "맛있겠네" (Masitgetne) - "Looks delicious" or "Seems tasty." 2. "괜찮았어?" (Gwaenchasseo?) - "Was it okay?" or "Was it alright?" So, when combined, it could loosely translate to "It looked delicious, was it okay?" or "Seemed tasty, was it alright?"To say "Are you okay?" in Korean, you can use the following phrases depending on the level of formality: 1. Formal/polite: 괜찮으세요? (Gwaenchaneuseyo?) 2. Informal: 괜찮아? (Gwaenchana?) "맛있겠네" (masitgetne) is a Korean expression that translates to "looks delicious" or "seems tasty" in English. It is often used when observing or commenting on food that appears appetizing.

Answer 442

"먹을래" (meogeullae) and "먹을이" (meogeuli) are both forms of the verb "먹다" (meokda), which means "to eat" in Korean. - "먹을래" (meogeullae) is the informal way of saying "Do you want to eat?" or "Shall we eat?" It is used when speaking to someone casually, like a friend or family member. - "먹을이" (meogeuli) is a noun derived from the verb "먹다" (meokda) with the suffix "-이" (-i), which indicates a tool or an object related to the action. "먹을이" (meogeuli) can be translated as "eating utensils" or "tableware" in English.

Answer 443

"Irang" (이랑) is a Korean particle that is used to indicate "and" or "with" when listing items or actions. It is often used in spoken Korean to connect two or more nouns, indicating that they are associated or linked together in some way. For example: - 사과이랑 바나나를 사왔어요. (Sagwa-irang banana-reul sawasseoyo.) - I bought apples and bananas. - 친구들이랑 영화를 보러 갔어요. (Chingudeul-irang yeonghwareul boreo gasseoyo.) - I went to see a movie with friends. In both sentences, "이랑" (irang) is used to connect nouns, indicating that they are part of the same category or activity.

Answer 444

in Korean translates to "but to him" or "but for him" in English. It's a phrase that indicates a contrast or contradiction in the context of a sentence."애는데" (Aneunde) in Korean is a conjunction that is often used to express contrast or concession. It is similar to saying "but" or "however" in English. It is typically used to introduce a contrasting or unexpected clause following a statement.

Answer 445

"만으면 다고" (Manemyeon dago) is a Korean expression that roughly translates to "If possible" or "If it's possible" in English. It's used to express a conditional situation or to indicate a preference or suggestion.

Answer 446

"비라고" (Bi rago) can be used in indirect speech or reported speech to indicate what someone else said about rain. For example: - 그가 "비가 온다" 라고 했어요. (Geuga "biga onda" rago haesseoyo.) - He said, "It's going to rain." Here, "비가 온다" (biga onda) means "It's going to rain," and "라고" (rago) is used to quote or report what someone else said.

Answer 447

(Geunde yakgan) in Korean roughly translates to "But slightly" or "However, a little" in English. It's a phrase that introduces a slight or minor contrast or qualification to a previous statement. (Ani geunde) in Korean is a colloquial expression that can be translated to "No, but" or "No, however" in English. It's often used in casual conversations to introduce a contrasting or additional point after negating or disagreeing with something.

Answer 448

"뭐예요 니까" (Mwogoseyo nikka) in Korean translates to "Because it is what" or "Because it is" in English. This phrase is used to provide a reason or explanation for something, often in response to a question or statement.

Answer 449

"Ibeonde geuege" (이번에 그에게) in Korean translates to "to him this time" or "to him this instance" in English. It indicates the direction or recipient of an action or event happening this time or on this occasion.is this accurate

Answer 450

(Yeolsimhi hago geurigo himdeureoyo) in Korean translates to "Working hard, and it's difficult" in English. It describes a situation where someone is putting in a lot of effort or working diligently, but it's also challenging or tough.

Answer 451

"That's great" or "That's good" in English. It's an expression used to convey satisfaction or approval upon hearing good news or positive developments.

Answer 452

(Geurae neunde) "Okay, but" or "Okay, so" okay go on..in English. It's a phrase used to acknowledge what was previously said and to signal agreement or acceptance, but also to introduce a continuation or further discussion.

Answer 453

in Korean translates to "The last train is in ten minutes" in English. Here's the breakdown of each word: - "마지막" (majimag): Last - "기차는" (gichaneun): Train (subject marker) - "십분" (sipbun): Ten minutes - "뒤입니다" (dwiimnida): Behind, after

Answer 454

"언제" (eonje) means "when" in Korean. "어제" (eoje) means "yesterday" in Korean.

Answer 455

"Daeum" (다음) means "next" or "following" in Korean. It can refer to something that comes after the current moment or event. in Korean means "next" (Daeum beoseuneun eonjeimnikka) in Korean translates to "When is the express bus?" in English. However, "대점" (daem) doesn't seem to have a clear meaning in this context. It might be a typographical error or an uncommon usage. The correct term for express bus is usually "고속버스" (gosok beoseu) or "고속" (gosok) for short.

Answer 456

(Mworago ilgeoya?) "What are you going to say?" or "What will you say?"

Answer 457

common Korean onomatopoeic expressions: 1. **뚝뚝 (ttukttuk)**: Dripping sound. 2. **똑똑 (ttokttok)**: Tapping sound. 3. **찰칵 (chalkak)**: Clicking sound. 4. **빙글빙글 (binggeulbinggeul)**: Spinning or swirling motion. 5. **콩닥콩닥 (kongdakkongdak)**: Sound of walking with heavy footsteps. 6. **뽀록뽀록 (pporokpporok)**: Sound of lightly tapping or patting something. 7. **꽁꽁 (kkongkkong)**: Sound of something being tightly wrapped or packed. 8. **찰랑찰랑 (challangchallang)**: Sound of something flowing smoothly. 9. **쾅쾅 (kkwongkkwong)**: Loud banging sound. 10. **펄롱 (peollo)**: Expresses disappointment or dissatisfaction. 11. **두근두근 (dugeundugeun)**: Sound of a heartbeat, or feeling excited or nervous. 12. **쿵쿵 (kungkung)**: Sound of heavy footsteps, or beating sound. 13. **뚜벅뚜벅 (ttubeokttubeok)**: Steady walking sound, like marching or pacing. 14. **빙빙 (bingbing)**: Spinning or whirling sound, often used to describe dizzying motion. 15. **퍼덕퍼덕 (peodeokpeodeok)**: Light splashing sound, like water drops falling. 16. **졸졸 (jjoljjol)**: Gurgling sound, often used for the sound of flowing water. 17. **쾅쾅 (kkwongkkwong)**: Loud banging or crashing sound. 18. **싱글벙글 (singgeulbeonggeul)**: Cheery, bouncy, or lively mood or movement. 19. **똑딱 (ttokttak)**: Light tapping or knocking sound. 20. **찰칵찰칵 (chalkakchalkak)**: Rapid clicking sound, like typing on a keyboard. 21. **싱숭생숭 (singsungsaengsung)**: Feeling unsure or hesitant. 22. **훌쩍훌쩍 (huljjeokhuljjeok)**: Sobbing or crying sound. 23. **허렁 (heoreong)**: Sound of something falling or collapsing heavily. 24. **철썩철썩 (cheolsseokcheolsseok)**: Sound of crunching or crumbling. 25. **부비부비 (bubibubi)**: Bobbing or bouncing up and down. 26. **찰싹찰싹 (chalsakchalsak)**: Sound of scrubbing or cleaning vigorously. 27. **뚝딱뚝딱 (ttukttakttukttak)**: Sound of hammering or tapping rhythmically. 28. **싹싹 (ssaksak)**: Sound of slicing or cutting swiftly. 29. **쿵짝쿵짝 (kungjjakkungjjak)**: Sound of walking in wooden clogs or sandals. 30. **꼬르륵 (kkoreureuk)**: Sound of swallowing or gulping. 31. **뒤집뒤집 (dwijibdwijib)**: Sound of flipping or turning something over. 32. **팔랑팔랑 (pallangpallang)**: Sound of flapping or fluttering. 33. **토닥토닥 (todaktodak)**: Gentle tapping or patting sound. 34. **쿵쿵 (kungkung)**: Sound of knocking or pounding, often on a door. 35. **쾅쾅 (kkwongkkwong)**: Loud crashing or banging sound. 36. **훌훌 (hulhul)**: Sound of something swiftly passing by. 37. **차르르 (charureu)**: Sound of flowing water or rustling leaves. 38. **빙글빙글 (binggeulbinggeul)**: Spinning or rotating motion. 39. **빙글빙글 (binggeulbinggeul)**: Feeling dizzy or disoriented. 40. **쾅쾅 (kkwongkkwong)**: Loud crashing or banging sound.

Answer 458

1. **안녕하세요? (Annyeonghaseyo?)**: Hello (formal) 2. **안녕! (Annyeong!)**: Hi/Bye (informal) 3. **어떻게 지내세요? (Eotteohge jinaeseyo?)**: How are you? (formal) 4. **잘 지내? (Jal jinae?)**: How have you been? (informal) 5. **감사합니다. (Gamsahamnida.)**: Thank you. (formal) 6. **고마워. (Gomawo.)**: Thank you. (informal) 7. **미안합니다. (Mianhamnida.)**: I'm sorry. (formal) 8. **미안해. (Mianhae.)**: I'm sorry. (informal) 9. **네. (Ne.)**: Yes. 10. **아니요. (Aniyo.)**: No. 11. **좋아요. (Joayo.)**: That's good/fine. 12. **괜찮아요. (Gwaenchanayo.)**: It's okay. 13. **싫어요. (Sireoyo.)**: I don't like it. 14. **잘 모르겠어요. (Jal moreugesseoyo.)**: I don't know well. 15. **어디에요? (Eodieyo?)**: Where is it? 16. **언제에요? (Eonjeyo?)**: When is it? 17. **뭐라고요? (Mworagoyo?)**: What did you say? 18. **뭐해요? (Mwohaeyo?)**: What are you doing? 19. **뭐 드실래요? (Mwo deusillareyo?)**: What would you like to eat/drink? 20. **화이팅! (Hwaiting!)**: Fighting!/You can do it! 21. **어디 가세요? (Eodi gaseyo?)**: Where are you going? (formal) 22. **뭐 했어? (Mwo haesseo?)**: What did you do? (informal) 23. **언제 만나요? (Eonje mannayo?)**: When shall we meet? (formal) 24. **뭐 먹을래? (Mwo meogeullae?)**: What do you want to eat? (informal) 25. **잘 자요. (Jal jayo.)**: Good night. (formal) 26. **잘 자. (Jal ja.)**: Good night. (informal) 27. **좋은 아침이에요. (Joeun achimieyo.)**: Good morning. (formal) 28. **안녕히 주무세요. (Annyeonghi jumuseyo.)**: Sleep well. (formal) 29. **맛있게 드세요. (Masitge deuseyo.)**: Enjoy your meal. (formal) 30. **고마워요. (Gomawoyo.)**: Thank you. (formal) 31. **뭐 하고 있어요? (Mwo hago isseoyo?)**: What are you doing? (formal) 32. **이거 뭐예요? (Igeo mwoyeyo?)**: What is this? (formal) 33. **어떻게 생각해요? (Eotteohge saenggakhaeyo?)**: What do you think? (formal) 34. **어떡해요? (Eotteokhaeyo?)**: What should I/we do? (formal) 35. **좋아해요. (Joahaeyo.)**: I like it. (formal) 36. **싫어해요. (Sirheohaeyo.)**: I don't like it. (formal) 37. **궁금해요. (Gunggeumhaeyo.)**: I'm curious. (formal) 38. **잠깐만요. (Jamkkanmanyo.)**: Just a moment, please. (formal) 39. **더 있어요? (Deo isseoyo?)**: Is there more? (formal) 40. **무슨 일 있어요? (Museun il isseoyo?)**: What's the matter? (formal)

Answer 459

1. **사랑해 (Saranghae)**: I love you. 2. **고마워 (Gomawo)**: Thank you. 3. **미안해 (Mianhae)**: I'm sorry. 4. **어디 가? (Eodi ga?)**: Where are you going? 5. **뭐 했어? (Mwo haesseo?)**: What did you do? 6. **뭐라고? (Mworago?)**: What did you say? 7. **죄송합니다 (Joesonghamnida)**: I'm sorry (formal). 8. **네, 알겠습니다 (Ne, algetsseumnida)**: Yes, I understand (formal). 9. **어떻게 됐어? (Eotteoke dwaesseo?)**: What happened? 10. **뭐가 문제야? (Moga munjeya?)**: What's the problem? 11. **언제 끝나요? (Eonje kkeutnayo?)**: When does it end? 12. **어디 있어? (Eodi isseo?)**: Where are you? 13. **누구세요? (Nuguseyo?)**: Who is it? 14. **대체 왜 그래? (Daeche wae geurae?)**: What's wrong with you? 15. **너무 신기해 (Neomu singihae)**: It's so fascinating. 16. **너 어디서 왔어? (Neo eodiseo wasseo?)**: Where are you from? 17. **이게 무슨 일이야? (Ige museun iriya?)**: What's going on? 18. **정말 이상해 (Jeongmal isanghae)**: It's really strange/weird. 19. **나쁜 꿈이었어 (Nappeun kkumieosseo)**: It was a bad dream. 20. **나 정말 그 사람을 사랑해 (Na jeongmal geu saram-eul saranghae)**: I really love that person. 21. **이거 무슨 뜻이야? (Igeo museun tteusiya?)**: What does this mean? 22. **많이 보고 싶었어 (Mani bogo sipeosseo)**: I missed you so much. 23. **너무 힘들어 (Neomu himdeureo)**: It's too hard/tough. 24. **내가 너무 미안해 (Naega neomu mianhae)**: I'm so sorry. 25. **너무 행복해 (Neomu haengbokhae)**: I'm so happy. 26. **우리 다시 만나 (Uri dasi manna)**: Let's meet again. 27. **좋아하는 건데 (Johahaneun geonde)**: But I like it. 28. **나쁜 꿈을 꿨어 (Nappeun kkumeul kkweosseo)**: I had a bad dream. 29. **내가 너무 신경 쓰이네 (Naega neomu singyeong sseuine)**: I'm so worried. 30. **얼마나 좋아해? (Eolmana johahae?)**: How much do you like it? 31. **나는 너를 믿어 (Naneun neoreul mideo)**: I trust you. 32. **이상한 일이야 (Isanghan iriya)**: It's strange/weird. 33. **그 사람이 나를 싫어해 (Geu saram-i nareul silheohae)**: That person dislikes me. 34. **다음에 또 만나자 (Daeume tto mannaja)**: Let's meet again next time. 35. **많이 사랑해 (Mani saranghae)**: I love you so much. 36. **너에게 말하고 싶어 (Neoege malhago sip-eo)**: I want to talk to you. 37. **그냥 내게 말해 (Geunyang naege malhae)**: Just tell me. 38. **내가 너무 힘들어 (Naega neomu himdeureo)**: I'm so tired. 39. **이제 내가 죽을 때 (Ije naega jug-eul ttae)**: When I die now. 40. **우리 결혼하자 (Uri gyeolhonhaja)**: Let's get married. 41. **내가 너를 보고 싶어 (Naega neoleul bogo sip-eo)**: I miss you. 42. **너무 아픈 거야 (Neomu apeun geoya)**: It hurts too much. 43. **나는 너를 사랑해 (Naneun neoleul salanghae)**: I love you. 44. **나를 떠나가지 마 (Naleul tteonagaji ma)**: Don't leave me. 45. **그 사람이 나를 싫어해 (Geu saram-i naleul silheohae)**: That person dislikes me. Certainly! Here are some additional Korean drama expressions: 46. **우리 함께 가자 (Uri hamkke gaja)**: Let's go together. 47. **내가 미안해요 (Naega mianhaeyo)**: I'm sorry. 48. **너무 행복해요 (Neomu haengbokhaeyo)**: I'm so happy. 49. **나는 당신을 사랑합니다 (Naneun dangsin-eul salanghabnida)**: I love you. 50. **우리 함께 할래요 (Uri hamkke hallaeyo)**: Let's be together. 51. **나를 이해해줘요 (Nareul ihaehaejweoyo)**: Please understand me. 52. **내가 당신을 필요로해요 (Naega dangsin-eul pil-yolo haeyo)**: I need you. 53. **우리 다시 만나요 (Uri dasi mannayo)**: Let's meet again. 54. **너를 그리워해요 (Neoleul geuriwohaeyo)**: I miss you. .

Answer 460

1. **반갑습니다 (Bangapseumnida)**: Nice to meet you. 2. **환영합니다 (Hwanyeonghamnida)**: Welcome. 3. **오늘의 주제는... (Oneul-ui jujeneun...)**: Today's topic is... 4. **오늘의 게스트는... (Oneul-ui ges-teu-neun...)**: Today's guest is... 5. **다음으로 소개할 사람은... (Dae-um-eulo so-gae-hal sa-ram-eun...)**: Next, we'll introduce... 6. **이제 게임을 시작합시다 (Ije geim-eul sijakhapsida)**: Now, let's start the game. 7. **다음으로는... (Dae-um-eulo-neun...)**: Next, we have... 8. **자, 질문을 받겠습니다 (Ja, jilmun-eul batgetsseumnida)**: Okay, we'll take questions now. 9. **우리의 다음 게스트는... (Uri-ui dae-um ges-teu-neun...)**: Our next guest is... 10. **이제 마지막 게임을 시작합니다 (Ije majimak geim-eul sijaghabnida)**: Now, let's start the final game. 11. **오늘의 특별 게스트는... (Oneul-ui teukbyeol ges-teu-neun...)**: Today's special guest is... 12. **다음 코너에서는... (Dae-um ko-nee-e-seo-neun...)**: In the next segment... 13. **이제 진행을 시작하겠습니다 (Ije jinhaeng-eul sijakhaegetsseumnida)**: Now, let's begin the proceedings. 14. **먼저 자신을 소개해 주세요 (Meonjeo jasin-eul sogae-hae juseyo)**: First, please introduce yourself. 15. **여기서 질문을 받겠습니다 (Yeogiseo jilmun-eul batgetsseumnida)**: We'll take questions from the audience here. 16. **다음 코너로 넘어가겠습니다 (Dae-um ko-nee-ro neomeogagessseumnida)**: Let's move on to the next segment. 17. **이제 마무리하겠습니다 (Ije mamurihagessseumnida)**: Now, let's wrap up. 18. **오늘은 여기까지입니다 (Oneul-eun yeogikkajiibnida)**: That's all for today. 19. **다음 주에 또 만나요 (Dae-um jue tto mannayo)**: See you again next week. 20. **특별 축하합니다 (Teukbyeol chukahamnida)**: Special congratulations. 21. **오늘은 정말 특별한 방송이었습니다 (Oneul-eun jeongmal teukbyeolhan bangsong-ieossseubnida)**: Today's broadcast was truly special. 22. **다음 주에 또 만나요 (Dae-um jue tto mannayo)**: See you again next week. 23. **오늘은 이만 마치겠습니다 (Oneul-eun iman machigessseubnida)**: We'll wrap it up here for today. 24. **정말로 재미있었습니다 (Jeongmallo jaemi-isseossseubnida)**: It was really enjoyable. 25. **많은 시청자분들이 함께해 주셨습니다 (Maneun sichongja-bundeuri hamkkehae jusyeossseubnida)**: Many viewers joined us today. 26. **다음 주에도 기대해 주세요 (Dae-um jue-do gidaehae juseyo)**: Please look forward to next week as well. 27. **특별 게스트에게 다시 한 번 감사드립니다 (Teukbyeol ges-teu-ege dasi han beon gamsadeurimnida)**: Thank you once again to our special guest. 28. **오늘의 방송이 마음에 들었다면 고맙습니다 (Oneul-ui bangsong-i maeum-e deureossdamyeon gomabseubnida)**: Thank you if you enjoyed today's broadcast. 29. **또 만나서 반가웠습니다 (Tto mannaseo bangawosseubnida)**: It was nice meeting you all again. 30. **오늘도 함께해 주셔서 감사합니다 (Oneul-do hamkkehae jusyeoseo gamsahabnida)**: Thank you for being with us today as well. 31. **이제 방송을 마무리하겠습니다 (Ije bangsong-eul mamurihagessseubnida)**: Now, we will conclude the broadcast. 32. **오늘의 주요 내용은... (Oneul-ui juyo naeyong-eun...)**: The main content of today's show is... 33. **특별 게스트와의 대화는 정말 유익했습니다 (Teukbyeol ges-teu-wa-ui daehwaneun jeongmal yuikhaetseubnida)**: The conversation with our special guest was really informative. 34. **다음에도 또 만나요 (Dae-ume-do tto mannayo)**: Let's meet again next time. 35. **오늘은 이만 마치겠습니다 (Oneul-eun iman machigessseubnida)**: We'll end it here for today. 36. **또 한 번 우리와 함께 해 주셔서 감사합니다 (Tto han beon uri-wa hamkke hae jusyeoseo gamsahabnida)**: Thank you for being with us once again. 37. **방송에 출연해 주신 모든 분들께 감사드립니다 (Bangsong-e chul-yeonhae jusin modeun bundeul-kke gamsadeurimnida)**: We thank everyone who appeared on the show. 38. **오늘은 여기까지 하겠습니다 (Oneul-eun yeogikkaji hagessseubnida)**: That's all for today. 39. **다음 주에 또 만나요 (Dae-um jue tto mannayo)**: See you again next week. 40. **많은 시청자 여러분께 감사드립니다 (Maneun sichongja yeoreo-bundeul-kke gamsadeurimnida)**: Thank you to all our viewers.

Answer 461

1. **안녕하세요! 어떻게 도와 드릴까요? (Annyeonghaseyo! Eotteohge dowa deurilkkayo?)** - Hello! How can I help you? 2. **이것 주세요. (Igeot juseyo.)** - Please give me this. 3. **이것이 얼마예요? (Igeosi eolmayeyo?)** - How much is this? 4. **카드로 결제할게요. (Kadeuro gyeoljehalgeyo.)** - I'll pay with a card. 5. **현금으로 계산할게요. (Hyun-geumeuro gyesanhalgeyo.)** - I'll pay in cash. 6. **봉투 필요해요? (Bongtu pil-yo-haeyo?)** - Do you need a bag? 7. **신용카드 받으세요? (Sinyongkadeu badeuseyo?)** - Do you accept credit cards? 8. **조금 할인해 주실 수 있나요? (Jogeum halingae jusil su issnayo?)** - Can you give me a little discount? 9. **이 제품은 어디서 찾을 수 있어요? (I jepumeun eodiseo chajeul su isseoyo?)** - Where can I find this product? 10. **이게 있나요? (Ige issnayo?)** - Do you have this? 11. **제가 이것 좀 보고 싶어요. (Jega igeot jom bogo sipeoyo.)** - I'd like to take a look at this. 12. **이거 맛있어 보여요. (Igeo masisseo boyeoyo.)** - This looks delicious. 13. **이거랑 이거랑 비교해 볼 수 있어요? (Igeorang igeorang bigyohae bol su isseoyo?)** - Can I compare this with this? 14. **이거 사용법이 어떻게 되나요? (Igeo sayongbeobi eotteoke doena yo?)** - How do you use this? 15. **이게 어디서 만들었어요? (Ige eodiseo mandeureosseoyo?)** - Where is this made? 16. **이 사이즈는 얼마예요? (I saijeu-neun eolmayeyo?)** - How much is this size? 17. **저기에 있는 걸로 주세요. (Jeogi-e issneun geollo juseyo.)** - Please give me the one over there. 18. **이거 사과철인가요? (Igeo sagwacheolin-gayo?)** - Is this apple in season? 19. **이거 더 큰 거 있어요? (Igeo deo keun geo isseoyo?)** - Do you have a bigger one of this? 20. **이것 색깔이 다른 거 있나요? (Igeot saekkkari dareun geo issnayo?)** - Do you have this in a different color? 21. **이거 할인되나요? (Igeo halingdoenayo?)** - Is this item on sale? 22. **이거 새 제품이에요? (Igeo sae jepumi-eoyo?)** - Is this a new product? 23. **이거 환불할 수 있어요? (Igeo hwanbulhal su isseoyo?)** - Can I return this item? 24. **이거 얼마에요? (Igeo eolmaeyo?)** - How much is this? 25. **이거 포장해 주세요. (Igeo pojanghae juseyo.)** - Please wrap this up. 26. **이거 줄게요. (Igeo julgeyo.)** - I'll take this. 27. **이거 써볼 수 있나요? (Igeo sseobol su issnayo?)** - Can I try this? 28. **이거 어디에 있어요? (Igeo eodie isseoyo?)** - Where can I find this? 29. **이거는 어떻게 사용해요? (Igeoneun eotteoke sayonghaeyo?)** - How do you use this? 30. **이거가 이 제품에 대한 보증이 있나요? (Igeoga i jepume daehan bojeungi issnayo?)** - Does this item come with a warranty? 31. **이거 세일 중이에요? (Igeo seil jungieyo?)** - Is this item currently on sale? 32. **이거 새로 들어왔어요? (Igeo saero deureowasseoyo?)** - Is this item newly arrived? 33. **이거는 할인율이 얼마나 되나요? (Igeoneun halingyuri eolmana doennayo?)** - What is the discount rate for this item? 34. **이거 조금만 싸게 해주세요. (Igeo jogeumman ssage haejuseyo.)** - Can you please give me a little discount on this? 35. **이거 결제는 어떻게 하나요? (Igeo gyeolje neun eotteoke hanayo?)** - How do I pay for this item? 36. **이거는 손님이 많이 사나요? (Igeoneun sonnimi mani sana yo?)** - Do many customers buy this item? 37. **이거 맛있는데, 무슨 재료로 만들었나요? (Igeo masinneunde, museun jaeryo-ro mandureonnayo?)** - This is delicious, what ingredients are used to make it? 38. **이거 냉동보관 해야 하나요? (Igeo naengdongbogwan haeya hanayo?)** - Should this item be kept frozen? 39. **이거는 언제까지 유통기한이에요? (Igeoneun eonjekkaji yutonggihan-ieyo?)** - Until when is the expiration date for this item? 40. **이거는 소량으로 구매할 수 있나요? (Igeoneun sorangeuro gumae hal su issnayo?)** - Can I purchase this item in small quantities? 41. **이거 무료 샘플이 있나요? (Igeo muryo saempuli issnayo?)** - Do you have any free samples of this item? 42. **이거랑 비슷한 거는 없나요? (Igeorang biseuthan geoneun eomnayo?)** - Do you have anything similar to this? 43. **이거 배송 가능한가요? (Igeo baesong ganeunghankayo?)** - Is this item available for delivery? 44. **이거 선물용으로 포장해 주세요. (Igeo seonmul-yongeuro pojanghae juseyo.)** - Please wrap this as a gift. 45. **이거 할인쿠폰 사용 가능한가요? (Igeo halingupeun sayong ganeunghankayo?)** - Can I use a discount coupon for this item? 46. **이거는 종류가 얼마나 있나요? (Igeoneun jongryuga eolmana innayo?)** - How many varieties of this item do you have? 47. **이거 교환 가능한가요? (Igeo gyohwan ganeunghankayo?)** - Is this item exchangeable? 48. **이거는 세탁기로 세탁 가능한가요? (Igeoneun setak-giro setak ganeunghankayo?)** - Can this item be washed in a washing machine? 49. **이거 품절이에요? (Igeo pumjeori-eoyo?)** - Is this item out of stock? 50. **이거 포인트 적립 가능한가요? (Igeo pointeu jeogrib ganeunghankayo?)** - Can I earn points with this purchase?

Answer 462

1. **안녕하세요. 회사에 오신 것을 환영합니다. (Annyeonghaseyo. Hoesa-e osin geoseul hwanyeonghamnida.)** - Hello. Welcome to the company. 2. **오늘도 열심히 일해요. (Oneuldo yeolsimhi ilhaeyo.)** - Let's work hard today too. 3. **잘 부탁드립니다. (Jal butagdeurimnida.)** - Please take care of it. 4. **이 일은 저한테 맡겨 주세요. (I ireun jeohante matgyeo juseyo.)** - Please leave this task to me. 5. **일정을 조율해야 합니다. (Iljeongeul joyulhaeya hamnida.)** - We need to coordinate schedules. 6. **미팅이 언제인가요? (Mitingi eonjeingayo?)** - When is the meeting? 7. **보고서를 작성해야 합니다. (Bogoseoreul jaksunghaeya hamnida.)** - We need to write a report. 8. **업무가 바쁘네요. (Eopmuga bappuneyo.)** - Work is busy. 9. **협업을 하고 싶습니다. (Hyeopeobeul hago sipseumnida.)** - I want to collaborate. 10. **일정을 확인해 주세요. (Iljeongeul hwaginhae juseyo.)** - Please check the schedule. 11. **직원들과 소통을 해야 합니다. (Jigweondeulgwa sotongeul haeya hamnida.)** - We need to communicate with employees. 12. **이 프로젝트를 완료해야 합니다. (I peurojekteureul wanryohaeya hamnida.)** - We need to complete this project. 13. **최신 업데이트를 확인하세요. (Chwisin eobdeiteureul hwagin haseyo.)** - Please check for the latest updates. 14. **문제가 생겼어요. (Munjega saenggyeosseoyo.)** - There's a problem. 15. **휴가 신청을 하려고 합니다. (Hyuga sincheongeul haryeogo hamnida.)** - I want to apply for leave. 16. **회의가 어떻게 되었나요? (Hoeuiga eotteohge doeonnayo?)** - How did the meeting go? 17. **보고서를 제출해야 합니다. (Bogoseoreul jechulhaeya hamnida.)** - We need to submit the report. 18. **일정을 조정해야 할 필요가 있어요. (Iljeongeul jojeonghaeya hal pillyoga isseoyo.)** - We need to adjust the schedule if necessary. 19. **좀 더 시간이 필요해요. (Jom deo sigani piryohaeyo.)** - I need more time. 20. **협력사와 협상을 진행해야 합니다. (Hyeobryeogsawa hyeobsangeul jinhaenghaeya hamnida.)** - We need to negotiate with the partner company. 21. **이슈를 해결해야 합니다. (Issueureul haegyeolhaeya hamnida.)** - We need to resolve the issue. 22. **계획을 재조정해야 합니다. (Gyehoeg-eul jaejojeonghaeya hamnida.)** - We need to readjust the plan. 23. **프로젝트 진행 상황을 보고하세요. (Peurojegteu jinhaeng sanghwang-eul bogohaseyo.)** - Please report on the progress of the project. 24. **프로젝트 일정을 준수해야 합니다. (Peurojegteu iljeong-eul junsuhaeya hamnida.)** - We need to adhere to the project schedule. 25. **마감일이 언제인가요? (Magamnili eonjeingayo?)** - When is the deadline? 26. **회사 규정을 따라야 합니다. (Hoesa gyujeong-eul ttaraya hamnida.)** - We need to follow company regulations. 27. **문제를 해결하는 방안을 찾아야 해요. (Munje-reul haegyeolhaneun bang-an-eul chajaya haeyo.)** - We need to find solutions to the problem. 28. **팀원들과 협력하여 일해야 합니다. (Tim-wondeul-gwa hyeobryeog-hayeo ilhaeya hamnida.)** - We need to collaborate with team members. 29. **신규 프로젝트를 시작해야 합니다. (Singyu peurojegteu-reul sijakhaeya hamnida.)** - We need to start a new project. 30. **저희 팀은 좋은 성과를 이루어야 합니다. (Jeohui tim-eun joeun seong-gwa-reul ilu-eoya hamnida.)** - Our team needs to achieve good results. 31. **고객의 요구를 충족시켜야 합니다. (Gogaeg-ui yogu-reul chungjuk-sikyeoya hamnida.)** - We need to meet customer demands. 32. **긴급한 문제가 발생했습니다. (Gingeuphan munje-ga balssaenghaessseubnida.)** - An urgent issue has arisen. 33. **이메일을 확인해 주세요. (Imeileul hwaginhae juseyo.)** - Please check your email. 34. **프로젝트 일정을 업데이트해야 합니다. (Peurojegteu iljeong-eul eobdeiteuhaeya hamnida.)** - We need to update the project schedule. 35. **업무 계획을 수정해야 할 필요가 있습니다. (Eobmu gyehoeg-eul sujeonghaeya hal pillyoga issseubnida.)** - We need to revise the work plan if necessary. 36. **회의 일정을 조정해야 합니다. (Hoeui iljeong-eul jojeonghaeya hamnida.)** - We need to adjust the meeting schedule. 37. **업무 분담을 결정해야 합니다. (Eobmu bundam-eul gyeoljeonghaeya hamnida.)** - We need to decide on the division of tasks. 38. **보고서를 작성해야 합니다. (Bogoseo-reul jaksunghaeya hamnida.)** - We need to write a report. 39. **프로젝트 진행 상황을 검토해야 합니다. (Peurojegteu jinhaeng sanghwang-eul geomtohaeya hamnida.)** - We need to review the progress of the project. 40. **조직 내 협력을 강화해야 합니다. (Jojig nae hyeobryeog-eul ganghwahaeya hamnida.)** - We need to strengthen collaboration within the organization. 41. **문서를 검토하고 승인해야 합니다. (Munseo-reul geomtohago seung-inhaeya hamnida.)** - We need to review and approve documents. 42. **업무 프로세스를 개선해야 합니다. (Eobmu peuroses-eul gaeseonhaeya hamnida.)** - We need to improve work processes. 43. **프로젝트 팀원들에게 피드백을 주어야 합니다. (Peurojegteu tim-wondeul-ege pideubaeg-eul jueoya hamnida.)** - We need to give feedback to project team members. 44. **사내 교육을 실시해야 합니다. (San-nae gyoyug-eul silsihaeya hamnida.)** - We need to conduct internal training. 45. **업무 일정을 계획해야 합니다. (Eobmu iljeong-eul gyehoeghaeya hamnida.)** - We need to plan the work schedule. 46. **고객 서비스를 개선해야 합니다. (Gogaeg seobiseu-reul gaeseonhaeya hamnida.)** - We need to improve customer service. 47. **재고 관리를 최적화해야 합니다. (Jaego gwanli-reul choejeoghwa-haeya hamnida.)** - We need to optimize inventory management. 48. **프로젝트 일정을 준수해야 합니다. (Peurojegteu iljeong-eul junsuhaeya hamnida.)** - We need to adhere to the project schedule. 49. **긴급 상황에 신속하게 대응해야 합니다. (Gingeub sanghwang-e sinsokhage daeeunghaeya hamnida.)** - We need to respond quickly to emergency situations. 50. **안전 규정을 준수해야 합니다. (Anjeon gyujeong-eul junsuhaeya hamnida.)** - We need to comply with safety regulations. 51. **직원들의 효율성을 향상시켜야 합니다. (Jig-won-deul-ui hyoyul-seong-eul hyang-sang-sikyeoya hamnida.)** - We need to improve the efficiency of employees. 52. **예산을 관리하고 증액해야 합니다. (Yesan-eul gwanlihago jeung-aekhaeya hamnida.)** - We need to manage and increase the budget. 53. **팀원들 간의 협력을 장려해야 합니다. (Tim-won-deul gan-ui hyeobryeog-eul janglye-haeya hamnida.)** - We need to encourage collaboration among team members. 54. **문제를 신속하게 해결해야 합니다. (Munje-reul sinsokhage haegyeolhaeya hamnida.)** - We need to solve problems quickly. 55. **근무 환경을 개선해야 합니다. (Geunmu hwangyeong-eul gaeseonhaeya hamnida.)** - We need to improve the working environment.

Answer 463

1. **주문할게요.** (Jumunhalgeyo.) - I'll order. 2. **메뉴판 주세요.** (Menyupan juseyo.) - Can I have the menu, please? 3. **물 주세요.** (Mul juseyo.) - Water, please. 4. **주문할게요.** (Jumunhalgeyo.) - I'll order. 5. **이거 주세요.** (Igeo juseyo.) - I'll have this. 6. **매운 음식이에요?** (Maeun eumsik-ieyo?) - Is it spicy? 7. **덜 매운 것 주세요.** (Deol maeun geos juseyo.) - Less spicy, please. 8. **계산할게요.** (Gyesanhalgeyo.) - I'll pay. 9. **카드로 계산할게요.** (Kadeuro gyesanhalgeyo.) - I'll pay with card. 10. **영수증 주세요.** (Yeongsujeung juseyo.) - Can I have the receipt, please? 11. **맛있어요.** (Masisseoyo.) - It's delicious. 12. **많이 맵지 않아요.** (Mani maepji anayo.) - It's not very spicy. 13. **추천 메뉴가 뭐에요?** (Chucheon menyuga mwoeyo?) - What do you recommend? 14. **이것도 주세요.** (Igeotdo juseyo.) - Please give me this as well. 15. **계산 부탁드릴게요.** (Gyesan butakdeurilgeyo.) - I'd like to ask for the bill. 16. **서비스 주세요.** (Seobiseu juseyo.) - Can I have the service (complimentary dish/drink)? 17. **얼마예요?** (Eolmayeyo?) - How much is it? 18. **매운 음식 좋아하세요?** (Maeun eumsik johahaseyo?) - Do you like spicy food? 19. **다음엔 또 올게요.** (Daeumen tto olgeyo.) - I'll come again next time. 20. **좀 더 줘주세요.** (Jom deo jweojuseyo.) - Can you give me a little more? 21. **기본 반찬 주세요.** (Gibon banchan juseyo.) - Please give me the complimentary side dishes. 22. **얼마나 걸리나요?** (Eolmana geollinayo?) - How long will it take? 23. **반찬 추가할게요.** (Banchan chugahalgeyo.) - I'd like to order additional side dishes. 24. **테이크아웃 가능해요?** (Teikeu-aus ganeunghaeyo?) - Is takeout available? 25. **매장 포장해주세요.** (Maejang pojangeojuseyo.) - Please wrap it for takeaway. 26. **전체 계산할게요.** (Jeonche gyesanhalgeyo.) - I'll pay for the whole table. 27. **메뉴 추천해주세요.** (Menyu chucheonhaejuseyo.) - Please recommend some menu items. 28. **좀 더 기다릴게요.** (Jom deo gidarilgeyo.) - I'll wait a bit longer. 29. **잘 먹었습니다.** (Jal meogeosseumnida.) - It was delicious. (said after finishing the meal) 30. **식사를 하셨어요?** (Siksa-reul hasyeosseoyo?) - Have you eaten? (common greeting in Korean culture) 31. **냄비나 그릇이 필요해요.** (Naembi na geureusi piryohaeyo.) - I need a pot or a bowl. 32. **이것 좀 바꿔 주세요.** (Igeot jom bakkwo juseyo.) - Can you please change this? 33. **수저 좀 가져다 주세요.** (Sujeo jom gajyeoda juseyo.) - Please bring some utensils. 34. **어디서 무엇을 시키나요?** (Eodiseo mueoseul sikinayo?) - Where do we place our order? 35. **물 좀 더 주세요.** (Mul jom deo juseyo.) - Can I have some more water? 36. **식사 시간이 얼마나 걸려요?** (Siksa sigani eolmana geollyeoyo?) - How long does the meal take? 37. **메뉴에 사진이 있나요?** (Menyue sajini innayo?) - Are there pictures in the menu? 38. **제가 이걸 먹을 수 있나요?** (Jega igeol meogeul su innayo?) - Can I eat this? 39. **어제와는 조금 다르네요.** (Eojewaneun jogeum dareuneyo.) - It's a little different from yesterday. 40. **계산서를 주세요.** (Gyesanseoreul juseyo.) - Please give me the bill. 41. **얼마에요?** (Eolmaeyo?) - How much is it? 42. **이 식당의 특별 메뉴가 있나요?** (I sikdangui teukbyeol menyuga innayo?) - Does this restaurant have any special menu? 43. **저는 채식주의자입니다. 채식주의 메뉴가 있나요?** (Jeoneun chaesikjuuijaimnida. Chaesikjuui menyuga innayo?) - I'm a vegetarian. Do you have any vegetarian options? 44. **음식이 너무 맛있어요.** (Eumsigi neomu masisseoyo.) - The food is very delicious. 45. **조금 매워요.** (Jogeum maewoyo.) - It's a little spicy. 46. **음식이 너무 짜요.** (Eumsigi neomu jjayo.) - The food is too salty. 47. **양념이 부족해요.** (Yangnyeomi bujokhaeyo.) - The seasoning is insufficient. 48. **메뉴판을 주문하겠어요.** (Menyupaneul jumunhagesseoyo.) - I'll order from the menu. 49. **추천 메뉴가 있나요?** (Chucheon menyuga innayo?) - Do you have any recommended dishes? 50. **배부르네요.** (Baebureuneyo.) - I'm full.

Answer 464

In Korean, particles play specific grammatical roles in sentences. Here's a breakdown of the particles you mentioned: 1. **을/를 (eul/reul)**: This particle marks the direct object of a verb. For example, in "친구를 만나다" (chingureul mannada), "을/를" marks "친구" (chingu) as the direct object of the verb "만나다" (to meet). 2. **는/은 (neun/eun)**: This particle marks the topic or subject of the sentence. It's used to introduce a new topic or emphasize the topic. For example, in "친구는 왔어요" (chinguneun wasseoyo), "는" marks "친구" (chingu) as the topic of the sentence. 3. **는데 (neunde)**: This particle is used to indicate a reason, background information, or contrast. For example, in "친구는 왔는데, 나는 가고 싶지 않아" (chinguneun wanunde, naneun gago sipji anha), "는데" indicates the background information that the friend came, but the speaker doesn't want to go. 4. **들 (deul)**: This particle is used to indicate a plural form of nouns. For example, in "친구들을 만나다" (chingudeureul mannada), "들" marks "친구" (chingu) as plural, meaning "friends." 5. **게/은 (ge/eun)**: This particle is used to mark the subject of the sentence in some cases. For example, in "친구는 왔어요" (chinguneun wasseoyo), "은" marks "친구" (chingu) as the subject of the sentence. These particles serve different grammatical functions, such as marking objects, topics, subjects, plural forms, or providing additional information in a sentence. They are essential for understanding the structure and meaning of Korean sentences. Certainly! Here are some of the commonly used particles in Korean: 1. 을/를 (eul/reul): Object marker 2. 이/가 (i/ga): Subject marker 3. 은/는 (eun/neun): Topic marker 4. 에 (e): Location marker 5. 에서 (eseo): Location marker for action verbs 6. 에게/한테 (ege/hante): Indirect object marker (to) 7. 와/과 (wa/gwa): And (used after a noun) 8. 과/와 (gwa/wa): And (used after a vowel) 9. 은데 (eunde): Connective ending in an informal context 10. 께서 (kkeseo): Honorific subject marker for people 11. 께/한테 (kke/hante): Honorific indirect object marker (to) 12. 하고 (hago): And (used after a verb) 13. 로/으로 (ro/euro): Means of transportation or direction marker 14. 만 (man): Only, just 15. 이랑/랑 (irang/rang): And (informal) 16. 도 (do): Too, also 17. 까지 (kkaji): Until, up to 18. 만큼 (mankeum): As much as, to the extent that 19. 에게서 (egeseo): Source or origin marker

Answer 465

1. **I/ga** (Subject marker): - 저는 학생입니다. (Jeoneun haksaengimnida.) - I am a student. 2. **와/과** (wa/gwa) and **과/와** (gwa/wa) (And): - 사과와 바나나를 사 왔어요. (Sagwa wa banana-reul sa wasseoyo.) - I bought apples and bananas. - 강아지와 고양이가 친구예요. (Gangaji wa goyangiga chinguyeoyo.) - The dog and the cat are friends. 3. **은데** (eunde) (Connective ending in an informal context): - 공원에 갔는데 비가 왔어요. (Gongwone ganneunde biga wasseoyo.) - I went to the park, but it started raining. 4. **께서** (kkeseo) (Honorific subject marker for people): - 선생님이 오셨어요. (Seonsaengnimi osyeosseoyo.) - The teacher has arrived. 5. **께/한테** (kke/hante) (Honorific indirect object marker): - 선물을 할머니께 드렸어요. (Seonmureul halmeonikke deuryeosseoyo.) - I gave the present to grandmother. 6. **하고** (hago) (And used after a verb): - 운동하고 수영을 좋아해요. (Undonghago suyeongeul joahaeyo.) - I like exercising and swimming. 7. **로/으로** (ro/euro) (Means of transportation or direction marker): - 버스로 학교에 갑니다. (Beoseuro hakgyoe gamnida.) - I go to school by bus. 8. **만** (man) (Only, just): - 한국어만 말해요. (Hangugeoman malhaeyo.) - I only speak Korean. 9. **이랑/랑** (irang/rang) (And - informal): - 친구하고 함께 가요. (Chinguhago hamkke gayo.) - Let's go together with friends. 10. **도** (do) (Too, also): - 저도 커피를 마실래요. (Jeodo keopireul masillaeyo.) - I also want to drink coffee. 11. **까지** (kkaji) (Until, up to): - 저녁까지 기다려요. (Jeonyeokkkaji gidaryeoyo.) - I will wait until evening. 12. **만큼** (mankeum) (As much as, to the extent that): - 열심히 일한 만큼 보상 받을 거예요. (Yeolsimhi ilhan mankeum bosang badeul geoyeyo.) - You will be rewarded as much as you work hard. 13. **에게서** (egeseo) (Source or origin marker): - 선물을 친구에게서 받았어요. (Seonmureul chinguegeseo badasseoyo.) - I received the gift from a friend.

Answer 466

The particle "가/이 (ga/e)" is used to mark the subject of the sentence, especially when it is the topic of the conversation or when it is being introduced for the first time. It's also used to emphasize the subject. For example: - "철수가 왔어요" (Chul-su-ga wasseoyo) - "Cheol-su came." (Here, "철수" (Chul-su) is marked as the subject of the sentence.) - "이 책이 좋아요" (I chaek-i joayo) - "This book is good." (Here, "이 책" (i chaek) is marked as the subject of the sentence.) In summary, "가/이 (ga/e)" marks the subject of the sentence and can help provide clarity and emphasis on the subject.

Answer 467

Sure, here are some sample sentences using "nabba" (나빠): 1. 이 음식은 맛이 나빠요. (I eumshikeun masi nabayo.) - This food tastes bad. 2. 그 영화는 평가가 나빠서 많은 사람들이 싫어해요. (Geu yeonghwaneun pyeonggaga nappaseo maneun saramdeuri silheohaeyo.) - That movie has bad reviews, so many people dislike it. 3. 저녁에는 날씨가 나빠서 야외 활동이 힘들어요. (Jeonyeoge-neun nalssiga nappaseo yaoe hwaldongi himdeureoyo.) - The weather is bad in the evening, so outdoor activities are difficult. 4. 지금 상태가 나빠서 일을 하기 어려워요. (Jigeum sangtaega nappaseo ireul hagi eoryeowoyo.) - I'm in bad condition right now, so it's hard to work. These sentences illustrate how "nabba" can be used to describe various situations or things that are not good or unfavorable.

Answer 468

Dago" (다고) and "aneunde" (아는데) are both conjunctions in Korean used to connect sentences or clauses, but they have different meanings and usage: 1. **Dago** (다고): This conjunction is used to indicate causality or reason, similar to "because" or "since" in English. It introduces a reason or explanation for a preceding statement. For example: "춥다고 할 때, 온도가 10도 이하입니다." (Because it's cold, the temperature is below 10 degrees.) 2. **Aneunde** (아는데): This conjunction is versatile and can convey various meanings depending on the context. It is often used to provide background information, introduce a new topic, express concession, or indicate continuation. It is similar to "but," "although," "while," or "and" in English. For example: "놀러 갔는데, 비가 오더라고요." (We went out to play, and it started raining.) In summary, "dago" is used to express causality or reason, while "aneunde" is more flexible and can be used for various purposes such as providing background information, introducing a new topic, or expressing concession.

Answer 469

Buteo" (부터) in Korean indicates the starting point of an action or event. It's often translated as "from" or "since" in English when indicating a starting point in time or space. For example, "서울부터 샌프란시스코까지" (Seoulbuteo Sanpeuransisko kkaji) means "from Seoul to San Francisco."

Answer 470

In Korean, "은" (eun) and "를" (eul) are particles used to mark the subject and object of a sentence, respectively. - "은" (eun): Marks the subject of the sentence. It is used after consonants or vowel endings. - "를" (eul): Marks the object of the sentence. It is used after consonants.

Answer 471

"거야" (geoya) for assertion or prediction, "는데" (neunde) for contrasting or explaining, and "신잔데" (sinikka) for expressing surprise or unexpected results. Here are more sample sentences combining "신잔데" (sinikka), "는데" (neunde), and "거야" (geoya): 1. "오늘 비가 올 거야 신잔데, 우산을 챙겨가는 게 좋겠어." (Oneul bi-ga ol geoya sinikka, usaneul chaenggyeoganeun ge jogetseo.) - "It's going to rain today unexpectedly, so it would be good to bring an umbrella." 2. "날씨는 맑은데 추워질 거야 신잔데, 따뜻한 옷을 입고 나가는 게 좋겠어." (Nalssineun malkeunde chuwowil geoya sinikka, ttatteuthan oseul ipgo naganeun ge jogetseo.) - "The weather is clear but it's going to get cold unexpectedly, so it would be good to wear warm clothes when going out." 3. "시간이 많은데 할 일이 많아요 거야 신잔데, 계획을 세워야 해요." (Sigani maneunde hal iri manayo geoya sinikka, gyehoegeul sewoya haeyo.) - "There is a lot of time but there is a lot to do unexpectedly, so I need to make a plan." 1. "오늘 춥다고 신기가 나왔는데, 따뜻한 차를 마셔야겠어요." (Oneul chubdago singiga nawat-neunde, ttatteuthan chareul masheoyagesseoyo.) - "It got colder today unexpectedly, so I should drink warm tea." 2. "내일 비가 올 거야 신잔데, 우산을 가져가야 할 것 같아." (Naeil bi-ga ol geoya sinikka, usaneul gajyeogaya hal geot gata.) - "It's going to rain tomorrow unexpectedly, so I think I should bring an umbrella." 3. "이 상황은 너무 신잔데, 어떻게 대처해야 할지 모르겠어." (I sanghwangeun neomu sinikka, eotteohge daechyeohaeya halji moreugesseo.) - "This situation is so unexpected, I don't know how to handle it." 1. 내일 비가 올 거야. (Naeil bi-ga ol geoya.) - It will rain tomorrow. 2. 오늘은 바쁜데 시간을 찾아봐야 해요. (Oneureun bappeun-de siganeul chajabwaya haeyo.) - I'm busy today, but I need to find some time. 3. 춥다고 신기가 많이 나왔어. (Chubdago singiga mani nawasseo.) - It got colder, so I wore a lot of warm clothes. Certainly! Here's a combined sentence using "거야" (geoya), "는데" (neunde), and "신잔데" (sinikka): "내일은 비가 올 거야, 춥다고 신기가 나왔는데 옷을 따뜻하게 입었어." (Naeireun bi-ga ol geoya, chubdago singiga nawat-neunde oseul ttatteushage ibeosseo.) This translates to "It will rain tomorrow, so I wore warm clothes even though it got colder." "Bi-ga ol geoya sinikka, chubdago singiga nawat-neunde oseul ttatteushage ibeosseo." "It will rain, surprisingly, even though it got colder, I wore warm clothes."

Answer 472

"사실" (sasil), which means "fact" or "truth" in Korean: 1. 그는 항상 사실을 말해요. (Geuneun hangsang sasireul malhaeyo.) Translation: He always tells the truth. 2. 이 이야기는 사실이 아니에요. (I iyagineun sasiri anieyo.) Translation: This story is not true. 3. 사실을 알고 있었지만 말하지 않았어요. (Sasireul algo isseossjiman malhaji anhasseoyo.) Translation: I knew the truth, but I didn't say anything. 4. 사실을 확인하기 위해 조사를 진행했습니다. (Sasireul hwaginhagi wihae josareul jinhaenghaessseubnida.) Translation: We conducted an investigation to verify the facts.

Answer 473

Expression used to convey acknowledgment, appreciation, or encouragement for someone's hard work, effort, or achievement. It's often translated as "good job," "well done," or "great work" in English. It's commonly used to show support or gratitude towards someone who has exerted effort or accomplished a task. (Jeoneun Hangugeo-reul sugo-hayeo gongbu-haneun hagsaengimnida.)"I am a student who studies Korean language diligently" (in this sentence Haneun is a verb ending particles of Hada- to do or to study The sentence "저는 한국어를 수고 공부하는 학생입니다" sugo) is typically used as a noun to mean "hard work" or "effort," and it's not commonly used in this context to modify the action of studying.

Answer 474

Plural marker "들" (deul) is typically written as "들" (deul). So, "들" (deul) might occasionally be written as "드" (deu) or "드리" (deuri), but these variations are non-standard and informal. The plural marker "들" (deul) is added to nouns in Korean to indicate plurality. Here's how and when to use it: 1. **Adding "들" (deul)**: - Use "들" (deul) after a noun to indicate that there are multiple instances of that noun. - For example: 사과들 (sagwadeul) - apples, 학생들 (hagsaengdeul) - students. 2. **Adding "드" (deu)**: - "드" (deu) is a contracted form of "들" (deul). - Use "드" (deu) after a noun when it ends in a consonant, followed by "은" (eun) or "은다" (eunda). - For example: 학생들은 (hagsaengdeuneun) - the students, 사과들은 (sagwadeuneun) - the apples. 3. **Adding "드리" (deuri)**: - "드리" (deuri) is a polite form of "들" (deul) used in formal or polite speech. - Use "드리" (deuri) after a noun to indicate plurality in polite language. - For example: 선물들을 드리겠습니다. (Seonmuldeureul deurigesseumnida.) - I will give you the presents. Overall, "들" (deul) is the standard plural marker, "드" (deu) is a contracted form used in specific grammatical contexts, and "드리" (deuri) is a polite form used in formal situations. Use them according to the level of formality and grammatical structure of the sentence. Sure, here are some sample sentences using the plural marker "들" (deul) in Korean: 1. 친구들이 함께 파티를 준비했어요. (Chingudeuri hamkke patireul junbihaesseoyo.) - The friends prepared the party together. 2. 책들이 책상 위에 있어요. (Chaekdeuri chaeksang wie isseoyo.) - The books are on the desk. 3. 학생들이 선생님을 따라 갔어요. (Hagsaengdeuri seonsaengnim-eul ttara gasseoyo.) - The students followed the teacher. 4. 강아지들이 공원에서 놀고 있어요. (Gangajideuri gongwon-eseo nolgo isseoyo.) - The dogs are playing in the park. 5. 사람들이 서로를 이해해야 해요. (Saramdeuri seororeul ihaehaeya haeyo.) - People need to understand each other.

Answer 475

"I worked hard today, and I'm very tired"

Answer 476

Is used to indicate "this time" or "on this occasion" in a sentence, often to introduce or emphasize something happening at the current time or occasion. For example: - "이번에는 무엇을 할까요?" (Ibeoneneun mueoseul halkkayo?) = "What should we do this time?"

Answer 477

"좀" (jom) and "점" (jeom) are two different words in Korean with distinct meanings and pronunciations: 1. "좀" (jom): - Pronunciation: jom - Meaning: "a little," "somewhat," or "a bit" - Usage: It's used to soften requests or commands, or to express moderation or mildness in a statement. For example, "조금" (jogeum) and "약간" (yakgan) are similar in meaning to "좀" (jom). 2. "점" (jeom): - Pronunciation: jeom - Meaning: "point" or "dot" - Usage: It's used in various contexts, such as when referring to a point on a map, a dot in a drawing, or a score in an evaluation. In summary, "좀" (jom) means "a little" or "somewhat," while "점" (jeom) means "point" or "dot." The difference lies in their meanings and usage.

Answer 478

can also be used as a transitional word in Korean, similar to "because" or "therefore" in English. It's a colloquial usage commonly heard in spoken language, especially in informal settings or casual conversations. It's used to indicate a logical connection or consequence between two statements. For example: "비가 오니까 우산을 가져가야 해요. 시민 비 올 때 우산이 필요해요." (Biga onikka usaneul gajyeogaya haeyo. Simin bi ol ttae usani piryohaeyo.) "It's raining, so we need to bring an umbrella. Because it's raining, we need an umbrella." In this context, "시민" (simin) is used to indicate the logical connection between the rain and the need for an umbrella. It's a colloquial and informal way to express causality in Korean.

Answer 479

"if it turns" or "if it rotates" in English. "바른" (bareun) in Korean means "right" or "correct." It can also mean "straight" or "upright" depending on the context. "드르면" (deureumyeon) in Korean translates to "if it turns" or "if it rotates" in English. "Meon" (먼) in Korean means "far" or "distant" in English. It's used to describe something that is physically far away or distant in space. For example, "먼 곳" (meon got) means "a far place" or "a distant place." "하면" (hamyeon) in Korean is a conjunction that means "if" or "when" in English. It is used to introduce a conditional clause in a sentence. For example, "비가 오면 우산을 가져가요" (Biga omyeon usaneul gajyeogayo) means "If it rains, take an umbrella."

Answer 480

Igeo annayo?) "Do you know this?" or "Are you aware of this?" Yes, there are more words in Korean that end in "ㄴ나요" ("nnayo") when used in question form. Here are a few examples: 1. 가나요 (gannayo) - Is it going? / Are you going? 2. 앉나요 (annayo) - Is it sitting? / Are you sitting? 3. 쓰나요 (sseunayo) - Is it being used? / Are you using it? 4. 이러나요 (ireonnayo) - Is it like this? / Is this how it is? These words are derived from verbs or adjectives and are used to form questions about actions, states, or conditions. Each of these words/phrases serves a different purpose in Korean sentences, expressing questions or suggestions related to existence, excitement, or meeting someone.

Answer 481

1. "있나요" (innayo) - This is a combination of the verb "있다" (itda), meaning "to have" or "to exist," and the question marker "아/어/여" (a/eo/yeo). It is used to ask "Is there?" or "Do you have?" For example, "책이 있나요?" (Chaegi innayo?) means "Is there a book?" or "Do you have a book?" 2. "있습니까" (issnigga) - This is the formal question form of "있다" (itda), meaning "to have" or "to exist." It is used in formal situations to ask "Is there?" or "Do you have?" For example, "책이 있습니까?" (Chaegi issnigga?) means "Is there a book?" or "Do you have a book?" 3. "신나요" (sinnayo) - This is derived from the adjective "신나다" (sinnada), which means "to be excited" or "to be thrilled." It is used to ask "Are you excited?" or "Are you thrilled?" For example, "파티가 신나요?" (Patiga sinnayo?) means "Are you excited for the party?" 4. "만나요" (mannayo) - This is derived from the verb "만나다" (mannada), meaning "to meet." It is used to ask "Shall we meet?" or "Do you want to meet?" For example, "내일 만날까?" (Naeil mannalkka?) means "Shall we meet tomorrow?" "Ireonnayo, anh nnayo" can be translated as "Is it like this? No, it isn't." in English. It's a confirmation and negation in Korean.

Answer 482

in Korean translates to "to the house" or "until home" in English. It indicates the destination or endpoint of a journey or action, emphasizing the point of arrival being one's own home.

Answer 483

Here are the translations for each phrase: 1. Were they? - 그들은 있었어요? (Geudeureun isseosseoyo?) 2. Whom they? - 누구를 그들이? (Nugureul geudeuri?) 3. Is it us? - 우리가 그거에요? (Uriga geugeoeyo?) 4. Was it us? - 우리였어요? (Uriyeosseoyo?) 5. Is it them? - 그들이 그거에요? (Geudeuri geugeoeyo?) 6. Are they? - 그들은 있어요? (Geudeureun isseoyo?) 7. With them? - 그들이랑 같이? (Geudeurang gati?) 8. Is it with them? - 그들이랑 같이 그거에요? (Geudeurang gati geugeoeyo?) 9. Was it them? - 그들이었어요? (Geudeurieosseoyo?) 10"Are they?" in Korean is "그들은 있어요?" (Geudeureun isseoyo?) or "그들은 있나요?" (Geudeureun innayo?) depending on the context and formality level. 11. "ieyo" (이에요) in Korean is a casual way of saying "it is" or "that's right" 12. In Korean, you can ask "Is it?" using the phrase "Isseoyo?" (있어요?). This is the present tense polite form of the verb "to be" (있다 - itda) and is commonly used to ask if something exists or if someone has something. For example: - 그것은 있어요? (Geugeoseun isseoyo?) - Is it there? - 너의 책은 있어요? (Neoui chaek-eun isseoyo?) - Do you have your book?

Answer 484

"for now" or "firstly." "Anyway" "Once" "in the meantime" "At least" "Temporary stop" It's used to indicate a temporary action or a preliminary step before further action is taken. Sure, here are some sample sentences using "일단" (il dan): 1. 일단 여기서 조금 쉬어요. (Il dan yeogiseo jogeum swieoyo.) - Let's take a break here for now. 2. 일단 이 책을 읽어보세요. (Il dan i chaek-eul ilgeoboseyo.) - First, try reading this book. 3. 일단 이 문제를 해결하고 나서 다음 단계를 생각해봅시다. (Il dan i munje-reul haegyeolhago naseo da-eum dangye-reul saenggakhae bobsida.) - Let's first solve this problem and then think about the next steps. 4. 일단 이렇게 시작해보는 것이 좋겠어요. (Il dan ireohke sijakhaeboneun geos-i johgesseoyo.) - It would be good to start like this for now. 5. 일단 여기까지만 하고 집에 가요. (Il dan yeogikkajiman hago jibe gayo.) - Let's just do this for now and go home. Yes, "일단" (il dan) can have other meanings depending on the context: 1. **First/For now:** It is commonly used to indicate doing something temporarily or as a first step before considering further actions. For example: "일단 여기까지만 하고 집에 가요." (Il dan yeogikkajiman hago jibe gayo.) - "Let's just do this for now and go home." 2. **Anyway:** In informal spoken language, "일단" (il dan) can be used to mean "anyway" or "regardless." For example: "일단 뭐라도 해 봐." (Il dan mwolado hae bwa.) - "Anyway, give it a try." 3. **Once:** In some contexts, "일단" (il dan) can be used to mean "once" or "once upon a time." For example: "일단 그 때가 있었어." (Il dan geu ttaega isseosseo.) - "Once, there was such a time." Yes, "일단" (il dan) can have additional meanings depending on the context: 1. **At least:** It can be used to express the idea of doing something at least once or as a minimum requirement. For example: "일단 해 봐야겠어." (Il dan hae bwayagesseo.) - "I should try it at least once." 2. **Temporary stop:** In some cases, it can signify a temporary pause or stop in a process or action. For example: "일단 여기까지만 해 놓고 나중에 다시 하자." (Il dan yeogikkajiman hae nogeo najunge dasi haja.) - "Let's just stop here for now and resume later." 3. **In the meantime:** It can also be used to mean "in the meantime" or "for the time being." For example: "일단 이 문제에 대해 조사해 보는 것이 좋을 것 같아." (Il dan i munje daehae josahae boneun geosi joheul geot gata.) - "In the meantime, I think it would be good to investigate this issue."

Answer 485

Certainly! In Korean, there are several ways to express "worked hard" depending on the context and level of formality. Here are some examples: 1. 열심히 일했어요 (Yeolsimhi ilhaesseoyo) - This is a Certainly! In Korean, there are several ways to express "worked hard" depending on the context and level of formality. Here are some examples: 1. 열심히 일했어요 (Yeolsimhi ilhaesseoyo) - This is a polite and formal way to say "worked hard." 2. 열심히 일했어 (Yeolsimhi ilhaesseo) - This is the casual form of the above expression. 3. 열심히 일함 (Yeolsimhi ilham) - This is a simple form without past tense conjugation. 4. 고생했어요 (Gosaenghaesseoyo) - This means "put in a lot of effort" or "worked hard" and is also polite and formal. 5. 고생했어 (Gosaenghaesseo) - This is the casual form of the above expression. 6. 수고했어요 (Sugohaesseoyo) - This means "worked hard" or "put in effort" and is also polite and formal. 7. 수고했어 (Sugohaesseo) - This is the casual form of the above expression. Let's break down each word: polite and formal way to say "worked hard." 2. 열심히 일했어 (Yeolsimhi ilhaesseo) - This is the casual form of the above expression. 3. 열심히 일함 (Yeolsimhi ilham) - This is a simple form without past tense conjugation. 4. 고생했어요 (Gosaenghaesseoyo) - This means "put in a lot of effort" or "worked hard" and is also polite and formal. 5. 고생했어 (Gosaenghaesseo) - This is the casual form of the above expression. 6. 수고했어요 (Sugohaesseoyo) - This means "worked hard" or "put in effort" and is also polite and formal. 7. 수고했어 (Sugohaesseo) - This is the casual form of the above expression. Let's break down each word:

Answer 486

The word "예문" (yemun) means "sample sentences" in Korean. Here are a few examples: 1. 이 책에는 많은 예문이 있어요. (I chaegeneun manheun yemuni isseoyo.) Translation: "This book has many sample sentences." 2. 이 단어를 외우기 위해 예문을 사용하세요. (I daneoreul oewugi wihae yemuneul sayonghaseyo.) Translation: "Use sample sentences to memorize this word." 3. 이 예문은 어떻습니까? (I yemuneun eotteohseumnikka?) Translation: "What about this sample sentence?" These sentences demonstrate the use of "예문" (yemun) in various contexts.

Answer 487

Jeo or na- i (becomes Jeoneun or Naneun) 1. 나 (na) - standard form for "I" 2. 저 (jeo) - a more formal or polite form for "I" **For "To" (으로/로 - eulo/ro):** 1. 으로 (euro) - used after a consonant 2. 로 (ro) - used after a vowel **Additional pronouns for "I" (in certain contexts):** 1. 내가 (naega) - emphasizes "I" or "me" 2. 제가 (jega) - a more formal or polite way to say "I" **Other ways to express "I" (informal):** 1. 나는 (naneun) - a more casual way to say "I" 2. 나야 (naya) - used to emphasize oneself Dangshin or Neo- you (becomes Dangshin-eun) Naui or Nae- My (becomes naege- to me or for me) Uri- We, Us, Ours (becomes Urineun) Urideul-ui or Urideul- Ours Guedeul or Geudeureun- They Guedeuleul- Them Guedeulege- Them used as direction or movement towards them.. Geunyeodeul- Them (used in group of females) “Geudeul-eun or jeo- that” or “those” when used as a demonstrative pronoun. In the sentence Geunyeoneun- she Geuneun- he 1. 나 (na) - I, me 2. 너 (neo) - you (informal) 3. 저 (jeo) - I, me (formal) 4. 그 (geu) - he, him, she, her, it 5. 우리 (uri) - we, us, our 6. 그들 (geudeul) - they, them 7. 이 (i) - this 8. 그 (geu) - that 9. 저 (jeo) - that (formal) Here's a breakdown of the terms you've provided: 1. "Geudeureun" (그들은) - This is a combination of the pronoun "그들" (geudeul), which means "they" or "them," and the subject marker "은" (eun), indicating that "they" are the subject of the sentence. So, "Geudeureun" means "They" or "They are." 2. "Geudeul-eun" (그들은) - This is similar to "Geudeureun" and also means "They" or "They are." It uses the same pronoun "그들" (geudeul), but with the subject marker "은" (eun) attached to indicate the subject of the sentence. 3. "Geudeul" (그들) - This is the pronoun "they" or "them" in Korean. 4. "Geudaereul" (그대를) - This is a combination of the pronoun "그대" (geudae), which means "you" (informal), and the object marker "를" (reul), indicating that "you" are the object of the sentence. So, "Geudaereul" means "You" or "You (informal)" as the object of an action. 5. "Geud" (그) - This is the pronoun "that" in Korean.

Answer 488

(enen) can be used in sentences to represent generality: 1. "에넨 좋아하는 음식은 뭔가요?" (Enen joahaneun eumsigeun mwon gayo?) - "What kind of foods do you like?" (Here, "에넨" is used to refer to any kind of food without specifying a particular type.) 2. "오늘 에넨 일을 다 끝냈어요." (Oneul enen ireul da kkeutnaesseoyo.) - "I finished all sorts of tasks today." (In this sentence, "에넨" is used to indicate various unspecified tasks.) 3. "에넨 생각이 드는 것을 말해주세요." (Enen saenggagi deuneun geoseul malhaejuseyo.) - "Please tell me whatever comes to mind." (Here, "에넨" is used to imply any thoughts or ideas.) In these examples, "에넨" (enen) is used to convey generality or to refer to various unspecified things.

Answer 489

1. 입이 쩍쩍 나다 (ipi jjokjjok nada) - To have a wide smile on one's face. 2. 눈치가 빠르다 (nunchiga ppareuda) - To be quick-witted or perceptive. 3. 입이 걸리다 (ipi geollida) - To have a mouthful or be unable to speak due to shock or surprise. 4. 눈치를 채다 (nunchireul chaeda) - To sense or pick up on subtle cues or hints. 5. 눈치가 없다 (nunchiga eobtta) - To be oblivious or unaware of social cues. 6. 입이 마르다 (ipi mareuda) - To have a dry mouth, usually due to nervousness or anxiety. 7. 눈에 띄다 (nune ttuida) - To stand out or catch one's attention. 8. 입이 떡 벌어지다 (ipi tteok beoreojida) - To have one's mouth wide open, usually due to shock or surprise. 9. 눈치를 보다 (nunchireul boda) - To gauge someone's reaction or mood before speaking or acting. 10. 입이 무겁다 (ipi mugeopda) - To be unable to speak freely due to a heavy heart or burden.

Answer 490

Han-gugeo gongbu-neun manhi halsurok joheegin ha-getji-man maeil ttokgateun gongbu-man hamyeon jigeowul su itgi ttaemuni, manh-imyeon salan-ge ganeun geosman hamyeon jigeo-ul su itgi ddaemuni, maneul jom dareun ge pilyohada sipeul ttae-eneun yeoreul deureona sosori-na weptun gatun geol boneun geos-do joheun geot gataeyo. Translation: Studying Korean is good the more you do it, but doing the same study every day can get boring, so when you feel you need something different, watching movies or reading novels or webtoons seems like a good idea.

Answer 491

"nae saenggage(neun)"-in my opinion" or "According to me" "in my opinion" or "according to my thoughts" in English. It is used to introduce or express one's personal viewpoint or perspective on a matter.

Answer 492

Certainly, here are some sample sentences using "고" as a conjunctive particle: 1. 저는 공원에 가고, 카페에 가요. (Jeoneun gongwone gago, kapee gayo.) - "I go to the park and then to the cafe." 2. 오늘은 영화를 보고, 식당에서 저녁을 먹었어요. (Oneureun yeonghwaleul bogo, sikdangeseo jeonyeogeul meogeosseoyo.) - "Today, I watched a movie and then had dinner at the restaurant." 3. 학교에 가고, 친구들을 만났어요. (Hakgyoe gago, chingudeureul mannaesseoyo.) - "I went to school and met my friends." 고" (go) is used as a conjunctive particle rather than a linking verb in Korean. It's primarily used to connect sentences or phrases, similar to how "and" is used in English. Sure, here are some sample sentences: 1. 저 영화는 정말 재미 고 흥미로워요. (Jeo yeonghwaneun jeongmal jaemi go heungmirowoyo.) - "That movie is really fun and interesting." 2. 이 책을 읽는 것은 항상 재미 고 유익해요. (I chaek-eul ilgneun geoseun hangsang jaemi go yuikhaeyo.) - "Reading this book is always fun and informative." 3. 오늘 파티는 정말 재미 고 즐거웠어요. (Oneul patineun jeongmal jaemi go jeulgeowosseoyo.) 밥을 먹고 (Babeul meokgo) - "Eat and..." - 공부하고 (Gongbu hago) - "Study and..." - 산책하고 (Sanchaek hago) - "Take a walk and..."

Answer 493

Where is the bathroom?

Answer 494

I only speak a little Korean:

Answer 495

is a colloquial expression in Korean, often used to mean "so," "like that," or "in that way." It's an informal way of confirming or acknowledging something. 1. A: Geu chaek ilgeo-sseo? (Did you read that book?) B: Ilgeo-sseo, geureotseo naeil yaegihae bwa. (I read it, so let's talk about it tomorrow.) English: A: Did you read that book? B: Yes, I read it, so let's talk about it tomorrow. 2. A: Oneul nalssi joha. (The weather is nice today.) B: Eung, geureotseo nadeuri gaja. (Yeah, so let's go on an outing.) English: A: The weather is nice today. B: Yeah, so let's go on an outing. 3. A: Igeo meogeullae? (Do you want to eat this?) B: Geureotseo mas-issgetda. (Yeah, it looks delicious.) English: A: Do you want to eat this? B: Yeah, it looks delicious.

Answer 496

The phrase (meogeullae) where "래" (llae) is a verb ending, is a casual and informal way to ask someone if they would like to eat something or if they want to eat. It is derived from the verb "먹다" (meokda), which means "to eat." The ending "래" is a contraction of "레요" (raeyo), which is a casual way to suggest or ask if someone wants to do something. So "먹을래?" can be translated as "Do you want to eat?" or "Shall we eat?" in English 2 .

Answer 497

The (llae) verb ending in Korean is used to express intention or suggestion. It's similar to saying "Let's" or "Shall we" in English. For example: - 놀러 가자! (Nolleo gaja!) - Let's go play! - 한잔 할래요? (Hanjan hallaeyo?) - Shall we have a drink? It's often used in casual conversations or when making suggestions to others. 놀러 갈래? (nolleo gallae?) "Do you want to go out and have fun?" 영화 볼래? (yeonghwa bollae?) "Do you want to watch a movie?" 산책할래? (sanchaekhallae?) "Shall we go for a walk?" 커피 마실래? (keopi masillae?) "Would you like to have coffee?" 운동할래? (undonghallae?) "Do you want to exercise?"

Answer 498

(sinikka) in Korean means "It's amazing" or "It's fascinating." It's often used to express wonder or surprise at something interesting or impressive. It can also be used to describe something as astonishing or remarkable. "Waenyanhameon" (왠지함언) and "sinikka" (신기카) are informal expressions in Korean used to convey a feeling of uncertainty or speculation. They are somewhat interchangeable, but there can be nuanced differences: 1. **Waenyanhameon (왠지함언):** - This expression is often used when someone has a hunch or a vague feeling about something. - It's like saying "for some reason" or "I don't know why, but." - Example: "Waenyanhameon, naega oneul jom himdeulgo issneun geos gatda." (왠지함언, 내가 오늘 좀 힘들고 있는 것 같다.) - "For some reason, I feel like I'm having a tough day today." 2. **Sinikka (신기카):** - It is more colloquial and can be used similarly to express wonder or surprise. - Example: "Sinikka, geu jangmyeon neomu masisseoyo!" (신기카, 그 장면 너무 맛있어요!) - "It's amazing, that scene is so delicious!" In summary, "waenyanhameon" is often used for uncertain feelings or hunches, while "sinikka" is used to express amazement or surprise.

Answer 499

(sinikka) and "" (sanikka): 1. 내일 비올 거 신이까 우산을 가져가세요. (Naeil biol geo sinikka usaneul gajyeogaseyo.) Translation: Take an umbrella tomorrow because it's going to rain. 2. 시험을 잘 볼 수 있을 거 사니까 열심히 공부해야 돼요. (Siheomeul jal bol su isseul geo sanikka yeolsimhi gongbuhaeya dwaeyo.) Translation: You need to study hard because you can do well on the exam. 3. 그렇게 생각하니까 마음이 편해졌어. (Geureohge saengakhanikka maeumi pyeonhaejyeosseo.) Translation: I feel relieved because I think that way.

Answer 500

"Dareun go" (다른 거) means "something else" or "other things." It is often used when referring to an alternative or different option. For example: 1. 이거 말고 다른 거 있어요? (Igeo malgo dareun geo isseoyo?) Translation: Is there something else (other than this)? 2. 다른 걸 시도해 봐. (Dareun geol sido hae bwa.) Translation: Try something else.

Answer 501

"because of a different reason" or "for another reason." It is used to explain that the situation or outcome is influenced by a different circumstance or factor. For example: 1. 다른 팀이 이겼어, 그래서 우리가 지금 이 상황이야. (Dareun timi igyeosseo, geuraeseo uriga jigeum i sanghwangiya.) Translation: Another team won, so that's why we are in this situation now. 2. 다른 사람 때문에 계획이 변경되었어. (Dareun saram ttaemune gyehoegi byeongyeongdoeeosseo.) Translation: The plans changed because of another person.

Answer 502

The pronunciation difference between (kayo) and "가요" (gayo) lies in the vowel sound. "가요" (kayo) with "a" sound is used colloquially and is more casual, while "가요" (gayo) with "ae" sound is the more formal or polite way of saying "I'm going" or "you're going." Both forms are conjugated versions of the verb "가다" (to go). 1. **가요 (gayo):** - Used when talking about one's own actions or plans for the future. - 예: 내일 영화를 보러 가요. (Naeil yeonghwareul boreo gayo.) - "I will go to watch a movie tomorrow." 2. **가요 (kayo):** - Used when expressing a suggestion or proposing an idea. - 예: 커피 마시러 가요? (Keopi masireo kayo?) - "Shall we go for coffee?" These are general guidelines, and context plays a crucial role in understanding the appropriate use of "가요" (gayo) and "가요" (kayo). Certainly! Here are more examples: 1. **가요 (gayo):** - 나는 쇼핑하러 가요. (Naneun syopinghaleo gayo.) - "I am going shopping." - 내일 학교에 가요. (Naeil haggyoe gayo.) - "I will go to school tomorrow." 2. **가요 (kayo):** - 레스토랑에서 식사하러 가요. (Reseutorangeseo sigsahaleo kayo.) - "Shall we go to the restaurant for a meal?" - 공원에 산책하러 가요. (Gongwone sancaekhaleo kayo.) - "Let's go for a walk in the park." These sentences showcase the usage of "가요" (gayo) and "가요" (kayo) in different situations.

Answer 503

Here are some sample sentences using "ttaemune" (때문에 - Since): 1. 비가 오기 때문에 우산을 가져가세요. (Biga ogi ttaemune usaneul gajyeogaseyo.) (Since it's going to rain, please bring an umbrella.) 2. 일찍 일어나기 때문에 밤 늦게 자요. (Iljjig ileonagi ttaemune bam neujge jayo.) (Since I wake up early, I go to bed late at night.) 3. 그 일은 나의 부주의 때문에 일어났어. (Geu ileun naui bujuui ttaemune ileonasseo.) (That incident happened because of my carelessness.) "Ttaemune" is often used to indicate a cause or reason for a situation.

Answer 504

방문하다 (bangmunhada) = to visit. It needs to be conjugated when used in a sentence. So I’ll give examples using the vocabulary list and a familiar topic: past/present/future tense! • 나는 할머니를 방문거야. (naneun halmeonileul bangmungeoya.) = I’m going to visit my grandmother. • 나는 사촌을 방문했어요. (naneun sachon-eul bangmunhaess-eoyo.) = I was visiting my cousin. • 나는 할아버지을 방문해. (naneun hal-abeojileul bangmunhae.) = I visited my grandfather.

Answer 505

기대하다 (gidaehada) = “to expect; to look forward to”. 기대 (gidae) means “expectation; hope” it can be used by itself without 하다 (hada) [which means “To do”]. Examples: • 나는 햇빛 보고 기대. (naneun haesbich bogo gidae.) = “I look forward to seeing the sunshine.” • 내가 패키지를 기대하고 있습니다. (naega paekijileul gidaehago issseubnida.) = “I’m expecting a package.”

Answer 506

승리하다 (seunglihada) = “victory; to win; to defeat.” It has a close synonym which is 이기다 (igida) which also means, “to win; to defeat;” • 나는 경쟁 승리했다. (naneun gyeongjaeng seunglihaessda) = I won the competition • 나는 수 이겼. (Naneun su igyeoss.) = I could have won. • 너는 할 수 없습니다 이겼어요. (neoneun hal su eobs-seubnida igyeoss-eoyo.) = You cannot win. • 너는 할 승리했어요. (neoneun hal seunglihaess-eoyo.) = You did not win.

Answer 507

앉다 (anda), it’s a verb that means, “to sit”. I’ve used this in a sentence or two before I think. • 나는 여기에 앉아 있습니다. (naneun yeogie anj-a issseubnida.) = I’m sitting here. • 그녀는 거기에 앉아 있습니다. (geunyeoneun geogie anj-a issseubnida.) = She will sit there. • 누군가가 여기에 앉아있다? (nugungaga yeogie anj-aissda?) = Is someone sitting here?

Answer 508

참으로 (cham-eulo) | [adverb] “indeed; truly; really; in fact; honestly” • 참으로 나는 그를 보았다! (cham-eulo, naneun geuleul boassda!) = Honestly, I saw him!

Answer 509

Vocabulary List:: 계절 (gyejeol) Seasons! • 봄 (bom) = spring • 여름 (yeoleum) = summer • 가을 (ga-eul) = fall • 겨울 (gyeoul) = winter

Answer 510

"남자는 산 아래로 자전거를 타고 가고 있습니다." (Namjaneun san araero jajeongeoreul tago gago itseupnida), "The man is riding a bicycle down the mountain."

Answer 511

Here are some Korean verbs that end with "-go": 1. 보고 (bogo) - to see 2. 듣고 (deutgo) - to hear 3. 가고 (gago) - to go 4. 알고 (algo) - to know 5. 먹고 (meokgo) - to eat 6. 마시고 (masigo) - to drink 7. 사고 (sago) - to buy 8. 좋아하고 (joahago) - to like 9. 하고 (hago) - to do 10. 이야기하고 (iyagihago) - to talk 11. 만나고 (mannago) - to meet 12. 공부하고 (gongbuhago) - to study 13. 생각하고 (saenggakhago) - to think 14. 찾고 (chatgo) - to find 15. 일하고 (ilhago) - to work 16. 앉고 (anjgo) - to sit 17. 놀고 (nolgo) - to play 18. 걷고 (geotgo) - to walk 19. 먹고 (meokgo) - to eat 20. 마시고 (masigo) - to drink 21. 전화하고 (jeonhwahago) - to call 22. 끝내고 (kkeutnaego) - to finish 23. 웃고 (utgo) - to laugh 24. 쓰고 (sseugo) - to write 25. 기다리고 (gidarigo) - to wait 26. 사고 (sago) - to buy 27. 만나고 (mannago) - to meet 28. 생각하고 (saenggakago) - to think 29. 놓고 (noko) - to put down 30. 빠지고 (ppajigo) - to fall 31. 놀고 (nolgo) - to play 32. 듣고 (deutgo) - to listen 33. 찾고 (chatgo) - to find 34. 마시고 (masigo) - to drink 35. 살고 (salgo) - to live 36. 웃고 (utgo) - to laugh 37. 놓고 (noko) - to put down 38. 부러우고 (bureougo) - to envy 39. 늦고 (neutgo) - to be late 40. 잊고 (ijgo) - to forget "고" (go) can be added to the verb stem to connect sentences or clauses. For example: link action verb 1. 먹다 (meokda) - to eat - 먹고 (meokgo) - eating, and 2. 가다 (gada) - to go - 가고 (gago) - going, and 3. 보다 (boda) - to see, to watch - 보고 (bogo) - seeing, and

Answer 512

1. 가다 (gada) - to go 2. 오다 (oda) - to come 3. 사다 (sada) - to buy 4. 보다 (boda) - to see or watch 5. 먹다 (meokda) - to eat 6. 듣다 (deutda) - to hear or listen

Answer 513

"Hago" (하고) is a conjunction in Korean that means "and" when connecting two actions or items. 1. 저는 책을 읽고 커피를 마셨어요. (Jeoneun chaeg-eul ilhgo keopi-eul masyeosseoyo.) (I read a book and drank coffee.) 2. 공원에서 산책하고 사진을 찍었어요. (Gongwon-eseo sanchaekhago sajin-eul jjigeosseoyo.) (I took a walk in the park and took photos.) 3. 요리를 하고 음악을 들었어요. (Yori-reul hago eumak-eul deuleosseoyo.) (I cooked and listened to music.) 4. 영화를 보고 친구들과 대화했어요. (Yeonghwareul bogo chingudeul-gwa daehwahaesseoyo.) (I watched a movie and had a conversation with friends.) 5. 산에 등산하고 바다에서 수영했어요. (San-e deungsanhago bada-eseo suyeonghaesseoyo.) (I hiked in the mountains and swam in the sea.) 6. 전화하고 숙제를 했어요. (Jeonhwa-hago sukjeleul haesseoyo.) (I made a phone call and did homework.)

Answer 514

sample sentences using "바로" (baro): 1. 그게 바로 내 생각이에요. (Geuge baro nae saenggak-ieyo.) (That's exactly what I think.) 2. 바로 여기서 만나요. (Baro yeogiseo mannayo.) (Let's meet right here.) 3. 이것이 바로 답이에요. (Igeosi baro dabi-eoyo.) (This is exactly the answer.) 4. 바로 그거예요. (Baro geugeoyo.) (That's it exactly.) sentences using "바로" (baro): 5. 그것이 바로 내가 찾던 책이에요. (Geugeosi baro naega chatdeon chaeg-ieyo.) (That's the book I was exactly looking for.) 6. 오늘 바로 시작하겠습니다. (Oneul baro sijakhaegetsseumnida.) (We will start right away today.) 7. 이 문제는 바로 해결해야 해. (I munje-neun baro haegyeolhaeya hae.) (We need to solve this problem right away.) 8. 이것이 바로 네가 원한 선물이에요. (Igeosi baro nega wonhan seonmul-ieyo.) (This is exactly the gift you wanted.)

Answer 515

"Ireoke haneun go eottae" (이렇게 하는 거 어때) in Korean translates to "How about doing it like this?" in English. It's a question asking for someone's opinion or approval about doing something in a particular way. In this context, "go" (거) and "ge" (게) serve a similar purpose as casual forms of "geoseul" (것을), meaning "thing" or "action."

Answer 516

Both "오늘은" (oneureun) and "오늘은" (oneul-eun) can be used to mean "today." The difference lies in their usage. - "오늘은" (oneureun): This form is more colloquial and commonly used in spoken language. - "오늘은" (oneul-eun): This form is more standard and often used in written language. In Korean, the difference between colloquial and standard language lies mainly in their level of formality and appropriateness for different situations: 1. **Colloquial Language (구어, gueo)**: This is informal, everyday language used in casual conversations among friends, family, or peers. It often includes slang, contractions, and expressions specific to spoken language. Colloquial language is relaxed and less rigid compared to formal language. 2. **Standard Language (문어, muneo)**: This refers to formal or written language used in professional settings, formal speeches, academic writing, and official documents. It follows grammatical rules more strictly, avoids slang and contractions, and tends to be more conservative in vocabulary and expressions. Both forms of language are essential for effective communication, but the choice between colloquial and standard language depends on the context, audience, and level of formality required.

Answer 517

lies in their usage: 1. **isseumnida (입니다):** - This is a formal way of saying "it is" or "to be" in Korean. - It is commonly used in polite and formal contexts. Example: "Jeoneun hakseng imnida." (저는 학생 입니다.) - "I am a student." 2. **isseubnikka (입니다니까):** - This is also a polite way of expressing "it is" but includes a sense of seeking confirmation or expressing a supposition. - It's often used when making statements and seeking acknowledgment or agreement. Example: "Hakseng imnikka?" (학생 입니까?) - "Are you a student?" In summary, "isseumnida" is a straightforward statement, while "isseubnikka" is used when making a statement with a polite nuance, especially when seeking confirmation or agreement.

Answer 518

translates to "this" in English. It is used to refer to a specific item or thing that is close to the speaker. For example: - **이거는 뭐에요?** (Igeoneun mwoeyo?) - What is this? - **이거는 내 핸드폰이에요.** (Igeoneun nae haendeupon-ieyo.) - This is my phone.

Answer 519

"말" (mal) in Korean can have multiple meanings depending on the context: 1. **Noun - Speech/Language:** - "말" (mal) can refer to speech or language. - Example: 한국어로 말해주세요. (Hangugeo-ro malhae juseyo.) - Please speak in Korean. 2. **Noun - Horse:** - "말" (mal) can also mean a horse. - Example: 말을 타다. (Mal-eul tada.) - To ride a horse. 3. **Verb - To Say/Speak:** - "말하다" (malhada) is the verb form meaning "to say" or "to speak." - Example: 무엇이라고 말했어요? (Muos-ilago malhaesseoyo?) - What did you say?

Answer 520

"Saek" (색) means "color" in Korean, while "chaek" (책) means "book." These are two different words with different meanings.

Answer 521

"그러지" (geureoji), which can indeed be used to express agreement or confirmation. It's an informal way of saying "Yes" or "That's right" in response to a statement or question. Here's an example: Person A: 오늘 날씨 정말 좋아, 맞아? (Oneul nalssi jeongmal joha, maja?) (The weather is really nice today, isn't it?) Person B: 그러지! (Geureoji!) (Yes, that's right!) 1. 날씨가 춥다. 그렇지, 우리는 따뜻한 음료를 마셔야 해. (Nalssi ga chubda. Geureotji, uri neun ttatteutan eumnyoreul masheoya hae.) (The weather is cold. However, we should drink warm beverages.) 2. 이 책은 좋다. 그렇지만 조금 어렵다. (I chaeg-eun jota. Geureotjiman jogeum eoryeobda.) (This book is good. However, it's a bit difficult.)

Answer 522

"그런데" (geureonikka), which means "but" or "however" in Korean: 1. 나는 커피를 좋아해. 그런데 오늘은 차를 마셨어. (Naneun keopireul johae. Geureonikka oneureun chareul masheosseo.) (I like coffee. However, today I drank tea.) 2. 일이 바빠서 못 갔어. 그런데 너무 피곤해. (Iri bappaseo mot gasseo. Geureonikka neomu pigonhae.) (I couldn't go because I was busy. However, I'm very tired.) 3. 비가 올 것 같아. 그런데 우산을 가져오지 않았어. (Bi ga ol geot gata. Geureonikka usaneul gajyeooji anhasseo.) (It looks like it's going to rain. However, I didn't bring an umbrella.) In these examples, "그런데" (geureonikka) is used to introduce a contrasting or unexpected element in the sentences.

Answer 523

"으니" (euni) and "는데" (neunde) are conjunctive endings used in Korean. Here are sample sentences for each: 1. "으니" (euni): - 비가 오니 우산을 가져 가세요. (Biga oni usaneul gajyeo gaseyo.) (Since it's raining, please take an umbrella.) 2. "는데" (neunde): - 춥네요. 옷을 두 개나 입었는데도. (Chupneyo. Oseul du gaena ibeonneundedo.) (It's cold. Even though I'm wearing two layers of clothes.)

Answer 524

Both are used to express conditions or situations, but they are used in slightly different ways: 1. **수록 (surok)**: It means "particularly" or "especially." It is often used to emphasize a specific group or situation within a broader context. - Example: "학생을 수록" (Haksaeng-eul surok) - "particularly for students." 2. **이라면 (iramyeon)**: It means "if it is" or "if one is." It is used to express a condition or assumption. - Example: "학생이라면" (Haksaeng-iramyeon) - "if you're a student" or "if one is a student."

Answer 525

1. **가지마 (gajima)**: "Don't go." It's a command form, telling someone not to leave. - Sample Sentence: 친구야, 가지마. (Chingu ya, gajima.) - "Friend, don't go." 2. **하지마라 (hajimara)**: "Don't do it." This is a more formal and stronger way to say "Don't do something." - Sample Sentence: 그렇게 하지마라. (Geureohge hajimara.) - "Don't do it like that." 3. **하지마 (hajima)**: "Don't do it." It's a less formal and more casual way of saying "Don't do something." - Sample Sentence: 그러지마. (Geureo jima.) - "Don't do that." 4. **하지만 (hajiman)**: "But" or "However." It's used to introduce a contrast or contradiction. - Sample Sentence: 바쁘지만 도움을 줄게. (Bappeujiman doumeul julge.) - "I'm busy, but I will help." 5. **하지말라고 (hajimallago)**: "Don't do it." This is a strong command form, instructing someone not to do something. - Sample Sentence: 나에게 거짓말하지말라고 했어. (Naege geojinmal hajimallago haesseo.) - "He told me not to lie."

Answer 526

an informal and colloquial way to ask a question in Korean. It is often used in casual conversation and corresponds to asking "is it" or "isn't it" in English. This expression is typically used when seeking confirmation or clarification in a more relaxed setting. For example: - 비가 오느냐고? (Biga oneunyago?) - "Is it going to rain?" - 맛있었느냐고? (Masisseossneuyago?) - "Was it delicious?" 1. 내일은 축구 경기가 있는냐고? (Naeileun chukgu gyeonggiga inneunyago?) - "Is there a soccer game tomorrow?" 2. 그 영화는 재미있었느냐고 물어봤어. (Geu yeonghwaneun jaemiisseosseonneuyago mureobwasseo.) - "I asked if that movie was interesting." 3. 이 책은 읽었느냐고 물어봤어. (I chaeg-eun ilg-eossneuyago mureobwasseo.) - "I asked if you read this book." 4. 오늘은 무슨 일이 있었느냐고 물어보았다. (Oneul-eun museun il-i isseosneuyago muleobowassda.) - "I asked what happened today." 5. 요리가 맛있었느냐고 물어봤어. (Yoli ga masisseosneuyago muleobwasseo.) - "I asked if the cooking was delicious."

Answer 527

(jago) is a verb ending in Korean that comes from the verb "자다" (jada), which means "to sleep." When used as a verb ending, it indicates the action of "sleeping" or "going to sleep." It is often used in sentences to express a sequence of actions or to describe what someone is doing before or after something else. For example: - 밥을 먹고 자요. (Babeul meokgo jayo.) - "I eat and then sleep." - 숙제를 다 하고 자요. (Sukjereul da hago jayo.) - "I finish my homework and then sleep." 1. 밥을 먹고 자요. (Babeul meokgo jayo.) - "I eat and then sleep." 2. 일을 끝내고 자요. (Ileul kkeutnaego jayo.) - "I finish work and then sleep." 3. 영화를 보고 자요. (Yeonghwareul bogo jayo.) - "I watch a movie and then sleep." 4. 운동을 하고 자요. (Undongeul hago jayo.) - "I exercise and then sleep." 5. 공부를 하고 자요. (Gongbureul hago jayo.) - "I study and then sleep."

Answer 528

Certainly! Here are some sample sentences using in Korean: 1. 나는 공부하려고 했는데, 졸려서 못 했어. (naneun gongbuharyeogo haessneunde, jollyeoseo mot haesseo.) Translation: I intended to study, but I was too sleepy, so I couldn't. 2. 여행을 가려고 했는데, 비가 와서 취소했어요. (yeohaengeul garyeogo haessneunde, biga waseo chwiso haesseoyo.) Translation: I planned to go on a trip, but it rained, so I canceled. 3. 그 영화는 재미있는데, 결말이 슬퍼서 울었어. (geu yeonghwaneun jaemiinneunde, gyeolmari seulpeoseo uleosseo.) Translation: The movie was interesting, but the ending was sad, so I cried. In these examples, "는데" (neunde) Certainly! Here are more sample sentences using "는데" (neunde) in Korean: 4. 레스토랑에 가려고 했는데, 예약이 다 차 있었어요. (reseutorang-e garyeogo haessneunde, yeyagi da cha isseosseoyo.) Translation: I tried to go to the restaurant, but all the reservations were full. 5. 새로운 언어를 배우려고 했는데, 시간이 부족해서 실패했어. (saeroun eoneoreul baeuryeogo haessneunde, sigani bujokhaeseo silpaehaesseo.) Translation: I attempted to learn a new language, but I failed because of a lack of time. 6. 그림을 그려보려고 했는데, 솜씨가 부족해서 어려웠어요. (geurim-eul geulyeoboryeogo haessneunde, somssiga bujokhaeseo eoryeowosseoyo.) Translation: I tried to draw a picture, but it was difficult because of a lack of skill. In these sentences, "는데" (neunde) is used to convey various situations, intentions, and outcomes, 7. 여름에 바다에 가려고 했는데, 비가 와서 계획을 바꿨어요. (yeoreume badae garyeogo haessneunde, biga waseo gyehoegeul bakkwasseoyo.) Translation: I planned to go to the beach in the summer, but it rained, so I changed my plans. 8. 책을 읽으려고 했는데, 전화가 와서 중단했어요. (chaeg-eul ilgeulyeogo haessneunde, jeonhwaga waseo jungdanhess-eoyo.) Translation: I intended to read a book, but I received a phone call, so I interrupted it. 9. 축구를 배우려고 했는데, 다리를 다쳐서 못 했어요. (chuggu-reul baeulyeogo haessneunde, dalileul dachyeoseo mot haesseoyo.) Translation: I tried to learn soccer, but I couldn't because I injured my leg. These sentences illustrate how "는데" (neunde) is used to convey various situations and reasons, e. 10. 파티에 가려고 했는데, 갑자기 비가 오더라고 해서 취소했어요. (pati-e garyeogo haessneunde, gabjagi biga odeorago haeseo chwiso haesseoyo.) Translation: I planned to go to the party, but it suddenly started raining, so I canceled. 11. 쇼핑을 하려고 했는데, 예상보다 많은 사람들 때문에 포기했어요. (syoping-eul halyeogo haessneunde, yesangboda manh-eun salamdeul ttaemun-e pogihayeo.) Translation: I tried to go shopping, but I gave up because there were more people than expected. 12. 새로운 음악을 듣려고 했는데, 마음에 들어서 계속 듣고 있어요. (saeroun eum-ag-eul deulyeogo haessneunde, ma-eum-e deul-eoseo gyesok deutgo iss-eoyo.) Translation: I intended to listen to new music, but I liked it, so I keep listening. These sentences showcase the versatility of "는데" (neunde) in expressing various situations,

Answer 529

1. 원하다 (wonhada) - to want 2. 바라다 (barada) - to hope, wish 3. 갖고 싶다 (gatgo sipda) - to want to have 4. 필요하다 (pil-yohada) - to need 5. 원하는대로 (wonhaneundae-ro) - as one wants 6. 희망하다 (huimanghada) - to hope 7. 기대하다 (gidaehada) - to anticipate, expect

Answer 530

"극진" (geukjin) in Korean can be translated to "intense," "extreme," or "profound." It is often used to describe something that is deeply developed, highly advanced, or exceptionally intense. For example: 1. "극진한 경험" (geukjinhan gyeongheom) - "an intense experience" 2. "극진한 연구" (geukjinhan yeongu) - "profound research" 3. "극진한 감동" (geukjinhan gamdong) - "an extremely moving experience"

Answer 531

(choego) in Korean translates to "the best" or "the highest." It is often used to express superiority or excellence in various contexts. For example: 1. "최고의 음악" (choego-ui eumak) - "the best music" 2. "최고의 성과" (choego-ui seonggwa) - "the best achievement" 3. "최고의 선택" (choego-ui seontaek) - "the best choice" "2023 최고의 그룹 상" (2023 choegoui geulub sang) means "2023 Best Group Award."

Answer 532

Sure, here are the meanings of (geureonde) and "그데" (geunde) in other contexts: 1. "그런데" (geureonde): - However: Used to introduce a contrasting or contradictory statement. - Nevertheless: Used to introduce a statement that contrasts with what has been said previously. - But: Used to express a contrasting or opposing idea. 2. "그데" (geunde): - By the way: Used to introduce an additional or tangential remark. - So: Used to indicate a continuation or clarification of the topic. - Well: Used to indicate a change of topic or to add information to the conversation.

Answer 533

"Are we having Parmal today?"

Answer 534

You're correct, "그런데 (geureonde)" is the standard expression for "by the way" in Korean, but it's not the only one. Another common phrase is "그런데 말고 (geureonde malgo)," which also means "by the way" but is a bit more colloquial and conversational. Both expressions are used in Korean dramas and everyday conversation.

Answer 535

"Kreuliga eobji" translates to "Of course you wouldn't" in English. It's a phrase used to express understanding or agreement that something is unlikely or expected.

Answer 536

"hyeonjae mwolae" can be translated as "What's your mother doing now?" in English. It's asking about the current activity or situation of someone's mother. "Hyeonjae" means "current" or "present" in Korean. So, in the phrase "hyeonjae mwolae," "hyeonjae" indicates the current time or situation.

Answer 537

"Geurengo eotta iranikka" (그렇게 어떻게 이라니까) means "How can that be?" or "How is that possible?" in Korean. It's used to express disbelief or astonishment at something that seems unlikely or unexpected.

Answer 538

"Geureoke mwoseun" (그렇게 뭐슨) in Korean translates to "What do you mean by that?" or "What do you mean like that?" in English. It's used to ask for clarification or further explanation about something that was said or done in a certain way.

Answer 539

"Geuege mwoseun" (그에게 뭐든) means "Whatever it is to him" or "Anything for him" in Korean. It implies a willingness to do anything for someone or to provide anything they need.

Answer 540

"Da ussen geoya?" (다 용서했다) in Korean translates to "Are you forgiving me?" or "Have you forgiven me?" in English. It's a question asking if someone has forgiven the speaker for something they did or said.

Answer 541

"Geureoke joah?" (그렇게 좋아?) in Korean translates to "Are you happy like that?" in English. It's a question asking if someone is happy in a certain way or under certain circumstances.

Answer 542

"Gagi gayo" (가기 가요) in Korean translates to "I'll get going now" or "I'm leaving now" in English. It's a polite way to announce your departure. "Geureom gagi gayo" (그럼 가기 가요) in Korean translates to "Then, I'll get going now" or "Well then, I'm leaving now" in English. It's a polite way to indicate that you're leaving in response to a previous statement or situation.

Answer 543

"Of course" in Korean is dangyeonhi), and "But of course" can be translated as (geureom mulloni jyo).

Answer 544

"What time is it?"

Answer 545

(geoya) is a sentence-ending particle in Korean that is often used to express certainty or determination. It can be translated to English as "will," "will be," or "is going to." 1. "나야, 내 꿈을 향해 나아갈 거야." (Naya, nae kkumeul hyanghae naagal geoya.) - "It's me; I will move toward my dream." 2. "뭐라고 하든 나야, 나만의 색깔을 유지하며 살아갈 거야." (Mworago hadeun naya, namanui saekkkareul ujihame salagal geoya.) - "No matter what they say, it's me; I will live maintaining my own uniqueness." 1. "나야, 내 가치를 알아주는 사람과 함께 성장할 거야." (Naya, nae gachireul alajuneun saramgwa hamkke seongjanghal geoya.) - "It's me; I will grow together with people who recognize my worth." 2. "뭐라고 하든 나야, 내 인생을 나름대로 즐길 거야." (Mworago hadeun naya, nae insaengeul nareumdaero jeulgil geoya.) - "No matter what they say, it's me; I will enjoy my life in my own way." 3. "나야, 어려운 시기에도 긍정적인 마음을 유지할 거야." (Naya, eoryeoun sigie-do geungjeongjeogin ma-eum-eul ujihal geoya.) - "It's me; I will maintain a positive mindset even in difficult times." 4. "뭐라고 하든 나야, 내 목표에 도달하기 위해 노력할 거야." (Mworago hadeun naya, nae mokpyoe dodalhagi wihae nolyeoghal geoya.) - "No matter what anyone says, it's me; I will strive to achieve my goals." 5. "나야, 자신을 믿고 살아가는 게 가장 중요한 거야." (Naya, jasin-eul mitgo sal-aganeun ge gajang jungyohan geoya.) - "It's me; believing in oneself and living is the most important thing." 1. "내일 시험이 있어, 열심히 공부할 거야." (Naeil shiheemi isseo, yeolsimhi gongbuhal geoya.) - "I have an exam tomorrow, so I will study hard." 2. "이 주말에는 친구들과 놀 거야." (I jumareneun chingudeulgwa nol geoya.) - "I will hang out with friends this weekend." 3. "이번 주에는 운동을 매일 할 거야." (Ibeon jueueneun undongeul maeil hal geoya.) - "I will exercise every day this week." 4. "내년에는 해외 여행을 가볼 거야." (Naenyeoneun haeoe yeohaengeul gabol geoya.) - "I plan to go on an overseas trip next year." 5. "이 일은 내가 해결할 거야." (I ireun naega haegyeolhal geoya.) - "I will solve this matter myself." 6. "이번 주말에는 가족들과 함께 시간을 보낼 거야." (Ibeon jumareneun gajokdeulgwa hamkke siganeul bonael geoya.) - "I will spend time with my family this weekend." 7. "내 생일에는 친구들을 초대해서 파티를 열 거야." (Nae saengireneun chingudeureul chodaehaeseo patireul yeol geoya.) - "I will invite friends and throw a party on my birthday." 8. "다음 달에는 새로운 프로젝트에 참여할 거야." (Daeum daleneun saeroun peurojekteu-e chamyeohal geoya.) - "Next month, I will participate in a new project." 9. "이번 주에는 미팅이 많아서 좀 바빠질 거야." (Ibeon jueeneun mitingi manhaseo jom bappajil geoya.) - "I will be busy this week because of many meetings." 10. "다가오는 주말에는 새로운 취미를 시작할 거야." (Dagaoneun jumareneun saeroun chwimi-reul sijakhal geoya.) - "I will start a new hobby next weekend." 11. "이번 달에는 목표를 달성하기 위해 열심히 일할 거야." (Ibeon daleneun mogpyoreul dalseonghagi wihae yeolsimhi ilhal geoya.) - "This month, I will work hard to achieve my goals." 12. "내년에는 새로운 언어를 배워서 여행에 도움을 줄 거야." (Naenyeoneun saeroun eoreoreul baeweoseo yeohaenge doumeul jul geoya.) - "Next year, I will learn a new language to help with travel." 13. "이번 주에는 책을 많이 읽어서 지식을 늘릴 거야." (Ibeon jueeneun chaeg-eul mani ilgeoseo jisigeul neullil geoya.) - "This week, I will read a lot of books to expand my knowledge." 14. "내일은 일찍 일어나서 운동을 시작할 거야." (Naeil-eun iljjig ileonaseo undong-eul sijakhal geoya.) - "Tomorrow, I will wake up early and start exercising." 15. "다가오는 주에는 친구들과 함께 여행을 계획 중이야. 같이 가볼래?" (Dagaoneun jueeneun chingudeulgwa hamkke yeohaeng-eul gyehoeg jung-iya. Gat-i gabollae?) - "I'm planning a trip with friends next week. Would you like to join?"

Answer 546

1. 나야, 내 꿈을 이룰 거야. (Naya, nae kkumeul irul geoya.) - "It's me; I will achieve my dream." 2. 뭐라 해도 나야, 내 길을 찾아가고 있어. (Mwola haedo naya, nae gireul chajagago isseo.) - "No matter what they say, it's me; I'm finding my own path." 3. 나야, 내 생각이 중요해. (Naya, nae saenggagi jungyohae.) - "It's me; my thoughts are important." 4. 노래를 부를 때 나야, 자유로워져. (Noraereul bureul ttae naya, jayurowojyeo.) - "When I sing, it's me; I feel free." 5. 어떤 어려움이 와도 나야, 꾸준히 나아갈 거야. (Eotteon eoryeoumi wado naya, kkujunhi naagal geoya.) - "No matter what challenges come, it's me; I will steadily move forward." 1. 나야, 내 강점을 알고 나만의 길을 걷고 있어. (Naya, nae gangjeomeul algo namanui gireul geotgo isseo.) - "It's me; I know my strengths and am walking my own path." 2. 뭐라고 하든 나야, 자신감을 가지고 당당하게 말해봐. (Mworago hadeun naya, jasingameul gajigo dangdanghage malhaebwa.) - "No matter what they say, it's me; confidently speak up." 3. 나야, 어떤 상황에서도 나를 지켜내야 해. (Naya, eotteon sanghwangeseodo nareul jikyeonaeya hae.) - "It's me; I have to protect myself in any situation." 4. 누가 뭐라 하든 나야, 내 꿈을 향해 나아갈 거야. (Nuga mwola hadeun naya, nae kkumeul hyanghae naagal geoya.) - "No matter what anyone says, it's me; I will move toward my dream." 5. 나야, 내 마음대로 살아가고 싶어. (Naya, nae ma-eumdaero salagago sip-eo.) - "It's me; I want to live life on my own terms." "나야" (Naya) means "It's me" or "I am" in Korean, used to identify oneself. 1. 나야, 내 감정을 솔직하게 표현하고 싶어. (Naya, nae gamjeongeul soljikhage pyohyeonhago sip-eo.) - "It's me; I want to express my emotions honestly." 2. 뭐라고 하든 나야, 나만의 색깔을 유지하며 살아갈 거야. (Mworago hadeun naya, namanui saekkkareul ujihame salagal geoya.) - "No matter what they say, it's me; I will live maintaining my own uniqueness." 3. 나야, 어려운 시기에도 긍정적으로 생각하려고 노력 중이야. (Naya, eoryeoun sigie-do geungjeongjeog-eulo saeng-gaghaelyeogo nolyeog jung-iya.) - "It's me; I'm trying to think positively even in difficult times." 4. 뭐라고 하든 나야, 내 꿈을 위해 노력하고 있어. (Mworago hadeun naya, nae kkumeul wihae nolyeogago isseo.) - "No matter what anyone says, it's me; I'm working hard for my dream." 5. 나야, 자연스럽게 나를 표현하며 사는 게 행복이야. (Naya, jayeonseulke na-reul pyohyeonhamyeo saneun ge haengbog-iya.) - "It's me; living naturally and expressing myself brings happiness."

Answer 547

In these contexts, the "연" (yeon) ending particle in Korean serves as a conditional conjunction meaning "if" or "when." Here's how it's used in each of your examples: - 고통하면 (gotonghamyeon): "if/when you suffer" - 이해하면 (ihaehamyeon): "if/when you understand" - 되면 (doemyeon): "if/when it becomes" These expressions imply a conditional relationship between the actions or states described and the circumstances in which they occur. 1. "Geu yeonghwa-neun jeongmallo gamdongjeog-ieosseo, gamdongjeog-imyeon." (If it's moving, it's truly moving.) 2. "Peurojekteu-e daehan geu-ui heonsin-eun chingchanbadeul manhae, heonsinbadeul manhae." (If it's dedication to the project, it's worthy of praise.) 3. "Geu geurim-ui saekgam-eun saengsaenghage neukkyeojyeo, saengsaenghage neukkyeojimyeon." (If you feel the colors vividly in that painting, they are vivid.) 4. "Geunyeo-neun dojeon-e dangdanghi majss-eosseo, dangdanghi majseumyeon." (If she confidently faced the challenge, she faced it confidently.) 5. "Norae-ui mellodi-neun maehokjeog-iya, maehokjeog-imyeon." (If it's enchanting, the melody is enchanting.) 1. "Geu chaeg-eun ma-eum-eul ganjighage mandeul-eo, ganjighage doemyeon." (If that book makes you cherish your heart, it becomes cherishable.) 2. "Nalssi-ga malgeum-eon gibun-do malgajyeo, malgajimyeon." (If the weather is clear, the mood becomes clear too.) 3. "Geu gyeongheom-eun insaeng-eul pungyoropge hae, pungyoropge hamyeon." (If that experience enriches life, it becomes enriching.) 4. "Geu jaggpum-eun yesul-ui gip-i-eul boyeojune, boyeojumyeon." (If that artwork reveals the depth of art, it reveals.) 5. "Chingu-ui useum-eun ma-eum-eul ttatteuthage mandeul-eo, ttatteuthage doemyeon." (If a friend's laughter warms the heart, it becomes warming.) 5. "Geu sigan-eun chueogi doeeo, chueogidoeeo." (If that moment becomes a memory, it becomes memorable.) 6. "Geu iyagi-eun salam-i salam-eul ihaehage hae, ihaehamyeon." (If that story helps people understand people, it helps.) 7. "Geu saeng-gag-eun norae hwaeg salam-eul wihan gotong-eul hae, gotonghamyeon." (If that thought composes a song for the heart, it composes.) 8. "Geu gyeolhoneun salam-eul haengboghage hae, haengboghamyeon." (If that marriage makes people happy, it makes.) 9. "Geu gyehoeg-eun mirae-eul ilhge, ilhge hago." (If that decision shapes the future, it shapes.) 10. "Geu insaeng-eun geu sumgyeoleul balhwihage hae, balhwihage hamyeon." (If that life breathes its purpose, it breathes.)

Answer 548

(Yeumoni pulsurok tushi wayeo) translates to "The more sample phrases you provide, the easier it gets."

Answer 549

(Geurae geuna) "Yes, you know" in English.

Answer 550

(Eotteoke haeyo uri). "What do we do now?"

Answer 551

"불안하다" (bulanhada) or "두렵다" (duryeopda)."to be scared"

Answer 552

"알지 못하다" (alji motha-da). "not to know something" If you want to express it more informally, you can use "몰라" (molla), which means "I don't know."

Answer 553

"사세요" (saseyo) means "Buy" or "Purchase." It's a command form of the verb "살다" (salda), which means "to buy" or "to purchase." "여기 살아요" (Yeogi saraoyo), meaning "You live here." "Sarayo" (사라요) means "to live" or "to reside" in Korean. It's the polite, formal way of saying "live" when talking about where someone lives or resides. For example, you might say "어디에 살아요?" (Eodie saraoyo?) which means "Where do you live?" or "Where do you reside?"

Answer 554

Certainly! Here are more sample sentences with "그나" (geuna): express informality or colloquial tone. It's similar to saying "you know" or "you see" 1. "이 옷, 예쁘다 그나?" (I ot, yeppeuda geuna?) - "This outfit, isn't it pretty?" 2. "그 영화 정말 감동적이었어, 그나?" (Geu yeonghwa jeongmal gamdongjeog-ieosseo, geuna?) - "That movie was really touching, you know?" 3. "오늘 날씨 진짜 좋다 그나?" (Oneul nalssi jinjja jota geuna?) - "The weather today is really nice, isn't it?" 4. "저 카페 커피 맛있다 그나?" (Jeo kape keopi masitda geuna?) - "The coffee at that cafe is delicious, you know?" 1. "이 음악은 다르게 들어봐도 계속 좋아해, 그나." (I oemak-eun dareuge deul-eobwado gyesog johahae, geuna.)(I keep liking this music even if I listen to it differently, you know.) 2. "저 카페의 커피는 다른 곳보다 맛있어, 그나." (Jeo kapeui keopi-neun dareun gotboda mas-isseo, geuna.)The coffee at that cafe is tastier than other places, you know.) 3. "이 책은 흥미롭게 읽어봐도 끝까지 몰입되어 있어, 그나." (I chaeg-eun heungmilopge ilgeo bwado kkeutkkaji molibdoeeo iss-eo, geuna.)Even if I read this book interestingly, I'm immersed until the end, you know.) "여기 산다는 거군요." (Yeogi sandaneun geogunyo.) "I see that you live here"

Answer 555

"If there is nothing for me to do, I want to go home now" is "오늘 할 일이 없으면 지금 집에 갈게요" (Oneul hal ileopseumyeon jigeum jibe galgeyo).

Answer 556

(jaju mannaneun chingu). "A friend I met often"

Answer 557

"길"Gil 'Pathway, road or street 가장 빠른 길 중에 하나 Gajang Bbareun gileul jung-e hana- one of the fastest paths among them shorter version "Gajang Bbareun gil jung hana"

Answer 558

(가장 예쁜 친구들 중에 하나) Gajang yepeun chingudeul jung-e hana "One of the prettiest friends among them." (Jung-e means among or amongst) Shorter way "Gajang yepeun chingu jung hana" which is still perfectly fine.

Answer 559

Here are more words for "most" or "best" in Korean: 1. 가장 (gajang) 2. 최상 (choesang) 3. 최고 (choego) 4. 극진 (geukjin) " "제일" (jaeil) or "최" (choe).best" or "most" in Korean. "제일 예쁜" (jaeil yeppeun) or "최 예쁜" (choe yeppeun). "most prettiest,"

Answer 560

1. 어렸을 때 (eoryeosseul ttae) - Standard informal expression. 2. 어릴 적 (eoril jeok) - Another way to say "when young." 3. 어릴 때 (eoril ttae) - Similar to "eoryeosseul ttae," indicating a time when one was young.

Answer 561

Ireoke haneun ge eotteo- how about doing it this way "이렇게 하나구 어떠" (Ireoke hanagu eotteo) seems to be a colloquial variation, but it's understandable. In a more standard way, you could say "이렇게 하는 게 어떨까요?" (Ireoke haneun ge eotteolkka yo?), "How about doing it this way?" "이렇게 하는 건 어떠" (Ireoke haneun geon eotteo), which means "How about doing it this way?"

Answer 562

(Igeo silheo, geunde igeoneun eottae?"I don't like this one, but how about this instead?"

Answer 563

"Dareun saram" (다른 사람) means "other person" or "another person" in Korean. "Dareun saram-ege mureo-boda" (다른 사람에게 물어보다) means "to ask someone else" or "to inquire with another person" in Korean. The standard particle in Korean to indicate direction or purpose, similar to "에게" (ege), is "한테" (hante). So, "다른 사람한테" (dareun saram-hante) would mean "to/for other people" or "to/for asking other people."

Answer 564

(eodie gasseoyo?) | “Where did you go?”

Answer 565

• 나는 뉴욕에 갔어요. (naneun nyuyog-e gass-eoyo.) | “I went to New York.” • 여행 (yeohaeng) | travel • 여행하다 (yeohaenghada) | to travel • 해외여행 (haeoeyeohaeng) | to travel overseas • 얘기 할래 (yaegi hallae)-We’ll talk.,Can we talk? I’ll talk. Can I talk?You’ll talk. Can you talk? • 맛집 (masjib) | “good restaurant” • refers to restaurants that are good to you or to the general public • 식당 (sigdang) | “restaurant” • refers to any restaurant 청소하다 (cheongsohada) | “to clean” • 나는 집을 청소했어요. (naneun jib-eul cheongsohaess-eoyo.) | “I cleaned the house.” • 방을 청소했어요? (bang-eul cheongsohaess-eoyo?) | “Did you clean your room?” 보다 (boda)bigger than” or “smaller than” • 집이 차보다 큽니다. (jib-i chaboda keubnida.) | “The house is bigger than the car.” • 컵이 테이블보다 작습니다. (keob-i teibeulboda jagseubnida.) | “The cup is smaller than the table.” • 컵과 테이블이 방보다 작습니다. (keobgwa teibeul-i bangboda jagseubnida.) | “The cup and the table are smaller than the room.” 보다 (boda) are 크다 (keuda), “big” and 작다 (jagda), “small” • 아침 (achim) | breakfast • 점심 (jeomsim) | lunch • 저녁 (jeonyeog) | dinner • 식사 (sigsa) | A meal • 나는 저녁으로 빵만 먹습니다. (naneun jeonyeog-eulo ppangman meogseubnida.) | “I only eat bread for dinner.” • 으로 (eulo) | particle; typically used as a directional particle • 나는 아침으로 과일만 먹습니다. (naneun achim-eulo gwailman meogseubnida.) | “I only eat fruit for breakfast.” • 나는 과일을 먹지 안아요. 나는 채소만 먹는다. naneun gwail-eul meogji an-ayo. naneun chae-so-man meogneunda.) | “I don’t eat fruit. I only eat vegetables.” • 먹지 않아요. (meogji anh-ayo) | “I don’t eat” • 안 먹어요. (an meog-eoyo) | “I don’t eat” 먹지 않아요. (meogji anh-ayo) | “I don’t eat” 안 먹어요. (an meog-eoyo) | “I don’t eat”very likely to hear this in k-dramas, etc • 아침을 먹지 않아요. (achim-eul meogji anh-ayo. ) | “I don’t eat breakfast.” • 오늘은 점심을 안먹었어요. (oneul-eun jeomsim-eul anmeog-eoss-eoyo.) | “I didn’t eat lunch today.” • 나는 점심을 먹지 않아요. 나 저녁만 먹어요. (naneun jeomsim-eul meogji anh-ayo. na jeonyeogman meog-eoyo.) | “I don’t eat lunch. I only eat dinner.” • 만 (man) | only – attached to 저녁 to indicate you only eat dinner. 밥을 먹었어요? (bab-eul meog-eoss-eoyo?) | “Did you eat?” 아침에 밥을 먹었어요? (achim-e bab-eul meog-eoss-eoyo?) | “Did you eat breakfast?” 점심에 밥을 먹었어요? (jeomsim-e bab-eul meog-eoss-eoyo?) | “Did you eat lunch?” 나는 여행하고 있었요. (naneun yeohaenghago iss-eoss-yo.) | “I was traveling.”

Answer 566

Answer 567

1. 이번 주말에 뭐 할 거야? (Ibeon jumal-e mwo hal geoya?) - What are you going to do this weekend? 2. 요즘에 날씨가 정말 미쳤어. (Yojeum-e nalssiga jeongmal michyeoss-eo.) - The weather has been really crazy lately. 3. 어제 친구들과 영화를 봤어. (Eoje chingudeul-gwa yeonghwa-reul bwass-eo.) - I watched a movie with friends yesterday. 4. 한국 음식 중에 어떤 게 제일 좋아해? (Hanguk eumsig jung-e eotteon ge jeil johahae?) - What Korean dish do you like the most? 5. 일주일에 한 번씩 운동해. (Iljjuil-e han beonssig undonghae.) - Exercise once a week. 1. 지금 뭐 하고 있어? (Jigeum mwo hago iss-eo?) - What are you doing right now? 2. 오늘은 무슨 계획이야? (Oneul-eun museun gyehoeg-iya?) - What's your plan for today? 3. 가장 좋아하는 여행지가 어디야? (Gajang johahaneun yeohaengjiga eodiya?) - Where is your favorite travel destination? 4. 요즘에 읽고 있는 책이 있어? (Yojeum-e ilggo issneun chaegi iss-eo?) - Are you reading any books these days? 5. 어떤 음악을 좋아해? (Eotteon eum-ag-eul johahae?) - What kind of music do you like? 1. 새로운 레스토랑을 발견했어. 같이 가볼래? (Saeroun leseutolang-eul balgyeonhaess-eo. Gat-i gabollae?) - I found a new restaurant. Want to go check it out together? 2. 어떤 종류의 영화를 좋아해? (Eotteon jonglyu-e yeonghwa-reul johahae?) - What genre of movies do you like? 3. 오늘은 뭐 식사할까? (Oneul-eun mwo sigsahalkka?) - What should we have for a meal today? 4. 일주일에 몇 번 운동해? (Iljjuil-e myeot beon undonghae?) - How many times do you exercise in a week? 5. 이번 주에는 뭐 좀 특별한 일이 있었어? (Ibeon jueseo-neun mwo jom teugbyeolhan il-i iss-eoss-eo?) - Did anything special happen this week? 1. 어제 너무 피곤해서 일찍 잤어. (Eoje neomu pigonhaeseo iljjig jass-eo.) - I was so tired yesterday that I went to bed early. 2. 좋아하는 취미가 있다면 어떤 거야? (Johahaneun chwimi ga issdamyeon eotteon geoya?) - If you have a favorite hobby, what is it? 3. 이번 주말에는 무엇을 할 계획이에요? (Ibeon jumal-e-neun mueos-eul hal gyehoeg-ieyo?) - What are your plans for this weekend? 4. 한국에 가 본 적이 있어? (Hanguk-e ga bon jeog-i iss-eo?) - Have you ever been to Korea? 5. 좋아하는 음악 가수가 있으면 소개해 줘. (Johahaneun eum-ag gasu ga iss-eumyeon sogae hae jwo.) - If you have a favorite music artist, introduce them. 1. 이번 주에 무슨 일 있었어? (Ibeon jueseo-e museun il iss-eoss-eo?) - What happened this week? 2. 요즘에 어떤 책을 읽고 있어? (Yojeum-e eotteon chaeg-eul ilggo iss-eo?) - What book are you currently reading? 3. 가장 기억에 남는 여행 경험이 뭐야? (Gajang gieog-e namneun yeohaeng gyeongheom-i mwoya?) - What's the most memorable travel experience you've had? 4. 좋아하는 계절은 무엇이야? (Johahaneun gyejeol-eun mueos-iya?) - What is your favorite season? 5. 오늘 뭐 특별한 일이 있었어? (Oneul mwo teugbyeolhan il-i iss-eoss-eo?) - Did anything special happen today? 1. 주말에 뭐 할 거야? (Jumal-e mwo hal geoya?) - What are you going to do over the weekend? 2. 어제는 어떤 일이 있었어? (Eoje-neun eotteon il-i iss-eoss-eo?) - What happened yesterday? 3. 오늘은 어떤 일을 했어? (Oneul-eun eotteon il-eul haess-eo?) - What did you do today? 4. 좋아하는 음식은 무엇이야? (Johahaneun eumsig-eun mueos-iya?) - What's your favorite food? 5. 가장 기억에 남는 순간이 언제야? (Gajang gieog-e namneun sungan-i eonjeya?) - When is the most memorable moment for you? 1. 요즘에 자주 보는 친구가 있어? (Yojeum-e jaju boneun chinguga iss-eo?) - Do you have a friend you often see these days? 2. 어떤 스포츠를 좋아해? (Eotteon seupocheu-reul johahae?) - What sports do you like? 3. 다가오는 휴일에 뭐 할 계획이야? (Dagaoneun hyuil-e mwo hal gyehoeg-iya?) - What are your plans for the upcoming holiday? 4. 가장 기억에 남는 영화는 무엇이야? (Gajang gieog-e namneun yeonghwa-neun mueos-iya?) - What's the most memorable movie for you? 5. 오늘 저녁은 뭐 먹을 거야? (Oneul jeonyeog-eun mwo meog-eul geoya?) - What are you going to eat for dinner tonight? 1. 좋아하는 음악 장르가 뭐야? (Johahaneun eum-ag jang-euga mwoya?) - What's your favorite music genre? 2. 오늘은 어떤 일로 바빴어? (Oneul-eun eotteon il-lo bappass-eo?) - What kept you busy today? 3. 가장 좋아하는 색깔이 뭐야? (Gajang johahaneun saegkkal-i mwoya?) - What's your favorite color? 4. 어떤 여행을 꿈꾸고 있어? (Eotteon yeohaeng-eul kkumkkugo iss-eo?) - What kind of travel are you dreaming of? 5. 즐겨보는 TV 프로그램이 있어? (Jeulgyeoboneun TV peulogeulaem-i iss-eo?) - Do you have a favorite TV show you enjoy watching? 1. 이번 주에 놀러 갈 만한 장소가 있어? (Ibeon jueseo-e nolleo gal manhan jangso ga iss-eo?) - Do you know of any good places to visit this week? 2. 어떤 책을 읽으면서 감동받았어? (Eotteon chaeg-eul ilg-eumyeonseo gamdong-bad-ass-eo?) - Have you been moved by any books you've read recently? 3. 요즘에 자주 듣는 노래가 있어? (Yojeum-e jaju deudneun nolae ga iss-eo?) - Is there a song you've been listening to frequently these days? 4. 어떤 요리를 만들어 보고 싶어? (Eotteon yoli-reul mandeul-eo bogo sip-eo?) - What type of dish would you like to try cooking? 5. 즐겨보는 취미나 활동이 있으면 어떤 거야? (Jeulgyeoboneun chwimi-na hwaldong-i iss-eumyeon eotteon geoya?) - What hobbies or activities do you enjoy doing?

Answer 568

Sumnida" (숩니다) is a Korean word that is used to show respect when speaking. It is often added to the end of a sentence to convey politeness 입니다 (Imnida) is the word meaning “to be” so unlike English, you have to put your name in the middle of the sentence. So for example, my name is Jaehwi, so I can say - 제 이름은 Jae 입니다. (Je ireumeun Brian imnida.) "My name is Brian." 2. Hamnida" (합니다) is a Korean word that is used to express the concept of "to do" or "to be." It is often added to the end of a verb to indicate politeness or formality In an informal context, Mian hamnida (I'm sorry) is just fine. 죄송합니다. Jwesong hamnida. I apologize. 미안합니다. literally means 'the sound from the neck' 목(mok) 소리(sori) 목 means 'neck', and 소리 means 'sound' Nekkoya (Pick Me)" (Korean: 내꺼야 (Pick Me); RR: Naekkeoya (Pick Me) 1. 안녕! 오랜만이야. (Annyeong! Oraenmaniya.) - Hi! Long time no see. 2. 오늘은 뭐 할까? (Oneul-eun mwo halkka?) - What should we do today? 3. 어제 뭐 했어? (Eoje mwo haess-eo?) - What did you do yesterday? 4. 맛있는 음식 먹으러 갈래? (Masissneun eumsig meog-euleo gallae?) - Want to go eat delicious food? 5. 날씨가 정말 추워. (Nalssiga jeongmal chuw eo.) - The weather is really cold.

Answer 569

"나는 책을 읽고, 공부하고, 운동도 했어요." "Naneun chaek-eul ilhgo, gongbu-hago, undong-do haesseoyo.""I read a book, studied, and did some exercise." Chaek-eul go, gongbu-hago, undong haesseoyo." A better sentence

Answer 570

"내일 나는 친구를 만나서 서점에 갈 거예요." "Naeil naneun chingureul mannaseo seojeome gal geoyeyo." "Tomorrow, I will meet a friend and go to the bookstore." Naeilreul chingu mannago seojeome gal geoyeyo a better sentence

Answer 571

"Naneun naeil yeonghwareul bol geosigo seojeome gal geoyeyo.""I will watch a movie tomorrow and go to the bookstore." Naeil yeonghwareul bogo seojeome gal geoyeyo. Is a better sentence Dairen chingu manago seojeome gal geoyeyo.

Answer 572

Jigeum odie ga- where are you going now Naeil gareul geoyeyo- i will go tomorrow

Answer 573

1. 당연히 (dangyeonhi) - naturally, of course 2. 물리적으로 (mullijeog-eulo) - physically, of course 3. 또한 (ttohan) - also, of course

Answer 574

"see you later."

Answer 575

"when I was young"

Answer 576

"Jae-mi-iss-neun" (재미있는) means "interesting" or "fun" in Korean. Here are the meanings of the phrases you provided: - "Jaemissgetda" (재미있겠다): It's a contraction of "Jaemiissge hagetda" (재미있게 하겠다), which means "I will make it interesting" or "It will be fun." - "Jaemieopda" (재미없다): It means "boring" or "not interesting." - "Jaemiisseoyo" (재미있어요): It means "It's interesting" or "It's fun." - "Jaemi go" (재미 좋): It's not a complete phrase. "Jaemi" means "fun" or "interesting," and "go" could be a verb ending indicating a command or suggestion, but it needs context to provide a precise translation. "Jameigo" (잼있고) is a contraction of "Jaemi iss-eo go" (재미 있어 고), which means "It's fun" or "It's interesting."

Answer 577

Certainly, here are more examples using "nikka" (니까) in Korean is a conjunction that is often used to express causality or reason. It is similar to saying "because" or "since" 1. **배고프니까 뭘 먹고 싶어?** - *Baegopeunikka mwol meokgo sip-eo?* - Translation: "Because you're hungry, what do you want to eat?" 2. **일찍 일어났으니까 피곤하겠지.** - *Iljjig ileonaess-eunikka pigonhagessji.* - Translation: "Since you woke up early, you must be tired." 3. **너무 더우니까 에어컨을 켜자.** - *Neomu deounikka eeokeoneul kyeja.* - Translation: "Because it's too hot, let's turn on the air conditioner." 1. **시간이 없으니까 빨리 가자.** - *Sigan-i eobseunikka ppalli gaja.* - Translation: "Let's go quickly because there's no time." 2. **춥니까 따뜻하게 입으세요.** - *Chupnikka ttatteuthage ibeuseyo.* - Translation: "Because it's cold, please dress warmly." 3. **좋아하니까 사줬어.** - *Johahanikka sajwosseo.* - Translation: "I bought it because you like it."

Answer 578

"We're busy, right?" (Uri bappa, maja?).

Answer 579

means "Let's go together, crossing the line (or boundary)" in Korean. It's a metaphorical expression that implies going beyond the usual limits or boundaries together.

Answer 580

"2023년 최고의 성과를 거둔 중 하나" is "2023nyeon choegoui seonggwareul geodun jung hana." -One of the top performers in 2023

Answer 581

"We will meet again"

Answer 582

"We're here" "우리 여기 있어" (Uri yeogi isseo). "You're here" "당신이 여기 있어요" (Dangsin-i yeogi isseoyo) or simply "너 여기 있어" (Neo yeogi isseo), "I don't want to" "나는 하기 싫어" (Naneun hagi silh-eo). • 어떻게 이렇게 하셨어요? (eotteoke ireoke hasyeosseoyo?) = “How did this happen?”/”How did you do this?” • 왜요 이렇게 하셨어요? (waeyo ireoke hasyeosseoyo?) = “Why did you do this?”

Answer 583

그는 보통 세수를 해요. (Geu-neun botong sesu -leul haeyo.) | “He usually washes his face.” – 그녀는 항상 세수를 해요. (Geunyeo-neun hangsang sesu-leul Geu-neun botong sesu -leul haeyo.) “She always washes her face.”

Answer 584

• 책이 짧아요. (chaeg-i jjalb-ayo.) | “The book is short.” • 길은 짧아요. (gil-eun jjalb-ayo.) | “The road is short.” • 나는 짧은 편지를 보냈어요. (naneun jjalb-eun pyeonjileul bonaess-eoyo.) | “I sent a short letter.” • 너 마음대로 해 (ma-eumdaelo hae ) | “do whatever you like” • 말도 마 (maldo ma) don't say anything or don't talk • 친절하다 (chin-jeol-hada) [adj.] | to be nice; to be kind • 그녀는 친절한 여자입니다. (geunyeoneun chinjeolhan yeojaibnida.) | “She is a kind woman.” • 아이는 친절했어요. (aineun chinjeolhaess-eoyo.) | “The child was nice.” • 쥐 (jwi) | mouse • 쥐가 아주 작아요. (jwiga aju jag-ayo.) | “The mouse is very small.” • 쥐가 케이크를 먹었습니다. (jwiga keikeuleul meog-eossseubnida.) | “The mouse at the cake.” • 나는 쥐가 무서워요. (naneun jwiga museowoyo.) | “I am afraid of mice.” • 오늘 어디에 갈 거예요? (oneul eodie gal geoyeyo?) | “Where are you going today?” • 가게 (gage) | the store • 은행 (eunhaeng) | the bank • 학교 (haggyo) | school • 공원 (gong-won) |the park • 나는 은행에 갈거야. (naneun eunhaeng-e galgeoya.) | “I’m going to the bank.” • 나는 오늘 학교에 갈 거예요. (naneun oneul haggyoe gal geoyeyo.) | “I am going to school today.” "안녕하세요 미안해요! 나는 지난 주를 잊었어요!!" "Mianhaeyo! Naneun jinan juleul ijeosseoyo! • 물고기(mulgogi) | fish • 생선 (saengseon) | fish • 고기(gogi)불고기 (bulgogi) (dalg-gogi) meat • 차리다 (charida) | to prepare; to set • 그녀는 식탁을 차렸어. (geunyeoneun sigtag-eul chalyeossda.) | “She set the table.” • 식탁을 차려줄까? (sigtag-eul chalyeojulkka?) | “Will you set the table?” • 열심히 (yeolsimhi) | hard • 그는 운동을 너무 열심히 해요. (geuneun undong-eul neomu yeolsimhi haeyo.) | “He exercises too hard.” • 너무 열심히 공부하지 마세요. (neomu yeolsimhi gongbuhaji maseyo.) | “Don’t study too hard.” • 김치를 먹을 수 없어요. (kimchi-leul meog-eul su eobseoyo.) | “I cant eat kimchi.” 매운 음식을 먹을 수 없어요. (Maeun eumsig-eul meog-eul su eobseoyo.) “I can’t eat spicy food.” • 오렌지 주스를 마실 수 없어요. (Orenji juseuleul masil su eobseoyo.) | “I can’t drink orange juice.” • 이 케이크 먹을 수 없어요. (i keiku meog-eul su eobseoyo.) | “I can’t eat this cake.” • 멋있다 (meos-issda) | “to be cool” • Similar to 대박 (daebak) which can also mean “cool” or “awesome” • 와! 그녀는 너무 멋있어요! (wa! geunyeoneun neomu meos-iss-eoyo!) | “Wow! She’s so cool!” • 그 신발은 멋있어! (geu sinbal-eun meos-iss-eo!) | “Those shoes are cool!” • 패스트푸드 (paeseuteupudeu) | “fast food” • 패스트푸드 식당이 어디 있어요? (paeseuteupudeu sigdang-i eodi iss-eoyo?) | “Where is the fast food restaurant?” • 그는 패스트푸드를 먹지 않아요. (geuneun paeseuteupudeuleul meogji anh-ayo.) | “He doesn’t eat fast food.” • 넘어지다 (neomeojida) | to fall, trip, or stumble • 그는 어제 넘어졌어요. (geuneun eoje neom-eojyeoss-eoyo.) | “He fell yesterday.” • 그들은 함께 넘어집니다. (geudeul-eun hamkke neom-eojibnida.) | “They fall together.” • 들어오다 (deul-eooda) | “to come in” • 방에 들어오지 마십시오. (bang-e deul-eooji masibsio.) | “Do not come in the room.” • 안으로 들어와! (an-eulo deul-eowa!) | “Come inside! • 방을 돈을 내야. (bang-eul don-eul naeya.) | “You have to pay for the room.” 돈을 내다 (don-eul naeda) | to pay • 돈을 (don-eul) | money with the object particle 을 • 내다 (naeda) | [v] • 우연히 (uyeonhi) | “by accident; by chance” • 그녀는 우연히 편지를 읽어요. (geunyeoneun uyeonhi pyeonjileul ilg-eoyo.) | “She read the letter by accident.” • 고양이는 우연히 와인을 마셨어요. (goyang-ineun uyeonhi wain-eul masyeoss-eoyo.) | “The cat accidentally drank the wine.” • 가지고 있어요 (gajigo iss-eoyo) | to have [in possession] • 나는 카드를 가지고 있어요. (naneun kadeuleul gajigo iss-eoyo.) | “I have a card (in my possession).” • 그녀는 돈을 가지고 있어요. (geunyeoneun don-eul gajigo iss-eoyo.) | “She has money (in her possession).” "어떻게 됐어요" "Eotteoke dwaesseoyo," "What happened?" or "How did it go?" "되다" "doeda," means "to become" or "to be" 어떻게 됐어요 mean “what happened?” Well, it’s because of • 같다 (gatda) | to be like; to look like; to seem like; etc. • 물 같아요. 하지만 그렇지 않아요. (mul gat-ayo. hajiman geuleohji anh-ayo.) | “This looks like water. But it isn’t.” • 그 남자의 이야기는 거짓말 같아요. (geu namjaui iyagineun geojismal gat-ayo.) | “The man’s story sounds like a lie.” • 사라지다 (salajida) | “to disappear; to vanish” • 어젯밤에 개가 사라졌어요. (eojesbam-e gaega salajyeoss-eoyo.) | “The dog disappeared last night.” • 접시는 어떻게 됐어? 사라졌어! (jeobsineun eotteohge dwaess-eo? salajyeosseo!) | “What happened to the plate? It disappeared!” "어떻게 됐어" "eotteohke dwaesseo" "What happened?" or "How did it go?"

Answer 585

"Annyeong yeoreobun! Oraenmaniya!" "Hello, everyone! Long time no see!"

Answer 586

"나는 집에 없어요" "Naneun jibe eopseoyo," means "I am not at home" "나는 집에 없습니다" "Naneun jibe eopseumnida," means "I am not at home" 우리는 동물원에 없습니다. (ulineun dongmul-won-e eobs-seubnida.) | “We are not at the zoo • 파란색 차 (palansaeg cha) | blue car • 검은색 문 (geom-eunsaeg mun) | black door • 붉은색 포도 (bulg-eunsaeg podo) | red grapes • 빨간색 사과 (ppalgansaeg sagwa) | red apple 파란색 차는 빠릅니다. (palansaeg chaneun ppaleubnida.) | “The blue car is fast.” 검은색 문은 큽니다. (geom-eunsaeg mun-eun keubnida.) | “The black door is big.” 붉은색 포도는 작습니다. (bulg-eunsaeg podoneun jagseubnida.) | “Red grapes are small.” 나는 빨간색 사과를 먹었다. (naneun ppalgansaeg sagwaleul meog-eossda.) | “I ate the red apple.” 선물을 주다 (seonmul-eul juda) | “to give a present • 그녀는 학생들에게 선물을 주었다. (geunyeoneun hagsaengdeul-ege seonmul-eul jueossda.) | “She gave presents to her students.” • 그는 그녀에게 선물을 주었다. (geuneun geunyeoege seonmul-eul jueossda.) | “He gave her a present.” • 오늘 오후 (o-neul o-hu) | “This afternoon” • 오늘 오후에 공부할 거예요. (Oneul ohue gongbuhal geoyeyo.”) “I will study this afternoon.” ,"밥 먹었어요" "Bap meogeosseoyo," and it means "I ate rice" or "I had a meal" "응, 먹었어" is transliterated as "Eung, meogeosseo," "Yes, I ate" or "Yeah, I had a meal" "아니, 아직이에요" "Ani, ajig-ieyo," and it means "No, not yet" "당신은 뭐 하는 것을 좋아하다?" "Dangsin-eun mwo haneun geos-eul johahada?""What do you like to do?" 저는 책을 읽는 것을 좋아해요. (Jeoneun chaeg-eul ilgneun geos-eul johahaeyo.) | “I like reading books.” Or another example would be using 몹시 싫어하다 – 저는 무서운 책을 읽는 것을 몹시 싫어해요. (Jeoneun museo-un chaeg-eul ilgneun geos-eul mobsi silheohaeyo.) | “I hate reading scary books.” "몹시 싫어하다" "Mopsi silheohada," and it means "to strongly dislike" or "to hate intensely". 쓴 과일을 몹시 싫어합니다. (sseun gwail mobsi silheohada.) | “I hate bitter fruits 그녀는 시끄러운 음악을 몹시 싫어합니다. (Geunyeoneun sikkeureo-un eumag-eul mobsi silheohada.) | “She hates loud music.” "몹시싫어합니다" is transliterated as "Mopsi silheohamnida," "I strongly dislike" or "I hate intensely" "오랜만이에요" is transliterated as "Oraenmani-eoyo," "It's been a long time" or "Long time no see". 세수 하다 (se-su hada)| to wash your face 매일 세수를 해요. (Mae-il sesu-leul haeyo.)| “I was my face everyday.”

Answer 587

공부하는 시간을 보내다 (gongbuhaneun sigan-eul bonaeda) | “spend time studying” • 우리는 공부하는 시간을 보냅니다. (ulineun gongbuhaneun sigan-eul bonaebnida.) | “We spend time studying.” 면 어떨까요 (myeon eotteolkkayo) | “Could” or “how about” 청소하다 (cheongsohada) to do cleaning”[v] 깨끗하다 (kkaekkeushada) to be clean” [adj] • 산책하러 가고 싶어요? (sanchaeghaleo gago sip-eoyo?) | “do you want to go for a walk?” • 그는 산책을 하고 싶어요. (geuneun sanchaeg-eul hago sip-eoyo.) | “He wants to go for a walk.” • 가구 (gagu) | “furniture” • 나는 이 방의 가구를 좋아해요. (naneun i bang-ui gaguleul joh-ahaeyo.) | “I like the furniture in this room.” • 새 가구는 거실에 있습니다. (sae gaguneun geosil-e issseubnida.) | “The new furniture is in the living room.” • 내 차가 어디에 있는지 알아요? ( nae chaga eodie issneunji al-ayo?) | “Do you know where my car is?” Cha is a car • 내 전화가 어디에 있는지 알아요? (nae jeonhwaga eodie issneunji al-ayo?) | “Do you know where my phone is?” • 내 책이 어디에 있는지 알아요? (nae chaga eodie issneunji al-ayo?) | “Do you know where my book is?” chaeg is book 수영하러 가다 (suyeonghaleo gada) | “to go swimming • 나는 주중에 수영하러 가요. (naneun jujung-e suyeonghaleo gayo.) | “I go swimming during the week.” • 이번 주말에 수영하러 가자. (이번 주말에 수영하러 가자.) Ibeon jumal-e suyeonghaleo gaja, “Let’s go swimming this weekend.” • 있다 (itda) | to exist, to be • 없다 (eobsda) | to not exist, to not be • -에 없습니다 (-e eobs-seubnida) | not at a location "나는 집에 없어요" "Naneun jibe eopseoyo," means "I am not at home" "나는 집에 없습니다" "Naneun jibe eopseumnida," means "I am not at home" 우리는 동물원에 없습니다. (ulineun dongmul-won-e eobs-seubnida.) | “We are not at the zoo • 파란색 차 (palansaeg cha) | blue car • 검은색 문 (geom-eunsaeg mun) | black door • 붉은색 포도 (bulg-eunsaeg podo) | red grapes • 빨간색 사과 (ppalgansaeg sagwa) | red apple 파란색 차는 빠릅니다. (palansaeg chaneun ppaleubnida.) | “The blue car is fast.” 검은색 문은 큽니다. (geom-eunsaeg mun-eun keubnida.) | “The black door is big.” 붉은색 포도는 작습니다. (bulg-eunsaeg podoneun jagseubnida.) | “Red grapes are small.” 나는 빨간색 사과를 먹었다. (naneun ppalgansaeg sagwaleul meog-eossda.) | “I ate the red apple.” 선물을 주다 (seonmul-eul juda) | “to give a present

Answer 588

• 타고 갑니다 (tago gabnida) | going (to ride) • 타다 (tada) | to ride • -고 갑니다 (go gabnida) | going • 가게에 버스를 타고 갑니다. (gagee beoseuleul tago gabnida.) | I go to the store by bus. • 파티에 택시를 타고 갔어요. (patie taegsileul tago gass-eoyo.) | I took a taxi to the party. or I went to the party by taxi. • 집에 차를 타고 갑니다. (jib-e chaleul tago gabnida.) | I go home by car. 빨리(ppalli) | quickly; hurry • 빨리 먹자. (ppalli meogja) | “Let’s eat quickly.” • 우리 엄마는 빨리 집에 가야 합니다. (uli eommaneun ppalli jib-e gaya habnida.) | My mom has to go home quickly. 나는 공원을 좋아합니다" (Naneun gongwon-eul johahamnida), meaning "I like the park" if you change johahamnida to Johahaeyo it becomes informal • 근처에 (geuncheoe) | “near; nearby” • 근처 (geuncheo) | near; nearby • 에 (e) | location particle attached • 차가 집 근처에 있습니다. (chaga jib geuncheoe issseubnida.) | “The car is near the house.” • 그 남자는 식당 근처에 있습니다. (geu namjaneun sigdang geuncheoe issseubnida.) | “The man is near the restaurant.” 그것을 이해했어요? (geugeos-eul ihaehaess-eoyo?) | “Does that make sense?” or “Did you understand that/it?” • 그것을 (geugeos-eul) | it/that • 이해했어요? (ihaehaess-eoyo?) | past tense of the verb 이해하다 (ihaehada) meaning, “to understand "그렇지" "Geureotji.""That's right" or "Indeed" "포기하지마" "Pogi haji ma," and it means "Don't give up" or "Don't surrender" "고양이" "Goyangi," "cat

Answer 589

In addition to its meanings as "still" or "nevertheless,"alright" can also be used in informal contexts to express reassurance, encouragement, or agreement. For example, if someone expresses uncertainty or hesitation about a decision, responding with "geuraedo" can convey support or understanding, similar to saying "It's okay" or "That's fine." Additionally, in colloquial speech, "geuraedo" can sometimes be used as a filler word or a transitional phrase, similar to "anyway" or "so."

Answer 590

"Naeeleun chingureul mannago seojome gal geoyeyo."As for tomorrow, I will meet a friend and go to the bookstore."

Answer 591

"I want to drink water because I'm so thirsty"

Answer 592

Kimchi is delicious so i ate a lot -

Answer 593

Geureokunyo- oh i see, i understand, oh it is so Or Geureoguna in informal

Answer 594

"Are you going to the party?" in English. It's a question asking if someone is planning to attend a party.

Answer 595

is a colloquial expression in Korean that is often used to express determination or firm resolve. It's similar to saying "I'll do it no matter what" or "I'm definitely going to do it" in English. It's a combination of "이래도" (irae-do), which means "even so" or "nevertheless," and "-고" (-go), which is a conjunction that adds emphasis or indicates determination.

Answer 596

"That's right" or "Exactly" in English. It's used to confirm agreement or acknowledge correctness in a conversation in Korean translates to "That's right" or "You're correct" in English. It's a polite way of confirming agreement or acknowledging correctness in a conversation.

Answer 597

in Korean translates to "if" or "when" in English. It's a conjunction used to introduce a conditional clause or express a hypothetical situation, similar to "if" in English.

Answer 598

Narang jaju in Korean translates to "often with me" or "frequently with me" in English. It indicates doing something regularly or spending time together often. "Narang meokda jaju" (나랑 먹다 자주) in Korean translates to "often eat with me" or "frequently eat with me" in English. It indicates the frequency of eating together with someone.

Answer 599

"Sameul" (사물) in Korean means "thing" or "object" in English. "Sameolo" (사물로) in Korean means "by thing" or "through things" in English. It is a phrase that indicates using or relying on things to achieve a certain outcome or result.

Answer 600

"Jigeum Eottaeyo" (지금 어떻어요) in Korean means "What is happening now?" or "What's going on right now?" in English. It's a question asking about the current situation or state of affairs. "Jigeum Eotteohke?" (지금 어떻게?) in Korean means "How are you doing right now?" or "How are things going right now?" in English. It's a question asking about someone's current well-being or the current status of a situation."Jigeum ttaemune" (지금 때문에) in Korean means "because of now" or "due to the current situation" in English. It's used to explain the reason or cause of something happening or being done at the present moment. "Eotteohke kajji?" (어떻게 가지?) in Korean means "How are you going?" or "How are you getting there?" in English. It's a question asking about the method or means of transportation someone is using to travel or reach a destination. "Eotteohke Jigeum kajji?" (어떻게 지금 가지?) in Korean means "How are you going right now?" or "How are you getting there at the moment?" in English. It's a question asking about the method or means of transportation someone is currently using to travel or reach a destination. "Mwohaeyo jigeum kajji?" (뭐해요 지금 가지?) in Korean means "What are you doing right now? Where are you going?" in English. It's a question asking about someone's current activity and destination.

Answer 601

"Ireon imnikka" (이런 입니까) in Korean translates to "Is it such a thing?" in English. It's a phrase used to express surprise, disbelief, or skepticism about something that has been mentioned or observed. "Ireonaseo" (이러나서) in Korean translates to "Because it's like this" or "Because it's this way" in English. It's used to provide a reason or explanation for a situation or action based on a specific condition or circumstance. "Ireonamyeon" (이러나면) in Korean translates to "If it's like this" or "If it's this way" in English. It's used to express a conditional situation or outcome based on a certain condition being met. "Ireon cheoreom" (이런 처럼) in Korean translates to "like this" or "in this way" in English. It's used to describe a similarity or comparison to something that has been previously mentioned or observed. "Ireonnayo" (이런나요) in Korean translates to "Is it like this?" or "Is it this way?" in English. It's a question asking for confirmation or clarification about something that is being observed or described. "Ireon neunde" (이런는데) in Korean translates to "It's like this, but..." or "Although it's like this..." in English. It's used to introduce a contrast or contradiction to something that has been mentioned or observed.

Answer 602

In Korean, there are three main topic markers: 1. 이 (i) or 가 (ga) - used after consonants 2. 은 (eun) or 는 (neun) - used after vowels 3. 을 (eul) or 를 (reul) - used to mark the object of a sentence These topic markers are used to indicate the topic or subject of a sentence and help to clarify the relationship between different parts of the sentence.

Answer 603

In Korean, besides "neomu" (너무) and "gajang" (가장), which mean "too much" and "most" respectively, you can use the following words or phrases to convey a sense of excessiveness or superlativeness: 1. 매우 (maeu) - Very 2. 극도로 (geukdoro) - Extremely 3. 대단히 (daedanhi) - Greatly 4. 아주 (aju) - Very 5. 엄청 (eomchyeo) - Extremely 6. 상당히 (sangdanghi) - Considerably 7. 굉장히 (gwangjanghi) - Very 8. 철저히 (cheoljeohi) - Thoroughly 9. 너무나도 (neomunado) - Too much 10. 대단하게 (daedanhage) - Remarkably These words and phrases can be used to emphasize the degree or intensity of something, indicating that it is excessive or the most extreme.

Answer 604

"Hyeonjae sinikka" (현재 시니까) in Korean translates to "Is it now?" or "Is it the present?" in English. It's a question asking whether something is happening or occurring at the current moment.

Answer 605

"Hanado eobs-eo" (하나도 없어) in Korean means "There isn't even one" or "Not even one exists" in English. It's used to emphasize the complete absence of something or the lack of anything at all.

Answer 606

"I tago imnikka" (이 타고 있니까) in Korean translates to "Are you on it?" or "Are you riding it?" in English. It's a question asking if someone is currently on or using a mode of transportation, such as a vehicle or public transportation.

Answer 607

"Dago" (다고) in Korean is a conjunction used to report or quote what someone else has said. It's often translated to "said," "told," or "according to" in English. For example, "그가 그렇게 했다고 했어요" (Geuga geureohge haetdago haesseoyo) means "He said he did it like that." "Geunyang geuga geureohge haetdago haesseoyo" (그냥 그가 그렇게 했다고 했어요) in Korean translates to "He simply said he did it like that" in English. It's a statement indicating that someone reported or stated that another person did something in a certain way, without additional elaboration or explanation.

Answer 608

"With you" in Korean can be translated as "당신과 함께" (dangsin-gwa hamkke) or simply "너와 함께" (neowa hamkke) depending on the context and level of formality.

Answer 609

"Ireoke sasil" (이렇게 사실) in Korean translates to "Actually, like this" or "In this way, in fact" "Indeed like this" in English. It's a phrase used to introduce a statement or information that is factual or true. Both "Ireoke sasil" and "Sasil ireoke" are correct. They have the same meaning, which is "Like this, actually" or "Actually, like this" in English. The word order in Korean can be flexible, so both phrases are grammatically correct and commonly used. "Sasil Ireoke" (사실 이렇게) translates to "Actually, like this" or "In fact, like this" in English. It's used to introduce a statement or explanation about something that is happening or being done in a certain way. For example, "Sasil Ireoke haeboayo" (Actually, do it like this) or "Sasil Ireoke haneun geolro algo isseoyo" (I actually know it like this). If you need further clarification or have any other questions, feel free to ask! "Sasireun Ireoke" (사실은 이렇게) translates to "Actually, like this" or "In fact, like this" in English. It's a phrase used to introduce a statement or explanation about something, emphasizing the reality or truth of a situation. It's often used to clarify or provide further details about something previously mentioned. If you have any further questions or need clarification, feel free to ask!

Answer 610

"Ara bogo" (알아 보고) can also be translated as "Let me see" or "Let me check" in English, depending on the context. It's a versatile phrase used to express the intention to gather information or confirm something.

Answer 611

"Haengbok gagi" (행복 가기) in Korean means "to go towards happiness" or "to pursue happiness." It's a phrase used to express the desire or intention to seek happiness or to move in the direction of happiness. The phrase "Jeodo haengbok gagi hago saranghamyeon" (저도 행복 가기 하고 사랑하면) in Korean translates to "If I also go towards happiness and love." It expresses the speaker's willingness or intention to pursue happiness and love.

Answer 612

"We will be together like in reality." Sure, the sentence "우리는 사실처럼 함께 거야" (weoneun sasilcheoreom hamkke geoya) can be converted to English alphabet as "urineun sasilcheoreom hamkke geoya."

Answer 613

"Ibeoneneun sasil" (이번에는 사실) translates to "this time for sure" "This time it's true" or "This time it's real" in English. It's used to indicate that something is true or real for the current occasion or instance.

Answer 614

"Jinjja neo mollayo" (진짜 너 몰라요) translates to "You really don't know" in English. It's a statement indicating disbelief or surprise at someone's lack of knowledge about something. "Jinjja nollaseo" (진짜 놀랐어) in Korean translates to "I was really surprised" or "I was really shocked" in English. It's a phrase used to convey a strong sense of surprise or astonishment about something. "Jinjja Mollayo" (진짜 몰라요) in Korean translates to "I really don't know" in English. It's a phrase used to express genuine uncertainty or lack of knowledge about something. "Jinjja nikka" (진짜 니까) in Korean is a casual way of expressing "Really?" or "Are you serious?" The word "jinjja" (진짜) means "really" or "truly," and "nikka" (니까) is a colloquial ending that emphasizes the statement or question. So, altogether, it's an informal expression used to convey disbelief or surprise. "You really know" translates to "너 진짜 알아?" (neo jinjja ara?) or "너 정말 알아?" (neo jeongmal ara?). It's a way of asking if someone truly knows or understands something.

Answer 615

"Nado geureonikka" (나도 그러니까) translates to "I'll do the same" or "Me too then" in English. It's used to express agreement or willingness to do something similar to what someone else has done or said.

Answer 616

"Ah bunne" (아 분네) in Korean is an informal way of saying "Ah, you're right" or "Ah, I see" in English. It's used to acknowledge and agree with what someone else has said.

Answer 617

"Bullah, bulleh" (불라, 불래) is a colloquial expression in Korean used to express frustration or annoyance. "What's going on?" or "Why is this happening?"It doesn't have a direct translation, but it's often used in situations where someone is irritated or exasperated with a person or situation. It can convey a sense of "What's going on?" or "Why is this happening?" depending on the context. In english example of colonial expression is "kick a bucket" hit the hay" or break a leg"

Answer 618

"Jigeum eodieyo" (지금 어디에요) in Korean translates to "Where are you now?" or "Where are you at the moment?" in English. It's a question asking for someone's current location or whereabouts.

Answer 619

"Anigo eottae" (아니고 어떻게) in Korean translates to "And how about you?" or "And what about you?" in English. It's a phrase used to ask for someone else's opinion or situation after sharing one's own. "Nugu seyo" (누구세요) in Korean translates to "Who are you?" in English. It's a polite or formal way of asking for someone's identity when answering a phone call or encountering someone unfamiliar.

Answer 620

"Eotteohke arayo" (어떻게 알아요) in Korean means "How did you know?" or "How do you know?" in English. It's a question asking about the method or means by which someone obtained information or came to know something. "Seolma" (설마) in Korean means "by any chance" or "surely not" in English. It's used to express disbelief or to pose a rhetorical question when one considers something unlikely. The phrase "Ibeonen nugu" (이번에는 누구) in Korean translates to "Who this time?" in English. It's a question asking about the identity of a person for a specific occasion or situation. "Anigo eottae" (아니고 어떻게) in Korean translates to "And how about you?" or "And what about you?" in English. It's a phrase used to ask for someone else's opinion or situation after sharing one's own.

Answer 621

"Ije gwaenchanhayo" (이제 괜찮아요) in Korean translates to "It's okay now" or "It's fine now" in English. It's used to reassure someone that a situation has improved or that there is no need to worry anymore.

Answer 622

"Nugu nendeyo" (누구네요) in Korean translates to "Who is it?" or "Who could it be?" in English. It's a question asking about the identity of someone or something.

Answer 623

"Bulkeyo" (불켜) in Korean means "Turn on the light" in English. It's a command or instruction to switch on the light. "Seulte aniyo" (슬프지 않아) in Korean means "Not sad" or "Not sorrowful" in English. It's a phrase used to express that something is not causing sadness or sorrow. "Hana kkaji" (하나 까지) in Korean translates to "up to one" or "until one" in English. It's a phrase used to indicate a limit or boundary, often in terms of quantity or time. Seulte aniyo" (슬프지 않아) in Korean means "Not sad" or "Not sorrowful" in English. It's a negation of the adjective "슬프다" (seulpeuda), which means "to be sad." Adding "지 않아" (ji anha) after an adjective forms a negative statement, indicating the absence of the described quality or state. Therefore, "슬프지 않아" (seulte aniyo) conveys the idea of "not being sad."

Answer 624

"Museunsirya" (무슨 시랴) a colonial expression in Korean is an informal way of saying "What are you talking about?" or "What on earth are you saying?" It's used to express disbelief or confusion in response to something someone has said.

Answer 625

"Museunsirya" (무슨 시랴) a colonial expression in Korean is an informal way of saying "What are you talking about?" or "What on earth are you saying?" It's used to express disbelief or confusion in response to something someone has said.

Answer 626

In colloquial or informal Korean, you might hear the following expression: "여기 살고 싶어?" (Yeogi salgo sipeo?) This colloquial expression is a shortened and more casual version of the polite form mentioned earlier. It's commonly used in everyday conversations among friends or acquaintances.

Answer 627

Yes, "Deura" (드라) is a shortened colloquial version of "들어" (deureo), which means "come in" in Korean. It's often used in informal or casual settings among friends or in less formal situations. "Deura gago" (드라 가고) in Korean means "I'm going in" or "I'm entering" in English. It's a casual expression used to indicate that the speaker is about to enter a room or space. In Korean, a colonial expression for "come in" would be "들어오십시오" (deureoosipshio) or "들어오세요" (deureoseyo). These expressions are used to politely invite someone to enter a room or space, similar to "come in" in English. However, it's important to note that these phrases are not specifically associated with colonialism but rather are commonly used polite expressions in Korean culture.

Answer 628

"Gandago" (간다고) in Korean translates to "I'm going" or "I'm leaving" in English. It's a statement indicating that the speaker is about to depart or go somewhere. So, "Deura gandago" (드라 간다고) would mean "I'm going to come in."

Answer 629

"Mureogasseo" (물어갔어) in Korean does mean "I went to ask" or "I went to inquire." It's a past tense form of the verb "물어보다" (mureoboda), which means "to ask" or "to inquire." So, "물어갔어" (mureogasseo) specifically indicates that the action of asking or inquiring has been completed in the past. "Mureobwasseo" (물어봤어) in Korean actually means "I asked" or "I inquired." It's a past tense statement indicating that the speaker has asked a question or sought information from someone else. Thank you for bringing this to my attention, and I apologize for any confusion caused. "Mureogesseo" (물어겠어) in Korean is actually a future tense form of the verb "물어보다" (mureoboda), which means "to ask" or "to inquire." So, "물어겠어" (mureogesseo) indeed translates to "I will ask" or "I will inquire" in English. Thank you for pointing out the mistake, and I appreciate the opportunity to correct it.

Answer 630

"Naneun ppalgansaeg wonpiseureul samnida" (나는 빨간색 원피스를 삽니다), "삽니다" (samnida) indeed means "buy" in Korean. My earlier response was incorrect. So, the sentence translates to "I am buying a red dress" in English. Here, "삽니다" (samnida) is the verb form of "to buy," and "원피스를" (wonpiseureul) means "dress," specifically referring to a one-piece dress or a dress in general. "빨간색" (ppalgansaeg) means "red," so "빨간색 원피스" (ppalgansaeg wonpiseu) means "red dress." Therefore, "삽니다" (samnida) indicates the action of buying or purchasing.

Answer 631

In this context, "danchuga" (단추가) means "buttons." So, "huinsaegui danchuga" (흰색의 단추가) translates to "white buttons." Therefore, "Geu syeocheu-eneun huinsaegui danchuga isseumnida" (그 셔츠에는 흰색의 단추가 있습니다) means "This shirt has white buttons."

Answer 632

"Hayansaeg" (하얀색) can indeed mean "white" in Korean. It's a term used to describe the color white, especially in everyday language. So, in the sentence "Geunyeoneun hayansaeg gabang-eul gajigo isseumnida" (그녀는 하얀색 가방을 가지고 있습니다), "hayansaeg" does mean "white," and the correct translation of the sentence is "She has a white bag." The Korean sentence "Geunyeoneun neomu yeppeoyo" (그녀는 너무 예뻐요) translates to "She is very beautiful" in English.

Answer 633

In Korean, "jeo" (저) can mean "I" when used as a subject pronoun in certain contexts, but it can also mean "that" or "those" when used as a demonstrative pronoun. In the sentence "Geudeul-eun jeo ppalgansaeng kkocheul joahamnida" (그들은 저 빨간색 꽃을 좋아합니다), "jeo" is used as a demonstrative pronoun meaning "that" or "those." So, the correct translation of the sentence is "They like that red flower" or "They like those red flowers,"or "They like the red flower"depending on the context.

Answer 634

"Geuneun jeo Geomjeongsaeng doreul joahamnida" (그는 저 검정색 돌을 좋아합니다), "jeo" (저) means "that" or "those," not "I." It's used as a demonstrative pronoun to indicate a specific object. So, the correct translation of the sentence is "He likes that black stone."

Answer 635

"Pureun chorogsaeg-ieyo" (푸른 초록색이에요) is "The grass is green."

Answer 636

"Gomeun museunsaegimnikka?" (곰은 무슨색입니까?) translates to "What color is the bear?" in English. "Saseum" (사슴) in Korean means "deer" in English.

Answer 637

"Naneun i huinsaeg saereul joahamnida" (나는 이 흰색 새를 좋아합니다)," I like this white bird" the word "this" is implied rather than explicitly stated. In Korean, the subject marker "이" (i) is often used to indicate that the noun it follows is the subject of the sentence, which can imply proximity or indicate that the subject is known or familiar to the speaker and listener. So, while the word "this" is not explicitly present in the sentence, it is implied by the use of the subject marker "이" (i) with the noun "새" (sae), meaning "bird." Therefore, the translation "I like this white bird" is based on the context and implication of the subject marker.

Answer 638

"Sip-eunde" (십은데) in Korean means "but" or "however." It's used to introduce a contrasting or contradictory statement in a sentence.

Answer 639

Sasil jeom mani" (사실 점 많이) could also be interpreted as "Actually, many points" or "Actually, a lot of points," depending on the context. It's important to consider the context in which it's used to understand the precise meaning.

Answer 640

"Museunanigeoya" (무슨말이거야) in Korean translates to "What are you talking about?" or "What do you mean?" in English. "Mwoseun ani geoya" (뭐든 아니 거야) in Korean translates to "It's not anything" or "It's nothing" in English.

Answer 641

"Jega jal chajaetta" (제가 잘 찾았다) in Korean translates to "I found it well" or "I found it easily" in English. "Jega jal chajaetta" (제가 잘 찾았다) in Korean can also mean "I found it myself" or "I found it on my own," depending on the context. "Jega jarettA" (제가 잘 떨어졌다) in Korean means "I did well" or "I succeeded" depending on the context.

Answer 642

"Tuktuk haeyo" (특특 해요) in Korean means "to be distinctive" or "to be unique." It's the present tense form of the verb "tuktuk hada" (특특하다). So, it can be translated as "It's distinctive" or "It's unique." "Gongbu hago tuktuk haeyo" (공부 하고 특특 해요) in Korean means "Study and be distinctive" or "Study and stand out." It encourages someone to study hard and excel, to be unique or remarkable in their achievements.

Answer 643

Both "mureutago" (무르다고) and "mureudago" (무르다고) are correct in Korean, and they essentially mean the same thing: "because it's soft" or "because it's tender." They are just different conjugations of the same verb "무르다" (mureuda) and the conjunction "고" (go) used to indicate a reason or cause. The choice between the two depends on the specific context and grammatical structure of the sentence.

Answer 644

"Aniga" (아니가) in Korean means "I'm not" or "It's not me." It's a combination of the word "ani" (아니), meaning "no" or "not," and the subject marker "ga" (가), indicating the subject of the sentence. So, "aniga" is used to assert that oneself is not the subject of discussion or action.

Answer 645

"지금 우리 와요" would be romanized as "jigeum uri wayo," and it translates to "They are coming right now."

Answer 646

Etta" or "eotta" (어따) could be a shortened version of "Where are you?" in colloquial Korean, but it doesn't directly correspond to "They are here." For "They are here," you could simply use "여기 있어" (yeogi isseo) in Korean, which means "Here they are."

Answer 647

"Amurado geuraedo" (아무래도 그래도) in Korean translates to "Anyway, nevertheless" or "In any case, still" in English. It's used to express a concession or continuation of a statement despite previous circumstances or objections.

Answer 648

"Jinjja masisseoyo" (진짜 맛있어요) in Korean means "It's really delicious" in English.

Answer 649

"young lady eats a lot" would be "yaggan sarami manhi meogeoyo" (양갱 씨가 많이 먹어요). "Ok young lady you can eat a lot" can be translated to Korean as "잘 먹는 양갱이야" (jal meogneun yanggaengiya).

Answer 650

Korean dramas or informal settings, you might hear the expression "taenada" (대나다) or "taenaji" (대나지) used colloquially to mean "I know" or "That's right." It's a casual and informal way of acknowledging something or expressing agreement. However, it's not a standard expression in formal or written Korean. It's more commonly used in spoken language or in casual conversations.

Answer 651

"Geureonga enende" (그런가 엔엔데) in Korean means "That's right, even that." It's a colloquial expression used to acknowledge or agree with something that was said, adding the emphasis of agreement or confirmation.

Answer 652

"Jigeumen" (지금은) and "jogeumen" (조금은) don't mean "even though" or "although" in Korean. - "Jigeumen" (지금은) means "now" or "at the moment." - "Jogeumen" (조금은) means "a little bit" or "somewhat."

Answer 653

"bullon" (불론) in Korean means "regardless" or "irrespective." It's often used in contexts where something is considered independently of other factors or circumstances. It can convey a sense of "without regard to" or "without taking into account." "뭐라고" (mworago) is often used to mean "I mean" or "I'm saying." It is commonly used to clarify or emphasize what one is trying to convey. It's a combination of the word "뭐" (mwo), which means "what," and the verb "라고" (rago), which is used to quote or report speech. So, "뭐라고" (mworago) can be roughly translated as "I mean" or "I'm saying" depending on the context.

Answer 654

"Mureugitchiman" (무르긴치만). It means "though I don't know" or "even though I'm not sure" in Korean. "Moreugesseo" (모르겠어) in Korean is a contraction of "모르겠어요" (moreugesseoyo), which means "I don't know" or "I'm not sure" in English. It's a common expression used when someone is uncertain or lacks knowledge about something.

Answer 655

1. **Buteo (부터)**: This is the correct spelling and it means "from" in Korean. It is used to indicate the starting point of an action or time. For example, "부터" (buteo) can be used in sentences like "오늘부터" (oneulbuteo) which means "from today."

Answer 656

"뭐슨세냐" (mwoseunse-nya). It is a colloquial expression and contraction of "뭐라고 하는 거냐" (mworago haneun geonya), which means "What are you saying?" or "What do you mean?" in English. This phrase is used to ask someone to clarify or explain what they just said.

Answer 657

Ieyo- is Imnida- are - "Gureumeun hoesaegimnida" (구름은 회색입니다) translates to "The clouds are gray." The word "imnida" (입니다) is a polite form of the verb "이다" (ida), which means "to be." It is used to indicate that the subject (clouds) exists in a certain state (gray) in a formal or polite manner. - "Pureun chorogsaeg-ieyo" (푸른 초록색이에요) translates to "The grass is green." In this sentence, "ieyo" (이에요) is a polite form of the verb "이다" (ida), which means "to be." It is used to indicate that the subject (grass) exists in a certain state (green) in a polite or casual manner. Here are some additional verb conjugations in Korean, along with their meanings: - **Was**: "이었어요" (ieosseoyo) or "였어요" (yeosseoyo) - Example: "구름은 회색이었어요" (Gureumeun hoesaegieosseoyo) - The clouds were gray. - **Were**: "이었어요" (ieosseoyo) or "였어요" (yeosseoyo) - Example: "구름은 회색이었어요" (Gureumeun hoesaegieosseoyo) - The clouds were gray. - **Isn't**: "아니에요" (anieyo) - Example: "이것은 사과가 아니에요" (Igeoseun sagwaga anieyo) - This is not an apple. - **Wasn't**: "아니었어요" (anieosseoyo) - Example: "어제는 비가 내리지 않았어요" (Eojeneun biga naerji anasseoyo) - It wasn't raining yesterday. - **Weren't**: "아니었어요" (anieosseoyo) - Example: "어제는 구름이 없어요" (Eojeneun gureumi eobseoyo) - There weren't any clouds yesterday. These examples provide past tense (was, were) and negative forms (isn't, wasn't, weren't) in Korean. Remember that Korean verb conjugation depends on various factors such as formality, politeness, and tense. Certainly! Here are some additional verb conjugations in Korean: 1. **To eat** (먹다 - meokda): - Present tense: - "먹어요" (meog-eoyo) - I eat / I'm eating (polite) - "먹어" (meog-eo) - I eat / I'm eating (casual) - Past tense: - "먹었어요" (meog-eosseoyo) - I ate (polite) - "먹었어" (meog-eosseo) - I ate (casual) - Future tense: - "먹을 거예요" (meogeul geoyeyo) - I will eat (polite) - "먹을 거야" (meogeul geoya) - I will eat (casual) 2. **To see** (보다 - boda): - Present tense: - "봐요" (bwayo) - I see / I'm seeing (polite) - "봐" (bwa) - I see / I'm seeing (casual) - Past tense: - "봤어요" (bwasseoyo) - I saw (polite) - "봤어" (bwasseo) - I saw (casual) - Future tense: - "볼 거예요" (bol geoyeyo) - I will see (polite) - "볼 거야" (bol geoya) - I will see (casual) 3. **To go** (가다 - gada): - Present tense: - "가요" (gayo) - I go / I'm going (polite) - "가" (ga) - I go / I'm going (casual) - Past tense: - "갔어요" (gass-eoyo) - I went (polite) - "갔어" (gass-eo) - I went (casual) - Future tense: - "갈 거예요" (gal geoyeyo) - I will go (polite) - "갈 거야" (gal geoya) - I will go (casual) These are just a few examples of verb conjugations in Korean. Remember that Korean verbs conjugate differently depending on various factors such as formality, politeness, and tense. If you have specific verbs you'd like to know the conjugations for, feel free to ask!

Answer 658

"Sigani eotteokhae" (시간이 어떻게) in Korean translates to "How is the time?" in English. This phrase is used to inquire about the time or to ask what time it is. "Sigani ireoke" (시간이 이렇게) in Korean translates to "Time like this" or "Time this way" in English. It's used to describe or express the current state or condition of time. "Sigani gal surok" translates to "As time passes" or "As time goes by" in English.

Answer 659

"Geuttae" (그때) in Korean means "at that time" or "back then" in English. It refers to a specific time or period in the past. "moment in time"that time" or "then." "Hoksi geuttae" (혹시 그때) in Korean means "Maybe back then" or "Perhaps at that time" in English. It's used to introduce a possibility or to inquire about a specific moment in the past with a sense of uncertainty or speculation. 1. **In that case**: Depending on the context, "geuttae" can also mean "in that case" or "if that's the situation." For example, "그때는 그렇게 해야겠어요" (geuttaeneun geureohge haeyagess-eoyo) can be translated as "In that case, I guess we should do that." 2. **Then**: In some contexts, "geuttae" can also be used to mean "then" or "at that moment." For example, "그때 왜 그랬어요?" (geuttae wae geulaess-eoyo?) can be translated as "Then, why did you do that?" Certainly! Here are some additional meanings of "geuttae" (그때) in different contexts: 3. **That place**: In certain contexts, "geuttae" can refer to a specific location or place. For example, "그때 가던 곳" (geuttae gadon got) can be translated as "That place where we used to go." 4. **That point in time**: "Geuttae" can also refer to a specific point in time or moment. For example, "그때부터 모든 것이 달라졌어" (geuttaebuteo modeun geosi dallajyeoss-eo) can be translated as "Everything changed since then." 5. **Then, at that moment**: In narratives or storytelling, "geuttae" is often used to indicate a transition to a specific moment or event. For example, "그때, 문이 활짝 열렸다" (geuttae, muni hwoljjak yeollyeossda) can be translated as "Then, the door swung open." Of course! Here are a few more meanings and contexts in which "geuttae" (그때) can be used: 6. **Then, in those days**: "Geuttae" can refer to a period or era in the past, often implying nostalgia or reminiscence. For example, "그때는 어렸을 때였어요" (geuttaeneun eoryeoss-eul ttae-yeoss-eoyo) can be translated as "Back then, when I was young." 7. **At that moment, in that situation**: "Geuttae" can also indicate a specific moment or situation, often used to describe a particular scene or circumstance. For example, "그때 나는 울음을 터뜨렸다" (geuttae naneun ul-eum-eul teotteollyeossda) can be translated as "At that moment, I burst into tears." 8. **At that time, back then**: Similar to the previous meanings, "geuttae" can simply refer to a specific time or period in the past. For example, "그때는 정말 행복했어" (geuttaeneun jeongmal haengboghaess-eo) can be translated as "Back then, I was really happy." These additional meanings highlight the versatility of "geuttae" in Korean, depending on the specific context in which it is used.The words you provided are close to several variations of Korean words that relate to time or addressing someone. Here’s a breakdown: 1. **Geuttae (그때)**: This means "that time" or "then." It refers to a specific time in the past that has been previously mentioned or is understood from the context. 2. "그때" (geuttae), which, as mentioned, means "that time" or "then." 3. "그대" (geudae), which is a poetic or literary way to say "you" in Korean. Each term serves a different function in a sentence, with "그때" (geuttae) referring to a moment in time, and "그대" (geudae), if that was the intended word, referring to a person.

Answer 660

"Jinjja chingu gatayo" (진짜 친구 같아요) in Korean means "You really seem like a friend" or "You really seem like a good friend" in English. It's a compliment expressing that someone gives off a genuine friend-like vibe or behaves like a true friend. The correct Korean sentence is "사실 오늘 어떻게 재미있게 되었나요?" (Sasil oneul eotteohge jaemiitge doeonnayo?) which translates to "Actually, how did today become enjoyable?" in English.

Answer 661

바로 우리에요" (baro urieyo), it translates to "It's us" or "It's our turn" in English. It's used to indicate ownership or identity in a particular context.

Answer 662

"Geurigo sasil saranghe gatayo" (그리고 사실 사랑해 같아요) in Korean translates to "And actually, it feels like love" in English. It's a sentence used to express that the speaker feels a sensation or emotion similar to love in a given situation or context."Geurigo sasil jumare gatayo" (그리고 사실 주말에 같아요) in Korean translates to "And actually, it feels like the weekend" in English. This sentence is used to express that the speaker feels as though the current situation or atmosphere resembles that of the weekend. "Chingu" (친구) means "friend," "gatchi" (같이) means "together," and "yeppeun" (예쁜) means "pretty" or "beautiful." "Friendship together is beautiful" or "Being together with friends is beautiful," it would be "Chinguga hamkke isseumyeon yeppeoyo" (친구가 함께 있으면 예뻐요) or "Chinguga hamkke yeppeoyo" (친구가 함께 예뻐요) in Korean.

Answer 663

"Amuteun jega" (아무튼 제가) in Korean means "Anyway, I" or "Regardless, I" in English. It's a phrase used to introduce a new topic or transition to a different point in a conversation, often implying that the speaker is continuing despite a previous interruption or change in direction. Certainly! "Amuteun jega" (아무튼 제가) can have various meanings depending on the context in which it's used: 1. **Regardless, I**: As mentioned earlier, this phrase is commonly used to introduce a new topic or continue a conversation despite interruptions or changes in direction. It implies that the speaker is determined to proceed with their point. 2. **Anyway, I**: It can also be used to shift the focus back to the speaker's perspective after discussing other matters. 3. **In any case, I**: This phrase can indicate that the speaker is emphasizing their personal opinion or perspective regardless of other factors. 4. **After all, I**: It can be used to emphasize the speaker's identity or involvement in a situation, especially in discussions where their participation is significant. 5. **In any event, I**: This phrase can be used to transition to a different topic or to summarize the speaker's position before moving on. These are just a few possible interpretations of "amuteun jega" depending on the context in which it's used. The exact meaning may vary based on the specific conversation or situation.

Answer 664

"Iyagireul hambeon" (이야기를 한번) in Korean translates to "Tell the story once" or "Tell the story one time" in English. It's a request or instruction to tell a story or narrative once, without repetition or elaboration. "Etteongo" (엇어요) in Korean is a contraction of "어떻게 했어요" (eotteoke haesseoyo), which means "What happened?" or "How did it go?" in English. It's a casual way of asking someone about a situation or event, typically to inquire about the outcome or details.

Answer 665

"Nugu haengbok hago" (누구 행복 하고) in Korean translates to "Who is happy?" or "Who is experiencing happiness?" in English. It's a question inquiring about the identity of the person who is feeling happy or experiencing happiness. "Nugu haengbok gago" (누구 행복 가고) in Korean can be interpreted as "Who's going to happiness?" in English. However, this phrase doesn't make complete sense in Korean, as it lacks context and grammatical coherence. "누가 행복하다고?" (Nuga haengbokhadago?), it translates to "Who said they are happy?" in English. This phrase is used to inquire about the source or speaker of a statement regarding someone's happiness.

Answer 666

"Oneul baro botto" (오늘 바로 보또) in Korean translates to "Just today suddenly" or "Today all of a sudden" in English. It's a phrase used to emphasize that something happened unexpectedly or suddenly on the current day. Yes, "botto" can be considered a short form of "bottong" in colloquial Korean. Both "botto" and "bottong" are used to express the idea of "suddenly" or "all of a sudden" in English. They are often used interchangeably in casual conversation. "Oneul botto hamkke" (오늘 보또 함께) in Korean doesn't form a complete sentence or phrase. If you intended to say something like "Let's do something suddenly together today" or "Let's do something unexpectedly together today," it would be "오늘 보또 함께 뭔가 해요" (Oneul botto hamkke mwonga haeyo) or "오늘 보또 함께 뭔가 해보자" (Oneul botto hamkke mwonga haebwosja) in Korean.

Answer 667

"Yeoreume haksaeng" (여름에 학생) in Korean means "students in the summer" or "students during the summer" in English. It refers to students during the summer season. "Yeoreume" (여름에) in Korean means "in the summer" or "during the summer" in English. It indicates a specific time period, referring to the season of summer. "Deureoyo" (들어요) in Korean means "listen" or "hear" in English. It's a command form of the verb "들다" (deulda), which means "to listen" or "to hear." It is used to instruct someone to listen or pay attention to something.

Answer 668

"Geureom duljae bayo" is the correct Romanization of "그럼 둘째 바요" "Deolme" (덜미) in Korean means "tie," typically referring to the end or tail of a rope or string that is used to secure or fasten something. It can also be used metaphorically to mean "clue" or "lead" in a broader context. "Dulme" (둘째) in Korean means "second" in English, often referring to the second child in a family or the second item in a sequence.

Answer 669

"Jaju chingurang masissneunde hamyeon" (자주 친구랑 맛있는데 하면) translates to "When you often eat delicious food with friends" in English. And the correct Romanization of the Korean phrase is "Jaju chingurang masissneunde hamyeon."

Answer 670

The phrase "Eumsig-eul hageuna undong haeyosinikka?" (음식을 하거나 운동 해요시니까?) in Korean translates to "Do you cook or exercise?" in English. It's a question asking if someone engages in either cooking or exercising as part of their activities.

Answer 671

"Geureom iyagi tameyeo" (그럼 이야기 타며요) in Korean translates to "Then let's continue the conversation" in English. It's a phrase used to suggest or agree to continue discussing a topic or conversation.

Answer 672

"Gatchi iyagi baewoyo" (같이 이야기 배워요) in Korean translates to "Let's learn to talk together" or "Let's learn to have a conversation together" in English. It's a phrase used to express the idea of learning how to communicate or engage in a conversation together with someone.

Answer 673

"Geuge ara sinikka" (그게 알아 시니까) in Korean translates to "Now that you know" in English. It's a phrase used to indicate that the listener understands something or has knowledge about a certain topic.

Answer 674

"You're a nice person" in Korean, it would be "당신은 착한 사람이에요" (dangshineun chakan saramieyo) or "너는 착한 사람이야" (neoneun chakan saramiya) in informal language.

Answer 675

"Sarami appeseo" (사람이 앞에서) in Korean means "in front of people" or "in public" in English. It refers to a situation or context where something is happening or being done in the presence of others or in a public setting.

Answer 676

"Dareun hambeon nara" (다른 한번 나라) in Korean translates to "another time, country" in English. However, the phrase seems a bit incomplete and may not convey a clear meaning without additional context. If you can provide more information or context, I'll be happy to help further. "Dareun hambeon nara" (다른 한번 나라) could be interpreted differently based on the context, as individual words may have multiple meanings: 1. "Dareun" (다른) can mean "different" or "other." 2. "Hambeon" (한번) means "once" or "one time." 3. "Nara" (나라) means "country." Given this, "dareun hambeon nara" could also be interpreted as "another country at one time" or "a different country once." The specific meaning would depend on the context in which the phrase is used.

Answer 677

"Sam sip sambeon" (삼십 삼번) in Korean means "thirty-three times" in English. It refers to the number 33.

Answer 678

"Haru sinika uri nara saram deuri" (하루 시니카 우리 나라 사람 들이) in Korean means "Every day, people in our country" in English.

Answer 679

The words you provided are variations of the adjective "따뜻하다" (ttatteuthada), which means "warm" in English. Here's how each variation is used: 1. "Ttatteushage" (따뜻하게): It means "warmly" or "in a warm manner." It is used to describe how something is done or how someone behaves warmly. 2. "Ttatteuthan" (따뜻한): It is the basic form of the adjective and means "warm." It is used to describe something that has a warm temperature or a warm feeling. 3. "Ttatteuthaeyo" (따뜻해요): It is the polite or formal form of the adjective and means "is warm." It is used to describe something that is currently warm. So, "ttatteushage" is an adverb, "ttatteuthan" is an adjective, and "ttatteuthaeyo" is a polite sentence ending. They all convey the idea of warmth, but in slightly different grammatical contexts. Oneureun ttatteuthaeyo- it is warm today

Answer 680

"**Eorowayo**" (어떻게요) in Korean means "How is it?" or "How are you doing?" It's often used to inquire about someone's well-being or to ask how something is going. "**Jigeum botto**" (지금 보또) in Korean roughly translates to "I'm watching now" or "I'm watching at the moment." It indicates that the speaker is currently watching or paying attention to something. "**Geureom jaemi gaetta juseyo**" (그럼 재미 갔다 주세요) in Korean translates to "Then, please have fun." It's a common expression used to wish someone enjoyment or amusement.

Answer 681

"**Geuege geunyang**" (그에게 그냥) in Korean means "Just to him/her" or "Simply to him/her." It's a phrase used to indicate that something is directed or intended specifically for someone without any additional purpose or complication.

Answer 682

"**Joah gatchi ieyo**" (좋아 같이 있어요) in Korean means "I like being with you." It's a warm expression used to convey affection and enjoyment of someone's company.

Answer 683

"**Jigeum ireoke hamyeon**" (지금 이렇게 하면) in Korean translates to "If you do it like this now" or "If you do it this way now." It's a phrase often used to introduce a suggestion or proposal about how to proceed with something at the present moment. "**Handeuleowoyo**" (한들어요) in Korean means "It's late" or "It's getting late." It's a phrase used to indicate that the time is advancing towards the later part of the day or night. "**Jigeum mwoeyo**" (지금 뭐에요) in Korean translates to "What are you doing now?" It's a common way to inquire about someone's current activity or state.

Answer 684

"I like listening to Korean music" can be translated to Korean as "**나는 한국 음악을 듣는 것을 좋아해요**" (Naneun hangug eumageul deuneun geoseul joahaeyo). "**Deureumyeon**" (들으면) in Korean means "if you listen" or "when you listen." It's a conditional form of the verb "들다" (to listen). This phrase is often used to introduce a hypothetical situation or condition.

Answer 685

"Amuteun oneureun" (아무튼 오늘은) in Korean means "Anyway, today..." It's a phrase used to transition to a different topic or to emphasize the importance of what follows in the conversation.

Answer 686

"Yeogi kkaji" (여기 까지) in Korean means "up to here" or "this far." It's often used to indicate a limit or boundary, both physically and metaphorically.

Answer 687

"한국어를 공부하고 하는데" in Korean means "I'm studying Korean." It's a phrase used to express the ongoing action of studying the Korean language.

Answer 688

Are you on your way out. The Hangul text "**지금 나가는 길이에요?**" can be transliterated into the English alphabet as "**jigeum naganeun gil-ieyo?**"

Answer 689

The correct transliteration of "지금 보또" into the English alphabet is "jigeum botto." It can be translated as "from now on" or "from this moment." So, yes, the spelling and translation are correct.

Answer 690

You are correct, and I apologize for the oversight. The phrase "아라시니까 바로 조금 갈 거예요" (Arasinikka baro jogeum gal geoeyo) translates to "I'll leave right away" or "I'll go home right away." Thank you for your patience, and I appreciate the clarification.

Answer 691

내일은 친구 만나고 서점에 갈 거예요. This phrase translates to "Tomorrow, I will meet my friend and go to the bookstore."

Answer 692

"Hwajangsil innayo?" would be "화장실 있나요?" in Korean. This phrase translates to "Is there a restroom?" or "Do you have a restroom?" in English. Convert hangul characters to English alphabet

Answer 693

"I'm not feeling well" in Korean is "나 기분이 안 좋아요" (na gibuni an johayo).

Answer 694

"Joah haru juseyo" (좋아 하루 주세요) in Korean means "Please have a good day" or "Wishing you a good day." It's a polite way to express well wishes for someone's day. "Jun haru juseyo" (좋은 하루 주세요) in Korean means "Please have a good day" or "Wishing you a good day." It's a polite way to express well wishes for someone's day, using the adjective "good" (좋은) instead of "joah" (좋아).

Answer 695

For an informal or colloquial expression of "Forget it" or "Never mind" in Korean, you can use the phrase "안 해도 돼" (an haedo dwae). This literally translates to "It doesn't need to be done," but it's commonly used to convey the meaning of "Forget it" or "Never mind" in informal situations. Kdrama uses ah ti sayo- forget it The phrase "Maja geurae nae" (맞아 그래 내) in Korean means "That's right, she did." It's a colloquial expression used to affirm or agree with something that was said, particularly in casual conversation.

Answer 696

"Deurawasseo" (들어왔어) means "I came in" or "I came inside" in Korean. It's a casual way to inform someone that you have entered a place. So, "Umma deurawasso" (엄마 들어왔소) would mean "Mom, I came in" or "Mom, I'm inside." My apologies for the oversight. "Umma deurawasso" (엄마 들어왔소) is not the correct phrase for "Mom, I'm home." The correct phrase is "엄마, 집에 왔어요" (Umma, jibe wasseoyo). Thank you for bringing that to my attention.

Answer 697

The phrase "Do you really like it?" in Korean can be translated as "정말 그거 좋아해요?" (jeongmal geugeo joahaeyo?) or "정말 그거 좋아해?" (jeongmal geugeo joahae?). The correct phrase in Korean for "You really like it" is "정말 좋아요" (jeongmal joayo).

Answer 698

"They are things. She is. We are."

Answer 699

The Korean phrase "Geudeureun modu yeogi isseoyo" (그들은 모두 여기 있어요) translates to "They are all here" in English. It indicates that all of them are present or located at the place mentioned. The phrase "Jeoui gajogi yeogi isseoyo" (저의 가족이 여기 있어요) translates to "My family is here" in English.

Answer 700

In Korean, "bu-in" (부인) indeed means "wife." However, "anae" (아내) is another word that also means "wife." Both are commonly used to refer to one's wife, but "anae" tends to be more formal and polite compared to "bu-in." Therefore, "Yeogineun je anaeibnida" (여기는 제 아내입니다) translates to "This is my wife," using the word "anae" for "wife."

Answer 701

"Yeogineun je gajang chinhan chingu-ibnida" (여기는 제 가장 친한 친구입니다) translates to "This is my best friend" in English. It's a polite and formal way of expressing ownership using "je" (제) for "my." "Geureom dangsin-ui on gajogi yeogie isseoyo" (그럼 당신의 온 가족이 여기 있어요) translates to "So, is your whole family here?" in English.

Answer 702

Both sentences are correct translations for "This is my husband," but they have subtle differences in formality and politeness: 1. "Yeogin nae nampyeon-ieyo" (여긴 내 남편이에요) is a slightly more casual and direct way of saying "This is my husband." It uses "nae" (내) for "my," which is informal. 2. "Yeogineun nae nampyeon-ibnida" (여기는 내 남편입니다) is more formal and polite. It uses "nae" (내) for "my," which is still informal, but it's followed by the polite ending "-ibnida," making the sentence more formal and polite overall. Both can be used depending on the context and the level of formality you want to convey. If you're speaking casually or informally, you can use the first sentence. If you're in a more formal setting or speaking to someone you should show respect to, the second sentence would be more appropriate.

Answer 703

The word "datuda" (다투다) means "to argue" or "to dispute" in Korean. However, in the sentence "그 남자와 논쟁하지 않습니다" (geu namjawa nonjaenghaji anhseubnida), the word "nonjaenghaji" (논쟁하지) is used, which also means "to argue" or "to debate." So, the sentence translates to "I don't argue with that man" in English. Both "datuda" and "nonjaenghaji" can be used interchangeably to convey the idea of arguing or disputing.

Answer 704

In the sentence "그 남자는 그 농담에 웃지 않습니다" (Geu namjaneun geu nongdam-e usji anhseubnida), the word "usji" (웃지) is derived from the verb "utta" (웃다), which means "to laugh" in Korean. However, in this sentence, "usji" is used in the negative form "웃지 않습니다" (usji anhseubnida), which means "does not laugh." So, the sentence translates to "That man does not laugh at that joke" in English. Here, "usji" is indicating the action of not laughing, rather than laughing.

Answer 705

The Korean conjunctions and sentence connectotd you listed are: 1. 그러치만 (geureochiman): However, but 2. 지만 (jiman): But, however 3. 그러던데 (geureonde): But, however 4. 네 (ne): But, however 5. 는데 (neunde): But, however 6. 그러나 (geureona): However, nevertheless 7. 나 (na): However, but 8. 거나 (geona): Whether...or, or 9. 아니면 (animyeon): Or, otherwise 10. 그리고 (geurigo): And 11. 고 (go): And 12. Yereul deureo- For example 13. Geuraeseo- therefore 14. Geureomyeon- in that case 15. Geuraedo- even then 16. Geureonikka- that's why 17. Waenyahamyeon- because These conjunctions are used to connect clauses, sentences, or phrases in Korean sentences, providing various nuances of meaning such as contrast, addition, or condition.

Answer 706

"haenneunji an-ayo" (했는지 안아요) translates to "I don't know if (someone) did it" in English. It's used to express uncertainty about whether someone did something or not. "I don't know what I said" translates to "내가 뭐라고 했는지 모르겠어요" (naega mworago haenneunji moreugesseoyo) "It's not cold," you can use the phrase "추우지 않아요" (Chu-u-ji anh-ayo). To say "It's cold" in Korean, you can use the phrase "추워요" (chuweoyo). To say "It's hot" in Korean, you can use the phrase "더워요" (deoweoyo).

Answer 707

The word "difficult" in Korean is "어려운" (eoryeoun) The phrase "Eoryeowosseoyo" (어려웠어요) means "It was difficult" or "It has been difficult" in Korean, while "Eoryeowoyo" (어려워요) means "It is difficult" or "It's hard" in Korean..

Answer 708

The phrase "Ireonnayo, anh nnayo" translates to "Is it like this? No, it's not." in English. . "Ireonnayo, anh nnayo" can be translated as "Is it like this? No, it isn't." in English. It's a confirmation and negation in Korean.

Answer 709

"Geuraedo jigeum" translates to "but now" or "however, right now" in English.

Answer 710

"Sasil pangagi" translates to "Real fatigue" or "Actual exhaustion" in English.

Answer 711

그래도 도움이 필요하시면 언제든지 물어주세요! (Geuraedo dowumi piryohasimyeon eonjedoenji muleojuseyo!) That means "Still, if you need help, please feel free to ask anytime!" in Korean.

Answer 712

"하루는 이십사 시간이에요" (Haruneun isibsa sigan-ieyo) translates to "There are twenty-four hours in a day" in English.

Answer 713

"여유있게 하세요" (Yeoyuide haseyo) translates to "Take your time" or "Do it at your leisure" in English.

Answer 714

"하루하루 저는 열심히 한국말 공부해요" (Haru haru Jeoneun Yeolsimhi hangukmal gongbuhaeyo) translates to "Every day, I study Korean diligently" in English.

Answer 715

"걱정말" (Geokjeongmal) means "Don't worry" in Korean.

Answer 716

"Hoksi jaju oneul do sugu haesseo" (혹시 자주 오늘도 숙제 했어) translates to "Did you do homework today by any chance?" in English.

Answer 717

"오늘도 잘 찾아냈어" (oneuldo jal chajanaesseo), which translates to "You found it well again today" in English.

Answer 718

Both "함께" (hamkke) and "같이" (gachi) mean "together" in Korean and can be used interchangeably in many contexts. However, there are subtle differences in their usage: 1. **함께 (hamkke)**: - It tends to imply a sense of togetherness, companionship, or doing something jointly with someone. - It's commonly used in more formal or polite situations. - Example: "우리 함께 영화를 보자." (Let's watch a movie together.) 2. **같이 (gachi)**: - It also means "together" but is often used in a more general sense of being in the same place or doing something simultaneously, without necessarily emphasizing the sense of companionship. - It's commonly used in everyday conversation and is more casual. - Example: "우리 같이 저녁을 먹자." (Let's eat dinner together.) In summary, both words convey the idea of being together, but "함께 (hamkke)" tends to emphasize companionship and is more formal, while "같이 (gachi)" is more casual and general in its usage.

Answer 719

Yes, "에게" (ege) and "과" (gwa) are both conjunctions in Korean, but they serve different purposes: 1. **에게 (ege)**: - It is a postposition used to indicate the recipient or target of an action. It is similar to the English preposition "to" or "for." - Example: "저는 선물을 친구에게 줬어요.Jeoneun seonmureul chinguege jwosseoyo." (I gave the gift to my friend.) 2. **과 (gwa)**: - It is a conjunction used to connect nouns or noun phrases in a list, similar to the English conjunction "and." - Example: "사과와 바나나를 사 왔어요."Sagwawa bananareul sa wasseoyo (I bought apples and bananas.) In summary, while both "에게 (ege)" and "과 (gwa)" are conjunctions, "에게 (ege)" indicates the recipient of an action, whereas "과 (gwa)" is used to connect nouns in a list.

Answer 720

"Iyagi" (이야기) means "story" or "tale" in Korean. It can refer to a narrative, conversation, or account of events.

Answer 721

The phrase "그럼 다음에 봐요" (Geureom daeume bwayo) translates to "Then, see you next time" in English.

Answer 722

The word "항상" (hangsang) means "always" or "constantly" in Korean.

Answer 723

"Ireon iranikka" (이런 일이라니까) translates to "Because of things like this" or "Because of such events" in English. It's often used to express surprise, frustration, or disbelief regarding a situation.

Answer 724

"Iyagi haneungeul" (이야기 하는글) could be interpreted as "writing about stories" or "writing stories" in English. It seems like a fragment of a sentence or phrase. If you need further clarification or have a specific context, feel free to provide more details.

Answer 725

"그럼 다시 만나요" (Geureom dasi mannayo) translates to "Then, let's meet again" in English.

Answer 726

"Dulaseyo" (둘러세요) translates to "Look around" or "Take a look" in English. It's a command form of the verb "둘러보다" (dulleoboda), which means "to look around" or "to survey." In a different context, "둘러세요" could also mean "Go around" or "Surround," depending on the situation. For example, if you're giving directions and telling someone to go around an obstacle, you might use "둘러세요" to instruct them to bypass it. Similarly, in a military or tactical context, it could mean "Surround the enemy" or "Encircle." The meaning would vary based on the context in which it's used. The phrase "같이 이야기 해요" (gachi iyagi haeyo) translates to "Let's talk together" in English. "Nollaseo" (놀라서) translates to "Because I was surprised" in English. It is derived from the verb "놀라다" (nollada), which means "to be surprised."

Answer 727

Haneul- sky Ga-eul- autumn Gyeoul- winter Yeoreum- summer Bom- spring

Answer 728

"어떻게 오늘 잘 있나요?" (Eotteohke oneul jal innayo?) translates to "How are you doing today?" in English.

Answer 729

"여름 날씨가" (Yeojeom nalssiga) translates to "The weather in summer" in English. "어떻게 날씨가 좋아해요?" (Eotteohke nalssiga joahaeyo?) translates to "How do you like the weather?" in English.

Answer 730

"어떻게 불러겠어?" (Eotteohke bulreogesseo?) translates to "How should I call you?" in English. "What should I do?" translates to "어떻게 해야 하나요?" (Eotteohke haeya hanayo?) in Korean. "What am I going to do?" translates to "어떻게 해야 하지?" (Eotteohke haeya haji?) in Korean.

Answer 731

"그에게 말이야" (Geuege mariya) translates to "I know" or "I'm telling him" in Korean. It can vary in meaning depending on the context.

Answer 732

"일주일은 7일입니다" (Iljuireun chil il-imnida). "일주일은" (Iljuireun) means "in a week," "7일" (chil il) means "7 days," and "입니다" (imnida) means "is/are." So, "일주일은 7일입니다" is the correct way to say "There are 7 days in a week" in Korean.

Answer 733

Another common way to say "Happy New Year" in Korean is "새로운 해 좋아하세요" (Saeroun haes joahaeyo), which translates to "Enjoy the new year" or "Hope you have a good new year." Thank you for mentioning it! "새해 복 많이 받으세요" (Saehae bok manhi badeuseyo) is the most common and traditional way to say "Happy New Year" in Korean. It's used to wish someone a prosperous and fortunate new year.

Answer 734

"Geunde masinna gaji" (그런데 맛있나 가지) translates to "But is it tasty?" in English.

Answer 735

"Gabjagi wae?" translates to "Why suddenly?" in Korean.

Answer 736

I know, i know i did. "Geureohge, Geuraende"

Answer 737

Gabjagi wae?" (갑자기 왜?) for "Why suddenly?" If you meant "Did it become busy all of a sudden?" it could be "Gabjagi bappeujin geoya?" (갑자기 바빠진 거야?). "Why is this all of a sudden?" in Korean is:"왜 갑자기 이래요?" (Wae gabjagi iraeyo?)

Answer 738

"apologize" in Korean, the word is "사과" (sagwa). some sample sentences using the word "사과" (sagwa) which means "apology" or "to apologize" in Korean: 1. 저는 그의 행동에 대해 사과했습니다. (Jeoneun geuui haengdonge daehae sagwahaetsseumnida.) Translation: I apologized for his actions. 2. 그는 사과의 말을 거절했다. (Geuneun sagwaui mareul geobjeolhaetda.) Translation: He refused to apologize. 3. 사과하는 것은 언제나 좋은 일입니다. (Sagwahaneun geoseun eonjena joheun ilimnida.) Translation: Apologizing is always a good thing. 4. 사과하는 것은 용기 있는 행동입니다. (Sagwahaneun geoseun yonggi inneun haengdongimnida.) Translation: Apologizing is a courageous act.

Answer 739

Gwailgwa chaesoreul sayahamnida- I have to buy fruit and vegetables "Gwailhago chaesoreul sayahamnida" translates to "I need to buy fruits and vegetables." Here's a breakdown of the sentence: - "Gwail" (과일) means "fruits." - "Hago" (하고) means "and." - "Chaeso" (채소) means "vegetables." - "Sayahamnida" (사야합니다) means "need to buy." So, the sentence is expressing the need to purchase fruits and vegetables.

Answer 740

"Chaeg-eul go seojeome gal geoyeyo" translates to "I will go to the bookstore later." Here's a slight correction for clarity and grammatical accuracy in Korean: - "Chaek-eul go" should be "Chaek-eul 사러" (sareo) or simply "Chaek-eul" for "to buy a book/books" or just "book/books." - "Seojeome gal geoyeyo" correctly means "will go to the bookstore." So, a more grammatically accurate sentence would be "Chaek-eul sareo seojeome gal geoyeyo" (책을 사러 서점에 갈 거예요), which means "I will go to the bookstore to buy a book/books."

Answer 741

"Ireonaya haeyo" (이렇게야 해요) translates to "It has to be done this way" or "You need to do it like this." It's a phrase used to instruct or suggest that a specific method or approach is necessary for accomplishing something. The phrase can be used in various contexts where guidance or correction is being provided. "Dangshin-eun iljjig ireonaya haeyo" (당신은 일찍 이렇게야 해요) translates to" You must get up early" "You need to do this early" or more directly, "You need to do it like this early." It suggests that there is a certain way or method that should be employed sooner rather than later.

Answer 742

"Jeoneun hotelreul chajaya hamnida" (저는 호텔을 찾아야 합니다) translates to "I need to find a hotel." "Jeoneun pyeonjireul sseoya hamnida" (저는 편지를 써야 합니다) means "I need to write a letter." Both sentences express a necessity or obligation to perform the actions of finding a hotel and writing a letter, respectively. "Dangsin-eun je sigane dochakaeya hamnida" (당신은 제 시간에 도착해야 합니다) translates to "You need to arrive on time." It's a formal way to express the necessity of someone arriving at the agreed or expected time.

Answer 743

The variations you provided are different forms of the verb "이렇다" (ireota), which means "to be like this" or "to be this way" in Korean. Here's a breakdown of each form: 1. 이런(이러한) - ireon (ireohan): This means "like this" or "such." 2. 이러서요 - ireosseoyo: This is a polite form of saying "because of this" or "that's why." 3. 이런냐요 - ireonnayo: This is a questioning form, asking "Is it like this?" or "Is this the case?" 4. 이렇네요 - ireonneoyo: This expresses a realization or acknowledgement of the situation, like "Oh, it's like this." 5. 이런데요 - ireondeyo: This is used to add emphasis or continuation to a previous statement, similar to "and also, it's like this." 6. 이렇게야 - ireongeya: This means "It has to be like this" or "It should be like this," expressing necessity or the correct way of doing something.

Answer 744

These phrases all revolve around the concept of "need" or "necessary" in Korean, derived from the word "필요하다" (piryohada). Here's a breakdown: 1. **필요해요 (Piryohaeyo):** This is a polite statement meaning "I need" or "It is needed." It's used in general situations where you're expressing a need for something. 2. **필요 없는데 (Piryo eopsneunde):** This phrase means "not needed" or "no need." The "는데" (neunde) at the end gives a nuance of contrasting or explaining, as if responding to an assumption that something might be needed. 3. **필요합니다 (Piryohamnida):** This is a more formal expression than "필요해요," also meaning "I need" or "It is needed." Suitable for formal speeches or in writing. 4. **필요하시면 (Piryohasimyeon):** This is a polite way of saying "If you need" directed at someone else, using the honorific form "하시면" (hasimyeon) instead of "하면" (hamyeon). 5. **필요하면 (Piryohamyeon):** This means "if needed" or "should it be necessary." It's a conditional form used to suggest that action is required only if there's a need. 6. **필요하지 않니까 (Piryo anhnikka):** This phrase is asking for confirmation, translating to "Isn't it necessary?" or "Don’t you need it?" The "않니까" (anhnikka) turns the statement into a question expecting agreement. Each phrase adjusts the concept of need for different contexts, ranging from expressing personal need, questioning the necessity of something, to offering help based on the listener's needs.

Answer 745

The difference between "is-seubnikka" (있습니까) and "iss-seubnikka" (있습니다까) lies in the presence or absence of the double 's' sound (ㅆ) in the middle of the word "is" (있). - "Isseubnikka" (있습니다까) is a formal question form of the verb "to exist" (있다, itda), combined with the question ending "-nikka" (니까), and it means "Is it there?" or "Does it exist?" in a polite form. - "Is-seubnikka" (있습니까) is the same as "is there" but in a more polite or formal form. It's formed by adding the honorific suffix "-seubnikka" (습니까) to the verb stem "is" (있). So, the difference is in politeness level: "Is-seubnikka" is more polite/formal than "isss-eubnikka".

Answer 746

"Jeoneun sangseoni wonhamnida" (저는 상선이 원합니다) means "I want a fish." It's a statement indicating a desire or preference for a fish. "Sangseoni juseyo" (상선이 주세요) means "Please give me a fish." It's a request for someone to provide a fish. The difference is similar to the previous example: - "Jeoneun sangseoni wonhamnida" is a statement expressing personal desire or preference. - "Sangseoni juseyo" is a polite request for someone to provide the item mentioned.

Answer 747

A box in Korean is called "상자" (sangja).

Answer 748

"Yeolsimhi gajigo" (열심히 가지고) translates to "Go diligently" or "Go with determination" in Korean. It's a phrase used to encourage someone to put in effort and work hard towards their goal.

Answer 749

"Ara simyeon" (알아 싶으면) translates to "If you want to know" or "If you're curious" in Korean. It's a phrase used to introduce or suggest a willingness to provide information or answer questions if someone expresses interest or curiosity.

Answer 750

"Ireon aranikka" (이런 아라니까) translates to "Because it's like this" or "Because it's this way" in Korean. It's a phrase used to explain or justify something based on the current situation or circumstances.

Answer 751

"Yakgan chinguga" (약간 친구가) means "a bit of a friend" or "a somewhat friend" in Korean. It implies that someone is not a close friend but rather an acquaintance or someone with whom you have a slight level of friendship.

Answer 752

"Iyagi isang sip-eunde" (이야기 이상 싶은데) translates to "I want to talk more than that" or "I want to talk beyond that" in Korean. It expresses a desire to continue the conversation or delve deeper into the topic being discussed. Here are some sample sentences using "이야기 이상 싶은데" (Iyagi isang sip-eunde): 1. 이야기 이상 싶은데, 너희들은 어떻게 지내고 있어? (Iyagi isang sip-eunde, neohuideureun eotteohge jinaego isseo?) Translation: I want to talk more than that, how have you all been? 2. 우리는 이야기 이상 싶은데, 너는 이번 주말에 뭐할 거야? (Ulineun iyagi isang sip-eunde, neoneun ibeon jumare mwohal geoya?) Translation: We want to talk more than that, what are you going to do this weekend? 3. 이야기 이상 싶은데, 그 곳에서 어떤 경험을 했니? (Iyagi isang sip-eunde, geu goseseo eotteon gyeongheomeul haetni?) Translation: I want to talk more than that, what experiences did you have there? 4. 그녀는 이야기 이상 싶은데, 어떤 취미를 가지고 있을까? (Geunyeoneun iyagi isang sip-eunde, eotteon chwimi-reul gajigo isseulkka?) Translation: I want to talk more than that about her, what hobbies does she have? These sentences demonstrate the usage of "이야기 이상 싶은데" to express a desire to delve deeper into a topic or conversation beyond what has been discussed.

Answer 753

"Greuliga eobseoyo" (그렇게 없어요) translates to "It's not like that" or "It's not that way" in Korean. It's used to deny or refute a statement or assumption made by someone. Certainly, here are some sample sentences using "그렇게 없어요" (Greuliga eobseoyo): 1. 그렇게 없어요. 그건 사실이 아니에요. (Greuliga eobseoyo. Geugeon sasil-i anieyo.) Translation: It's not like that. That's not true. 2. 너무 걱정하지 마세요. 그렇게 없어요. (Neomu geokjeonghaji maseyo. Greuliga eobseoyo.) Translation: Don't worry too much. It's not like that. 3. 제가 그렇게 심각하게 생각하지 않아요. (Je-ga greulige simgak-hage saenggak-haji anh-ayo.) Translation: I don't think about it that seriously. 4. 그렇게 없어요. 다른 이유가 있을 거예요. (Greuliga eobseoyo. Dareun iyu-ga isseul geoyeyo.) Translation: It's not like that. There must be another reason. These sentences illustrate the usage of "그렇게 없어요" in various contexts to deny or negate a particular statement or assumption.

Answer 754

- 만들어요 (mandeul-eoyo) means "I make" or "It is made." - 만들려고 해요 (mandeullyeogo haeyo) translates to "I'm trying to make" or "I plan to make." Here are sample sentences using "만들어요" (mandeul-eoyo) and "만들려고 해요" (mandeullyeogo haeyo), which respectively mean "I make/It is made" and "I plan to make/I'm trying to make": ### 만들어요 (mandeul-eoyo) 1. 저는 저녁을 만들어요. (Jeoneun jeonyeogeul mandeul-eoyo.) - I make dinner. 2. 친구가 생일 케이크를 만들어요. (Chinguga saengil keikeureul mandeul-eoyo.) - My friend makes a birthday cake. 3. 이 회사는 친환경 제품을 만들어요. (I hoesaneun chinhwangyeong jepumeul mandeul-eoyo.) - This company makes eco-friendly products. ### 만들려고 해요 (mandeullyeogo haeyo) 1. 나는 새로운 앱을 만들려고 해요. (Naneun saeroun aebeul mandeullyeogo haeyo.) - I'm trying to make a new app. 2. 주말에 가족과 함께 쿠키를 만들려고 해요. (Jumare gajokgwa hamkke kukireul mandeullyeogo haeyo.) - I plan to make cookies with my family this weekend. 3. 그녀는 자신의 비즈니스를 만들려고 해요. (Geunyeoneun jasineui bijeuniseureul mandeullyeogo haeyo.) - She is trying to start her own business. These sentences give you an idea of how to use each phrase in everyday situations, expressing the act of making something or the intention to make something in the near future. If your intent was something different or specific, could you please provide more context or clarify your request?

Answer 755

"사물" (samul) meaning "objects" or "things" and you're looking for a phrase that involves interaction or action with objects, please provide more context for accurate assistance. For a phrase that might relate to doing or making something with objects, you might say: - 사물을 다루다 (samuleul daruda) - "to handle objects" - 사물을 만들다 (samuleul mandeulda) - "to make objects" If you were aiming for something else or have a specific context in mind, please clarify so I can assist you better.

Answer 756

"Dangsin-eun mwohaeyo?" (당신은 뭐해요?) translates to "What are you doing?" in English. It's a common question used to inquire about someone's current activity or occupation.

Answer 757

"음식" (eumsik) is the term for "meal" or "food" in Korean. So the phrase "한상 어때요?" (Hansang eottaeyo?) translates to "How is the food?" or "How is the meal?" I apologize for the oversight. Thank you for pointing that out.

Answer 758

"Ijannayo" (이잖아요) can have a few different meanings depending on the context: 1. "이잖아요" (Ijannayo) - This phrase can mean "You know," "As you know," or "It's like this" in Korean. It's often used to emphasize or clarify a point that the speaker assumes the listener already knows or understands. 2. "이잖아요" (Ijannayo) - It can also be used to express frustration or annoyance in a situation, similar to saying "Come on" or "You know better" in English. If you provide more context, I can give you a more accurate interpretation of the phrase in your specific situation. Certainly! Here are sample sentences using "이잖아요" (Ijannayo) in different contexts: 1. Emphasizing a point: - 너도 이잖아요. 그 일을 잘 알고 있어야 해요. (Neodo ijannayo. Geu ireul jal algo isseoya haeyo.) Translation: You know too. You have to know that matter well. 2. Expressing frustration: - 이잖아요, 이미 그렇게 말했잖아요! (Ijannayo, imi geureohge malhaettjanayo!) Translation: Come on, I already told you like that! 3. Clarifying information: - 요즘 날씨가 추워요. 이잖아요, 겨울이니까요. (Yojum nalciga chuwoyo. Ijannayo, gyeoulinikayo.) Translation: The weather is cold these days. You know, it's winter. These sentences demonstrate the different ways "이잖아요" (Ijannayo) can be used in conversation to emphasize a point, express frustration, or clarify information.

Answer 759

"Banamyeon, manamyeon" (바나면, 망나면) translates to "If it fails, if it succeeds" in English. It's a conditional statement that discusses the outcomes of a certain situation, indicating that both success and failure are possibilities. Both spellings are correct, but they have different meanings and are used in different contexts: 1. "Banamyeon" (바나면) - This is a conditional form of the verb "banada" (바나다), which means "to fail" or "to break down." So, "banamyeon" means "if it fails" or "if it breaks down." 2. "Manamyeon" (망나면) - This is a conditional form of the verb "manada" (망하다), which means "to fail" or "to go wrong." Therefore, "manamyeon" means "if it fails" or "if it goes wrong." Both spellings are correct, but they convey slightly different nuances based on the verbs they are derived from.

Answer 760

"Jigeum geunyang" (지금 그냥) translates to "Just now" or "Right now" in English. It's used to indicate that something is happening or being done at the present moment without any special or additional context.

Answer 761

"Jeongmal ige" (정말 이게) translates to "Really, this" or "This is really" in English. It's used to express emphasis or confirmation about something, similar to saying "This is it" or "This is really it" in English. "Ibeon" (이번) means "this time" or "this occasion" in Korean. It's often used to refer to the current or upcoming occurrence of an event, situation, or opportunity. For example, "이번 주" (ibeon ju) means "this week," and "이번 달" (ibeon dal) means "this month." Ibeon olhae- this year

Answer 762

"어떤" (eotteon) means "what kind of" or "what sort of."

Answer 763

"Oneuldo jagayo" (오늘도 잘아요) translates to "Today is also good" or "Today is good too" in English. It's a positive expression used to convey that today is a good day as well, similar to saying "Have a good day" or "Hope today goes well."

Answer 764

"Neomu" (너무) and "gajangi" (가장이) serve different purposes in Korean: 1. "Neomu" (너무) is an adverb that means "too" or "very" in English. It's used to emphasize an extreme degree or intensity of something. For example, "너무 맛있어요" (neomu masisseoyo) means "It's very delicious" or "It's too delicious." 2. "Gajangi" (가장이) can mean "the eldest" or "the oldest" in the context of family members, indicating the person who is the oldest among siblings or family members. It can also mean "the most" or "the best" depending on the context. For example, "그는 가장이에요" (geuneun gajangi-eoyo) means "He is the oldest" or "He is the eldest." And "그녀는 가장 예쁘다" (geunyeoneun gajang yeppeuda) means "She is the most beautiful" or "She is the prettiest." In summary, "neomu" emphasizes intensity, while "gajangi" denotes superlativeness or eldestness, depending on the context.

Answer 765

"Ige yakgan" (이게 약간) translates to "This is a bit" or "This is somewhat" in English. It's a phrase used to express that something is to a small or moderate extent.

Answer 766

"Ereonnikka" (어려니까) means "because it's difficult" or "since it's hard" in English. It's used to provide a reason or explanation for a situation or action based on its difficulty. "Ireonnikka" (이런니까) translates to "because it's like this" or "because it's this way" in English. It's used to provide a reason or explanation for a situation based on its current state or condition.

Answer 767

"Oneul ige sasil iyagireul" (오늘 이게 사실 이야기를) could be intended to mean "Today, this is actually the story" or "Today, this is the real story," depending on the context. However, the sentence seems incomplete and might need additional information to provide a complete thought or narrative.

Answer 768

"Eotteongo gatayo?" (어떻게 보세요?) translates to "How does it look?" or "What do you think?" in English. It's a question asking for someone's opinion or impression about something's appearance, quality, or overall evaluation.

Answer 769

"when trying/really working hard," a more accurate phrase might be "참을 품으면" (chameul pumyeon), which literally translates to "if you endure/have patience." However, this still doesn't quite fit standard expressions. For "if trying hard" or "when putting in effort," a phrase like "노력할 때" (noryeokhal ttae) might be more appropriate. Could you provide more context or clarify what you mean?

Answer 770

1. 아참, 최근에는 - Acham, choegeuneun - Meaning: "Oh, recently..." Certainly! Here are some sample sentences using "아참, 최근에는" (Acham, choegeuneun): 1. 아참, 최근에는 날씨가 정말 추워졌어요. - "Oh, recently the weather has gotten really cold."Acham, choegeuneun nalssi ga jeongmal chuwojyeosseoyo. 2. 아참, 최근에는 일이 정말 바빠서 시간이 없어요.Acham, choegeuneun iri jeongmal bappaseo sigani eobseoyo. - "Oh, recently I've been so busy with work that I have no time." 3. 아참, 최근에는 친구들과 자주 만나서 좋았어요.Acham, choegeuneun chingudeulgwa jaju mannaseo joasseoyo. - "Oh, recently I've been meeting my friends often, and it's been nice." Sure, here are the Romanized versions of the sample sentences: These sentences demonstrate how "아참, 최근에는" can be used to introduce topics or express observations about recent events or experiences. Pls convert hangul characters to English alphabet If you have any further questions or need additional translations, feel free to ask!

Answer 771

"Jaju" (자주) means "often" or "frequently" in English. It's used to describe actions or occurrences that happen regularly or repeatedly.

Answer 772

The phrase "Wae geoya?" (왜 거야?) translates to "Why is that?" or "What's the matter?" in English. It's used to inquire about the reason or cause behind something that seems unexpected or unusual.

Answer 773

"I bwayeo" (이 봐요) is a phrase in Korean that translates to "Hey" or "Look here" in English. It's used to get someone's attention, often in a somewhat assertive or firm way. It can be seen as less polite compared to other phrases for getting attention, so it's important to use it in appropriate contexts where the level of formality and the relationship to the listener allow for a less formal address.

Answer 774

To express "hey, look" or to get someone's attention in Korean, you might say: - 이것 좀 봐! (Igeot jom bwa!) - "Look at this!" - 여기 봐! (Yeogi bwa!) - "Look here!" - 저기 좀 봐! (Jeogi jom bwa!) - "Look over there!" These phrases are commonly used to draw someone's attention to something specific.

Answer 775

The phrase "forget it" in Korean, similar to expressing resignation or deciding not to pursue a matter further, can be expressed as "됐어" (dwaesseo) or "괜찮아" (gwaenchanha) in a casual context. Yes, "dwaesseo" (됐어) can also mean "it's fine" or "it's okay" in Korean. It's commonly used to convey that something is acceptable or not a problem. So, if someone apologizes or offers something, replying with "dwaesseo" can mean "it's fine" or "no worries." - **됐어 (Dwaesseo)** is used to imply "never mind" or "forget about it," suggesting that something is no longer considered necessary or has been decided against. - **괜찮아 (Gwaenchanha)** can mean "it's okay" or "never mind," used in a wide range of situations to express that something is alright or to dismiss a concern. So, if you meant "forget it" in a sense of dropping a subject or not worrying about something anymore, "됐어" (dwaesseo) would be the closer match.

Answer 776

"Yeogiseo yaegi" translates to "Talk here" or "A conversation here" in English. It's a simple phrase indicating that the speaker intends to have a discussion or conversation at the current location. "Will just talk here" can be translated to Korean as "그냥 여기서 얘기할게요" (geunyang yeogiseo yaegihalgeyo). This phrase can be used when deciding to have a conversation or discussion in the current location without moving elsewhere. "Yeogiseo ige" (여기서 이게) translates to "This here" or "This from here" in English. It's a phrase used to point out or introduce something that is present in the immediate location of the speaker. "Yeogiseo" means "from here" or "here," and "ige" means "this." The phrase can be used in various contexts, depending on what the speaker wishes to highlight or discuss that is located "here" at their current location.

Answer 777

"Taena geureom" (대나 그럼) translates to "Then, okay" or "Well then" in English. It's a phrase used to indicate agreement or acceptance with a decision or course of action that has been proposed or suggested. "그렇다면 다행이네" (Geureotdamyeon dahaeng-ine), which translates to "I'm glad then" or "Then that's a relief" in English. This expression is used when the speaker feels relieved or pleased about a situation after learning something new or after a situation has been clarified.

Answer 778

Yes, "그리고" (geurigo) can mean "also" and "and" in Korean. It's often used to add more information or items to a list or to connect related ideas in a sentence. In addition to "also" and "and," "그리고" can also be used in other contexts: 1. **Moreover/Furthermore**: It's used to introduce additional information or points in support of a previous statement. - Example: 그리고, 그 회사는 효율적인 생산 공정을 가지고 있습니다. (Moreover, that company has an efficient production process.) 2. **Then**: In some cases, "그리고" can be used to indicate a sequence of events or steps. - Example: 그리고, 저희는 집에 돌아갔습니다. (Then, we went back home.) 3. **But/However**: Sometimes, "그리고" can be used to introduce a contrasting idea or to express a shift in the conversation. - Example: 그 사람은 부자이지만, 그리고 행복하지 않아 보입니다. (That person is wealthy, but he doesn't seem happy.) So, while "그리고" is commonly used to mean "also" and "and," it can have other meanings depending on the context in which it's used.

Answer 779

"Hamyeong" (함께) translates to "together" or "with" in English. It's often used to indicate doing something in the company of others or jointly with someone. For example, "우리 함께 갈까요?" (Let's go together?) or "함께 공부해요" (Let's study together). If you meant something else or need further clarification, feel free to ask! "같이 때문에" (Gatchi ttaemune) translates to "because of together" in English. However, this phrase doesn't make sense in Korean. It seems like there might be a misunderstanding or typo. If you could provide more context or clarify what you mean, I'd be happy to assist you further.

Answer 780

"Ireon ige" (이런 이게) translates to "This like this" or "This is like this" in English. It's used to describe or refer to something that is similar to what is being discussed or observed. For example, "이런 이게 제일 좋아요" (This is the best) or "이런 이게 필요해요" (This is needed). Sure, here's the Romanized version of the explanation: "Ireon ige" (이런 이게) translates to "This like this" or "This is like this" in English. It's used to describe or refer to something that is similar to what is being discussed or observed. For example, "Ireon ige jeil joayo" (This is the best) or "Ireon ige piryohaeyo" (This is needed). If you need further clarification or have any other questions, feel free to ask!

Answer 781

"Eotteohke sigan gateyo?" (어떻게 시간 가죠?) translates to "How does time pass?" in English. This question is often used rhetorically to express wonder or amazement at how quickly time seems to pass by. It reflects on the perception of time and how it feels to experience its passage.

Answer 782

"Geunde ige" (근데 이게) translates to "But this" or "So, this" in English. It's a phrase commonly used in casual conversation to introduce a new topic or to provide additional information related to the ongoing discussion. It's similar to saying "but, this" in English when transitioning to a different point or idea. "Geuraeseo ige" (그래서 이게) translates to "So, this" or "Therefore, this" in English. It's used to indicate a logical consequence or conclusion based on the previous statement or situation. It's similar to saying "So, in that case" or "Therefore, this is the situation" in English. If you need further clarification or have any other questions, feel free to ask!

Answer 783

"Geureonikka sasil ibeoni eobseubnida" (그렇닉까 사실 이번이 없습니다) translates to "So, in fact, there isn't this time" or "Therefore, indeed, there is no this time" in English. It seems like there might be a slight misunderstanding or typo in the phrase. If you could provide more context or clarify what you mean, I'd be happy to assist you further.

Answer 784

"만들어요" (mandeureoyo) translates to "make" or "create" in English. It's a verb form in Korean, indicating the action of making or creating something. If you need further clarification or have any other questions, feel free to ask! Of course! Here are the sample sentences translated into English alphabet: 1. "Jeoneun maeil achime keopireul mandeureoyo." - "I make coffee every morning." 2. "Urineun hamkke jibeul mandeureoyo." - "We build houses together." 3. "Geuneun jasin-ui kkum-eul ilugi wihae nolaghago iss-eoyo." - "He is working hard to make his dreams come true." 4. "Yoli-reul mandeureo meogneun geos-i chuimi-eyo." - "Cooking and eating is a hobby of mine." 5. "Ibeon jumaleneun saeloun eum-ag-eul mandeuleo bol geoyeyo." - "I'm going to try making new music this weekend." These sentences showcase different contexts in which "만들어요" (mandeureoyo) can be used to express the act of making or creating something. Let me know if you need further assistance!

Answer 785

"Mwoya" (뭐야) translates to "What's the matter?" or "What's going on?" in English. It's a common expression used to inquire about a situation or to express surprise or curiosity about something unexpected or unusual. If you need further clarification or have any other questions, feel free to ask!

Answer 786

"Geureom aniya" (그럼 아니야) translates to "Well, no" or "In that case, no" in English. It's used to deny or contradict something that has been said or implied, indicating that the situation is not as described. If you need further clarification or have any other questions, feel free to ask!

Answer 787

"Wonhamnida" (원합니다) translates to "I want" or "desire" in English. It's a formal way to express wanting or wishing for something. If there's something specific you're curious about or need assistance with, feel free to let me know! These are all formal (or polite) endings in Korean, used in different contexts. Let me break them down for you: 1. **Isseubnikka (있습니까?)**: "Is there?", "Do you have?" - Used in questions to inquire about the existence or presence of something. 2. **Eossseobseubnida (었습니다)**: "There was", "I had" - Past tense, used to state that something existed or an action was done in the past. 3. **Sipseubnida (십니다)**: This seems to be a typo or a less common form. Possibly you meant "ssseubnida" as in "합니다" for doing actions. 4. **Gessseubnida (겠습니다)**: "I will", "It will" - Future tense, used to express intention or a prediction. 5. **Sayahamnida (사야합니다)**: "Must buy" - Indicates a necessity or obligation to purchase. 6. **Tayahamnida (타야합니다)**: "Must ride", "Must take" - Indicates a necessity or obligation to ride or take something (like a bus or train). 7. **Hamnida (합니다)**: "Do", "Does" - A formal statement form for actions. 8. **Isseumnida (있습니다)**: "There is", "I have" - States the existence or possession of something. 9. **Gaeworimnida (개워립니다)**: This seems to be a typo or a less common form. It does not correspond to a commonly used verb or form in Korean. 10. **Sipiworimnida (시피워립니다)**: This seems to be a typo or a less common form and might be misinterpreted. It doesn't directly translate to a standard Korean form. 11. **Guworimnida (구워립니다)**: Could be intended as "baked", "roast" - Indicates something is baked or roasted, but the formal standard form would be "구워요" or "구웁니다" for cooking contexts. 12. **Yuworimnida (유워립니다)**: This also seems to be a typo or less common form, not a standard Korean ending or verb form. Many of these forms are polite and formal, used in written communication or formal speech, especially when addressing someone in a position of authority or whom you're not familiar with. If any are intended for specific contexts or you meant different verb forms, let me know, and I'd be happy to provide further assistance!

Answer 788

"Ibayo" (이바요) is a Korean expression that is often used to express surprise or realization. It's similar to saying "Oh, really?" or "Oh, I see" in English. It can also be used to indicate understanding or agreement with what someone has said. If you have any more questions or need further clarification, feel free to ask! Certainly! Here are some more Korean expressions along with their meanings: 1. **"정말요?" (Jeongmalyo?)**: "Really?" - Used to express surprise or disbelief. 2. **"그래요?" (Geuraeyo?)**: "Is that so?" or "Really?" - Used to acknowledge what someone has said or to confirm information. 3. **"알겠어요" (Algesseoyo)**: "I understand" - Used to indicate understanding or agreement. 4. **"고마워요" (Gomawoyo)**: "Thank you" - A polite way to express gratitude. 5. **"미안해요" (Mianhaeyo)**: "I'm sorry" - Used to apologize for something. 6. **"천만에요" (Cheonmaneyo)**: "You're welcome" - A response to someone saying "thank you," indicating that it was no trouble at all. 7. **"괜찮아요" (Gwaenchanayo)**: "It's okay" or "It's alright" - Used to reassure someone or to say that something is not a problem. 8. **"화이팅!" (Hwaiting!)**: "Fighting!" - A term of encouragement, similar to "You can do it!" or "Go for it!" 9. **"잘 지내요?" (Jal jinaeyo?)**: "How are you?" - A common greeting, asking about someone's well-being. 10. **"네, 알겠습니다" (Ne, algesseumnida)**: "Yes, I understand" - A formal way to acknowledge and agree with something. These are just a few examples of commonly used Korean expressions. Let me know if you'd like more or if you have any specific expressions in mind!

Answer 789

"Hoksi ani geoya" (혹시 아니 거야) means "Maybe not" or "It might not be" in English. It's used when expressing uncertainty or doubt about something, suggesting that the outcome or situation might not be as expected or previously thought. If you have any further questions or need more clarification, feel free to ask! "Eobsilka" (없실까) means "Could it be that there isn't/aren't?" or "Is it possible that there isn't/aren't?" in English. It's used to express uncertainty or doubt about the existence or presence of something. If you need further clarification or have any other questions, feel free to ask!

Answer 790

"Chingurang Yaksogeul" (친구랑 약속을) translates to "With a friend, a promise" in English. It implies making a commitment or arrangement with a friend. If you have any further questions or need more information, feel free to ask!

Answer 791

"Sasil silheo" (사실 싫어) translates to "I actually don't like it" or "Honestly, I don't like it" in English. It's a straightforward expression used to convey dislike or disapproval of something. If you have any more questions or need further assistance, feel free to ask!

Answer 792

"보통 때" in English alphabet is transliterated as "botong ttae." It refers to "ordinary times" or "normal occasions" in Korean. If you need further assistance or have any other questions, feel free to ask! "Neomu" (너무) in English alphabet is transliterated as "neomu." It is used to express "too much" or "very" in English. For example, "너무 좋아요" (neomu joayo) means "I like it very much." If you need further assistance or have any other questions, feel free to ask! "주말" in English alphabet is transliterated as "jumal." It refers to the "weekend" in Korean. If you need further assistance or have any other questions, feel free to ask! "한가하다" in English alphabet is transliterated as "hangahada." It means "to be leisurely" or "to have leisure time" in Korean. If you have any further questions or need more assistance, feel free to ask!

Answer 793

"Sasil ani geoya" (사실 아니 거야) in English alphabet is transliterated as "sasil ani geoya." It means "Actually, it's not like that" or "In fact, it's not that way" in Korean. If you have any further questions or need more assistance, feel free to ask!" Anirago" (아니라고) can be translated to "saying it's not" or "I say it's not" in English. It's used to deny or contradict a statement or assumption. If you need sentences or more explanations, just let me know!

Answer 794

"Ireongo gatayo" (이렇게 될 것 같아요) translates to "I think it will be like this" or "It seems it will turn out this way" in English. It expresses the speaker's prediction or expectation about a future situation based on the current context or trend. The correct spelling and translation for "이렇게 될 것 같아요" in the English alphabet is "Ireohge doel geot gatayo," meaning "I think it will be like this" or "It seems it will turn out this way."

Answer 795

"Jeodo yakgan silheo" (저도 약간 싫어) translates to "I also dislike it a bit" or "I also somewhat dislike it" in English.

Answer 796

"Hambeon sigan sinnayo" can be interpreted as "Try spending time once; it's exciting" or "Give it time once; it's fun." This phrase suggests that engaging in a particular activity or spending time on something at least once could be enjoyable or worthwhile.

Answer 797

"Arrachi! Geureom gaja" translates to "Alright! Then let's go" in English. It's an expression of agreement followed by a suggestion or decision to proceed with a plan or action.

Answer 798

"Neomu massi neundeyo" translates to "It's very delicious" or more literally, "It's being very delicious." It's a way to express that something tastes very good.

Answer 799

"그래서" in English alphabet is "geuraeseo," and it translates to "so" or "therefore" "That's why" Sure, here are some sample sentences using "geuraeseo" to mean "that's why": 1. 내일 시험이 있어서 공부해요. 그래서 오늘은 늦게까지 밤에 공부할 거예요. Naeil siheomi isseoseo gongbuhhaeyo. Geuraeseo oneureun neujegekkaji bame gongbuhal geoyeyo Translation: I have an exam tomorrow. That's why I will study until late at night tonight. 2. 비가 오고 있어서 우산을 가져왔어요. 그래서 우리는 저기 앉을 수 있어요. Biga oggo isseoseo usaneul gajyeowasseoyo. Geuraeseo urineun jeogi anjeul su isseoyo. Translation: It's raining, so I brought an umbrella. That's why we can sit over there. Sure, here are the translations of those sentences into Korean using the English alphabet: 3. Geunyeoneun jibe eungilreul ijgo isseosseoyo, geuraeseo munul mot yeoleo bosigo aneseo gidarage doeeossseoyo. She forgot her keys at home, so she couldn't open the door. That's why she had to wait outside until someone else arrived. 4. Miseongeun gajgo issdaga gagee eumsigeul sagji moshaesseoyo, geuraeseo uriga taekaut euroman sikyeossseoyo.The store was closed, so I couldn't buy the ingredients for dinner. That's why we ended up ordering takeout instead. 5. Geuneun beoseureul meoleosseoyo, geuraeseo ileun neomeossseoyo. Geuraeseo geunyeui bossneun geureohge himdeuleossseoyo. Of course, here are more sampleHe missed the bus, so he arrived late to work. That's why his boss was upset with him.

Answer 800

Yes, "알겠어" (algesseo) means "okay" or "got it" in Korean. Certainly! Here are some sample sentences using "algesseo" (알겠어) with their meanings provided in Korean using the English alphabet: 1. Neoneun naeil dasi yeonraghae jul su isseulkka? Algesseo. - Meaning: Neoneun naeil dasi yeonragalge, algesseo. - Translation: Can you contact me again tomorrow? Okay, I got it. 2. I jaryoreul mokpyoro gongbuhaeya dwae. Algesseo? - Meaning: I jaryoreul jal iyonghaeseo mokpyoro gongbuhae, algesseo? - Translation: You need to study this material with the goal in mind. Okay? 3. Jigeumbuteo i il jongryoreul jikyeoya handa. Algesseo? - Meaning: Jigeumbuteo i ilui jongryoreul jal jikyeoya hae, algesseo? - Translation: From now on, you need to adhere to this work procedure. Got it? In these translations, I've conveyed the intended meanings as if responding or acknowledging instructions or questions in a conversational context.

Answer 801

"Jalhaja, beoja" "Let's do it right."

Answer 802

"아라 나도"는 한국어로 "I see, me too"를 뜻합니다.

Answer 803

" "Mwonga beoreojyeosseo."

Answer 804

"Wae ani aratago?" in English alphabet is "왜 아니 알았어?" which translates to "Why didn't you know?" Why you didn't?.

Answer 805

The spellings are not correct, but they seem to be attempts at Korean words. Here are the corrected spellings and their meanings: 1. 갈 수록 (Gal surok) - As time goes on / The more (something happens) 2. 할 수록 (Hal surok) - The more you do (something) 3. 칼 수록 (Kal surok) - The sharper (a knife becomes) These phrases are used to express the idea that something increases or becomes more intense over time.

Answer 806

The correct spelling is "설때" (Seol ttae). This term is used to refer to a particular time or moment. Yes, "설때" (Seol ttae) can also refer to the time around the Lunar New Year in Korea, known as Seollal (설날). During this holiday, families traditionally gather together to celebrate and spend time with each other. So, "설때" can also imply the holiday season or the time of Seollal specifically.

Answer 807

"Hoksi mogo seo?" (혹시 먹고 싶어?) translates to "Do you want to eat something by any chance?" or "Would you like to eat something?" It's a casual way to ask if someone is interested in eating something at the moment.

Answer 808

"Geureonikka" (그러니까) translates to "So" or "Therefore" in English, and it's used to introduce a reason or explanation. If you're trying to convey "So don't worry too much," a more complete phrase in Korean would be "그러니까 너무 걱정하지 마" (Geureonikka neomu geokjeonghaji ma), which directly translates to "So, don't worry too much."

Answer 809

In English, a "scythe" is a tool used for cutting grass or reaping crops. It has a long, curved blade at the end of a long pole, with one or two short handles at right angles to it. Scythes have been used for centuries in agriculture for harvesting grain or mowing grass.

Answer 810

If you're aiming for a term related to "drowning" or "immersing," a closer Korean word might be "잠금" (jamgeum) for "immersion" or "물에 빠짐" (mule ppajim) for "falling into water/drowning."

Answer 811

"Gongjeogin" (공적인) means "official" or "public" in Korean. It can be used to describe something that is recognized or authorized by an official entity or government.

Answer 812

The word for "plant" in Korean is "식물" (sikmul).

Answer 813

Yes, "불러세요" (Bullahsayo) is correct. It is a polite imperative form of the verb "불르다" (bulleuda), which means "to call." In this form, it is commonly used to politely ask someone to call for someone else or to summon someone.

Answer 814

"Chimdae" (침대) in Korean means "bed." It refers to the piece of furniture used for sleeping or resting. "Chimsil" (침실) "bedroom." It's the room in a house or apartment where people sleep. Bang- room "Bang" (방) in Korean means "room." It's a versatile word that can refer to any kind of room, depending on the context—such as a bedroom, living room, or study room.

Answer 815

"Uriui" (우리의) in Korean means "our" or "ours." It's a possessive pronoun used to indicate ownership or relation to the speaker and at least one other person. "Uri" (우리) in Korean means "we" or "us." It can also imply "our" depending on the context, reflecting a sense of community or collective belonging.

Answer 816

The correct spelling and translation for "Algesseumnida" in Korean is: "알겠습니다" (Algesseumnida), which means "I understand" or "Got it." The correct spelling and translation for "No comment, algesseumnida" in Korean is: "댓글 없습니다, 알겠습니다" (Daetgeul eobsseumnida, algesseumnida)

Answer 817

"Ani Eobs-eo" (아니 없어) in Korean can be translated to "No, it's not there" or "No, I don't have it," depending on the context. The phrase combines "아니" (Ani), meaning "no," with "없어" (Eobs-eo), meaning "there is not" or "do not have."

Answer 818

"Eotteon isseubnikka?" (어떤 있습니까?) can be translated as "What kind do you have?" or "What is there?" depending on the context. It's a formal way of asking about the types or kinds of something that are available or present.

Answer 819

"Cheum joah" (처음 좋아) translates to "I like the beginning" or "I like it at first." It can express a preference for the initial experience or phase of something.

Answer 820

"Of course" in Korean can be translated as "물론이죠" (mullonijyo) in a casual and somewhat polite context, or "당연하죠" (dangyeonhajyo) for a straightforward affirmation.

Answer 821

"I bwayo" (이 봐요) can be interpreted as "Look" "Look at this" or "Hey, look," depending on the context. It's a way to draw someone's attention to something specific, similar to saying "Look here" or "Check this out" in English. The form "봐요" (bwayo) makes it a polite request. "I bwayo, hoksi joahaeyo?" (이 봐요, 혹시 좋아해요?) translates to "Look at this, do you like it by any chance?" This phrase combines a request for attention with a polite inquiry about someone's preference or liking towards something.

Answer 822

The correct expression you might be looking for that means "go ahead" in Korean is "해 보세요" (hae boseyo). It seems like there was a little mix-up in the transliteration. "해 보세요" is a polite way to encourage someone to try or proceed with an action.

Answer 823

The phrase "Gabjagi wae" (갑자기 왜) translates to "Why suddenly" in English. It's used to express surprise or confusion about something unexpected happening or changing abruptly.

Answer 824

"피곤하다, 잘 갈게" (Pigonhada, jal galge) However, it's more natural to say it as: "피곤해, 잘게" (Pigonhae, jalge) This translates directly to "I'm tired, I'll sleep."

Answer 825

The phrase "Hajima, I'm already doing my best" in Korean is: "하지마, 저는 이미 최선을 다하고 있어요" (Hajima, jeoneun imi choeseoneul dahago isseoyo). This expresses a request to stop or not to do something, followed by a statement indicating that the speaker is already giving their best effort.

Answer 826

"Geunde bangeun?" (근데 방은?) translates to "But where is the room?" in English. It's a question asking about the location of a specific room.

Answer 827

The word "mad" can be translated to "화난" (hwanan) in Korean, which means "angry" or "upset." Another word for "mad" is "미치다" (michida), which means "to go crazy" or "to be insane," but it's used in a more intense context.

Answer 828

Yes, "Jal gasseo?" (잘 잤어?) translates to "Did you sleep well?" in English. It's a common greeting used to inquire about someone's sleep quality or how well they rested.

Answer 829

"Desseo" (됐어) translates to "It's fine" or "It's okay" in English. It's a casual way to acknowledge that everything is okay or to indicate acceptance of a situation.

Answer 830

"Heoksim" (헉심) an interjection or exclamation used to express surprise, shock, or disbelief. The word for "greedy" in Korean is "욕심 많은" (yoksim manheun) or simply "욕심이 많은" (yoksimi manheun).

Answer 831

It looks like there's a slight misspelling. The word you're likely referring to is "맞죠?" (matjyo?), which means "Right?" or "Isn't it?" in English, used to ask for confirmation or agreement. "Geuchi" (그치) in Korean can mean "stop" or "enough" depending on the context. It's often used to request the cessation of an action or to indicate that something is sufficient or satisfactory. If you meant "그쵸?" (geuchyo?), it's an informal and colloquial way to say "Right?" or "Isn't it?" as well, seeking affirmation in a casual conversation.

Answer 832

"Bullae" (불래) is a colloquial expression in Korean that means "Let's go!" or "Let's do it!" It's often used to encourage action or to express excitement about starting something.

Answer 833

"Geureohge aniya" (그렇게 아니야) translates to "That's not it like that" or "It's not like that." It's used to clarify or correct a misunderstanding or misinterpretation.

Answer 834

"Eodie gayo?" (어디에 가요?) translates to "Where are you going?" in English. It's a common question used to inquire about someone's destination or intended location.

Answer 835

"Hajayo" (하자요) translates to "Have a seat" "Sit down" in English. It's a polite command form of the verb "sit" (앉다, anjda). Adding "요" (yo) at the end makes the command polite. So, "하자요" (hajayo) is a polite way to tell someone to sit down.

Answer 836

"Mwo jal gayo?" (뭐 잘 가요?) translates to "What is going well?" or "What is going smoothly?" in English. It's a question asking about something that is proceeding positively or successfully. someone's well-being or if something is proceeding smoothly, you might say: - "잘 가고 있어요?" (Jal gago isseoyo?) - "Is it going well?" - "누가 잘 가고 있어요?" (Nuga jal gago isseoyo?) - "Who is doing well?" or "Who is going well?" If you meant to say "It is going well," a correct phrase would be "잘 가고 있어" (Jal gago isseo).

Answer 837

"Wae Ireoke endeyeo?" (왜 이렇게 하는데요?) translates to "Why are you doing this?" in English. It's a question expressing confusion or frustration about someone's actions or behavior. "Wae haja Ireoke endeyeo?" (왜 하자 이렇게 엔데요?) seems to be a mix of Korean and English. It's not a coherent sentence in either language. If you're asking "What are you doing this far?" in English, a way to say it in Korean would be: "어떻게 여기까지 오셨어요?" (Eotteoke yeogikka-ji osyeosseoyo?) This translates to "How did you come this far?" or "How did you end up here?"

Answer 838

"Gatendeyo, uri guthi gajo" (같은데요, 우리 구체적으로 하죠) translates to "They are the same, what do we do now?" in English. It's a statement expressing the observation that two things are similar or the same, followed by a suggestion or question about the next course of action.

Answer 839

"Eodie uri gayo?" (어디에 우리 가요?) translates to "Where are we going?" in English. It's a question asking about the destination or location of "we" or "us."

Answer 840

The correct phrase is "뭐야 이건?" (Mwoya igeon?) which translates to "What is this now?" or "What's this?" in English. It's a common expression used when someone is surprised or confused by something unexpected.

Answer 841

"Sitago" (싫어요) means "I don't want to" in Korean. It's a straightforward way to express a dislike or unwillingness to do something. The word "sitago" (싫어요) means "I don't want to" in Korean. Here are some sample sentences using "sitago": 1. 나는 떡볶이를 싫어요. (Naneun tteokbokkireul sitago.) - "I don't want to eat tteokbokki." 2. 영화를 보는 건 싫어요. (Yeonghwareul boneun geon sitago.) - "I don't want to watch a movie." 3. 오늘 나는 일찍 자고 싶어요. (Oneul naneun iljjik jago sipeoyo.) - "Today, I want to sleep early." 4. 저는 쇼핑을 가는 걸 싫어해요. (Jeoneun syopingeul ganeun geol sitaehaeyo.) - "I don't like going shopping." 5. 친구들과 약속을 잡는 건 싫어요. (Chingudeulgwa yaksogeul japneun geon sitago.) - "I don't want to make plans with friends." These sentences express a dislike or unwillingness to do certain activities or actions.

Answer 842

"Jeongmal Geurae" (정말 그래) translates to "can you really""That's right" or "Exactly" in English. It's used to confirm or agree with something that has been said.

Answer 843

"Mianhae jeongmallo" (미안해 정말로) translates to "I'm really sorry" or "I'm truly sorry" in English. It's a sincere apology expressing genuine remorse or regret for something that has happened.

Answer 844

The correct phrase is "그렇게" (geureokke), which means "like that" or "in that way" in Korean. It's used to emphasize the manner or condition of something.

Answer 845

"Jeullae" (즐래) in Korean means "Do you like it?" or "Are you enjoying it?" It's a casual question asking about someone's enjoyment or satisfaction with something. In formal Korean, you would use the verb "즐기다" (jeulgida) to convey the meaning of "enjoy" or "like." To ask if someone likes something or if they are enjoying it formally, you can use the following expressions: 1. "Do you like it?" - "즐기시나요?" (Jeulgisinayo?) 2. "Are you enjoying it?" - "즐기고 계십니까?" (Jeulgigo gyesimnikka?) These expressions are more suitable for formal situations or when addressing someone in a polite manner, such as in business settings or when speaking to someone older or in a position of authority. "Jeullae" (즐래) indeed primarily means "Do you like it?" or "Are you enjoying it?" in Korean. However, depending on the context and how it's used, it can convey slightly different nuances. Here are some additional meanings and sentence examples: 1. "Do you want to? / Shall we?" - In a casual context, "jeullae" can also be used to suggest doing something together, similar to saying "Do you want to?" or "Shall we?" in English. - Korean: 산책하자. (Jeullae sancaekhaja.) - "Do you want to go for a walk?" 2. "Is it okay? / Is it all right?" - In some situations, "jeullae" can be used to ask if something is acceptable or permissible. - Korean: 여기 앉아도 괜찮아? (Yeogi anjado gwaenchanha?) - "Is it okay if I sit here?" 3. "Do you mind?" - "Jeullae" can also be used to politely ask if something is bothersome or if it's causing inconvenience. - Korean: 문을 닫아도 괜찮아요? (Muneul dadado gwaenchanhayo?) - "Do you mind if I close the door?" Certainly! Here are some more examples of how "jeullae" can be used in different contexts: 1. "Do you like this dish?" - Korean: 이 요리 맛있어? 즐래? (I yori masisseo? Jeullae?) 2. "Do you want to watch a movie tonight?" - Korean: 오늘 밤에 영화 보러 갈래? (Oneul bame yeonghwa boreo gallae?) Response: 네, 즐래! (Ne, jeullae!) - "Yes, I'd like to!" 3. "Shall we go to the park?" - Korean: 공원에 가볼래? (Gongwone gaborae?) Response: 좋아, 즐래! (Joa, jeullae!) - "Sure, I'd like to!" 4. "Is it all right if I borrow your book?" - Korean: 네 책 좀 빌려도 돼요? (Ne chaek jom billyeodo dwaeyo?) Response: 네, 즐래요. (Ne, jeullaeyo.) - "Yes, that's fine." 5. "Do you mind if I turn up the volume?" - Korean: 볼륨을 좀 높여도 괜찮아요? (Bolleumeul jom nopyeodo gwaenchanhayo?) Response: 아니요, 즐래요. (Aniyo, jeullaeyo.) - "No, go ahead." These examples demonstrate various ways "jeullae" can be used in everyday conversations to ask for preferences, suggestions, or permissions.

Answer 846

"Sirayo" (싫어요) and "siraeyo" (싫어요) are essentially the same word with different romanizations. Both forms are used to express "I don't like" or "I dislike" in Korean. The only difference is the Romanization, which represents the same Korean word. Both "sirayo" and "siraeyo" are informal and polite ways to express dislike. They can be used interchangeably based on personal preference or regional differences in pronunciation. The polite form of "싫어요" (sirayo or siraeyo), meaning "I don't like" or "I dislike," is "싫어합니다" (siraehamnida) in formal speech. This form is used in polite or formal contexts, such as when speaking to someone older or in a professional setting. Sure, here are some more sample sentences using "siraeyo" (싫어요): 1. 나는 비 오는 날씨를 싫어요. (Naneun bi oneun nalssi-reul siraeyo.) - "I don't like rainy weather." 2. 그 영화는 너무 무서워서 나는 보기를 싫어요. (Geu yeonghwaneun neomu museowoseo naneun bogireul siraeyo.) - "I don't want to watch that movie because it's too scary." 3. 나는 시간이 부족해서 공부하기를 싫어요. (Naneun sigani bujokhaeseo gongbuhagireul siraeyo.) - "I don't want to study because I don't have enough time." 4. 이 곳의 음식은 매우 매워서 나는 먹기를 싫어요. (I gos-ui eumsigeun maeu maewoseo naneun meoggireul siraeyo.) - "I don't want to eat the food here because it's too spicy." 5. 나는 겨울을 싫어요. (Naneun gyeoureul siraeyo.) - "I don't like winter." These sentences express various dislikes or unwillingness to engage in certain activities or experiences.

Answer 847

"Uh eotteokhae? Gwenchana?" (어떻해? 괜찮아?) translates to "What's wrong? Are you okay?" in English. It's a common expression used to inquire about someone's well-being or to ask if they are okay when they seem upset or distressed.

Answer 848

"Yah, Jinjja molla!" (야, 진짜 몰라!) translates to "Hey, I really don't know!" in English. It's an informal expression used to convey frustration or exasperation when someone doesn't know the answer to a question or doesn't understand something. "Wah! Jinjja? Molla!" (와! 진짜? 몰라!) translates to "Wow! Really? I don't know!" in English. It's an informal expression used to express surprise or disbelief, followed by admitting that one doesn't know something. "Omo! Jinjja? Molla! Jeongmal nollasseo." (오모! 진짜? 몰라! 정말 놀랐어.) This sentence translates to: "Oh my! Really? I don't know! I was really surprised."

Answer 849

"Deulaseo" (들어서) translates to "come in" in English. It's a polite invitation for someone to enter a place or room. An impolite or casual way to say "come in" in Korean is "들어" (deureo) or "들어와" (deureowa). These are more direct and less formal than "들어서" (deulaseo). However, it's important to use the appropriate level of politeness depending on the situation and the relationship between you and the person you're addressing.

Answer 850

"Molla" (몰라) is the present tense informal form of "to not know" in Korean, while "mollasseo" (몰랐어) is the past tense informal form. To say "I didn't know" in Korean, you can use the following phrases: 1. "몰랐어요" (Mollasseoyo) - This is the polite/formal form. 2. "몰랐어" (Mollasseo) - This is the casual form. Both phrases translate to "I didn't know" in English. You can choose the appropriate form based on the level of formality you want to convey. - "Molla" (몰라) is used when you want to say "I don't know" in the present moment. - "Mollasseo" (몰랐어) is used when you want to say "I didn't know" about something in the past. So, for example: - "뭐야, 나도 몰라." (Mwoya, nado molla.) - "What is it, I don't know either." (present tense) - "어제 그 일에 대해서는 나도 몰랐어." (Eoje geu ire daehaeseoneun nado mollasseo.) - "I didn't know about that yesterday." (past tense)

Answer 851

"to know," it is "알았어" (allaesseo). This translates to "I knew" or "I knew it" in English. "그녀가 떠난다는 걸 알았어." (Geunyeoga tteonandaneun geol allaesseo.) "I knew she was leaving" in English. 1. 어제 그 일에 대해서는 알았어. (Eoje geu ire daehaeseoneun allaesseo.) - "I knew about that yesterday." 2. 너의 비밀을 알았어. (Neo-ui bimireul allaesseo.) - "I knew your secret." 3. 시험 문제에 대한 답을 알았어. (Sihyeom munjee daehan dabeul allaesseo.) - "I knew the answer to the test question." 4. 네가 거짓말을 하고 있다는 걸 알았어. (Nega geojitmareul hago issdaneun geol allaesseo.) - "I knew you were lying." 5. 내가 너무나 잘못했다는 것을 알았어. (Naega neomuna jalmoshaetdaneun geoseul allaesseo.) - "I knew I had done something very wrong." These sentences demonstrate different contexts in which "알았어" (allaesseo) can be used to express past knowledge or awareness of something.

Answer 852

"놀랐어" (nollasseo) is the casual form of "놀랐어요" (nollasseoyo), which means "surprised" in Korean. It's used to describe a state of being surprised or amazed in informal situations.

Answer 853

Wah! Geunyeoneun jeongmal yeppeuda." (와! 그녀는 정말 예쁘다.) This sentence translates to "Wow! She is really beautiful" in English. The phrase "Did someone ever tell you that you have a beautiful smile?" can be translated to Korean as: "누군가 네가 아름다운 미소를 가지고 있다고 말해 본 적이 있어?" (Nugunga nega areumdaun misoreul gajigo itdago malhae bon jeogi isseo?)

Answer 854

The phrase you're attempting to construct seems a bit off for conveying "as for what you know currently" in Korean. The phrase "여러분들에게 현재 알고 있는 것처럼" (yeoreobundeurege hyeonjae algo inneun geotcheoreom) would be a closer translation. Here's a breakdown: - "여러분들에게" (yeoreobundeurege) means "to all of you" or "to everyone here." - "현재" (hyeonjae) means "currently." - "알고 있는" (algo inneun) means "knowing" or "you know." - "것처럼" (geotcheoreom) means "like" or "as if." So, the phrase "여러분들에게 현재 알고 있는 것처럼" more directly translates to "as for what you are currently knowing" or "as you all currently know." This construction more accurately conveys the idea you're aiming for. The phrase "여러분들에" (yeoreobundeure) directly translates to "to all of you" or "to everyone here" and is used to address a group of people. However, if you're aiming for a phrase that means "as you know everything," you might be looking for a different construction. To convey the idea of "as you all know" or "as everyone knows," you might use: - "여러분도 알다시피" (yeoreobundo aldasidepi) - "여러분이 잘 알고 계시듯이" (yeoreobuni jal algo gyesideusi) These phrases more accurately capture the sentiment of "as you know everything" or "as everyone knows" when trying to preface a statement with the assumption that the information is already known to the audience. Sure, let's incorporate "여러분들에게 현재 알고 있는 것처럼" (yeoreobundeurege hyeonjae algo inneun geotcheoreom) into some sample sentences to see how it might be used in context: 1. **여러분들에게 현재 알고 있는 것처럼, 이 프로젝트의 마감일은 다음 주입니다.** - (yeoreobundeurege hyeonjae algo inneun geotcheoreom, i peurojekteu-ui magam-il-eun da-eum ju-ibnida.) - As you all currently know, the deadline for this project is next week. 2. **여러분들에게 현재 알고 있는 것처럼, 우리 학교는 다음 달부터 새로운 교육 과정을 도입할 예정입니다.** - (yeoreobundeurege hyeonjae algo inneun geotcheoreom, uri hakgyoneun da-eum dalbuteo saeroun gyoyuk gwajeong-eul doibhal yejeong-ibnida.) - As all of you currently know, our school will introduce a new curriculum starting next month. 3. **여러분들에게 현재 알고 있는 것처럼, 회사의 새 정책은 다음 달에 시행됩니다.** - (yeoreobundeurege hyeonjae algo inneun geotcheoreom, hoesa-ui sae jeongchaek-eun da-eum dal-e sihaengdoebnida.) - As everyone here currently knows, the company's new policy will be implemented next month. 4. **여러분들에게 현재 알고 있는 것처럼, 이번 행사에는 특별한 게스트가 참여할 예정입니다.** - (yeoreobundeurege hyeonjae algo inneun geotcheoreom, ibeon haengsa-eneun teukbyeolhan geseuteuga chamyeohal yejeong-ibnida.) - As for what you all currently know, a special guest is scheduled to participate in this event. These sentences show how the phrase can set up information that is presumed to be known by the audience, transitioning smoothly into additional details or reminders about that information. Sure, let's incorporate "여러분들에게 현재 알고 있는 것처럼" (yeoreobundeurege hyeonjae algo inneun geotcheoreom) into some sample sentences to see how it might be used in context: 1. **여러분들에게 현재 알고 있는 것처럼, 이 프로젝트의 마감일은 다음 주입니다.** - (yeoreobundeurege hyeonjae algo inneun geotcheoreom, i peurojekteu-ui magam-il-eun da-eum ju-ibnida.) - As you all currently know, the deadline for this project is next week. 2. **여러분들에게 현재 알고 있는 것처럼, 우리 학교는 다음 달부터 새로운 교육 과정을 도입할 예정입니다.** - (yeoreobundeurege hyeonjae algo inneun geotcheoreom, uri hakgyoneun da-eum dalbuteo saeroun gyoyuk gwajeong-eul doibhal yejeong-ibnida.) - As all of you currently know, our school will introduce a new curriculum starting next month. 3. **여러분들에게 현재 알고 있는 것처럼, 회사의 새 정책은 다음 달에 시행됩니다.** - (yeoreobundeurege hyeonjae algo inneun geotcheoreom, hoesa-ui sae jeongchaek-eun da-eum dal-e sihaengdoebnida.) - As everyone here currently knows, the company's new policy will be implemented next month. 4. **여러분들에게 현재 알고 있는 것처럼, 이번 행사에는 특별한 게스트가 참여할 예정입니다.** - (yeoreobundeurege hyeonjae algo inneun geotcheoreom, ibeon haengsa-eneun teukbyeolhan geseuteuga chamyeohal yejeong-ibnida.) - As for what you all currently know, a special guest is scheduled to participate in this event. These sentences show how the phrase can set up information that is presumed to be known by the audience, transitioning smoothly into additional details or reminders about that information.

Answer 855

To say "not sure" in Korean, you might use "잘 모르겠어요" (jal moreugesseoyo). This phrase is polite and expresses uncertainty or indecision about something. Yes, "그래세요?" (Geuraeseyo?) translates to "Is that so?" or "Really?" in English, used in formal or polite contexts to express surprise or ask for confirmation about what someone just said. "그래서" (Geuraeseo) means "so" or "and so" in English. It's used to connect thoughts, implying a consequence or a sequence of events. For example, "그래서 뭐했어?" translates to "So, what did you do?"

Answer 856

To say "I like the Korean song I heard, I like it" in Korean, you would phrase it slightly differently for clarity and smoothness in Korean structure. It could be: "저는 들은 한국말 노래가 좋아요, 정말 좋아해요." (Jeoneun deureun hangungmal noraega joayo, jeongmal joahaeyo.) This translates to "The Korean song I heard is nice, I really like it."

Answer 857

The phrase "그런가 같아요" (Geuranga gateyo) translates to "It seems so" or "It looks like that" in English. It's used to express agreement or acknowledgment based on what was previously said or observed. Here are some sample sentences using "그런가 같아요" (Geuranga gateyo): 1. 날씨가 흐린 것 같아서 우산을 가져가야겠어요. (Nalssi ga heureun geot gataseo usaneul gajyeogaya gesseoyo.) - It looks like the weather is going to be cloudy, so I should bring an umbrella. 2. 그 영화를 봤어요? 그런가 같아서 재미있을 것 같아요. (Geu yeonghwaleul bwasseoyo? Geuranga gateoseo jaemiisseul geot gataseoyo.) - Did you watch that movie? It seems like it would be interesting. 3. 너무 바쁜 것 같아서 오늘은 약속을 취소해야 할 것 같아요. (Neomu bappeun geot gataseo oneureun yaksogeul chwisohaeya hal geot gatayo.) - It seems like I'm too busy, so I might have to cancel our plans for today. 4. 그 사람은 요즘 조용한 것 같아요. (Geu saram-eun yojeum joyonghan geot gatayo.) - It seems like that person has been quiet lately. 5. 시험이 얼마 안 남았는데, 그런가 같아서 매일 열심히 공부해야겠어요. (Sihemi eolma an namannunde, geuranga gateoseo maeil yeolsimhi gongbuhaeyagesseoyo.) - There's not much time left until the exam, so I should study hard every day.

Answer 858

Ah, got it! "진짜 뿔이야" (Jinjja bullayo) can also mean "It's really nonsense" or "That's a load of bull" in a colloquial sense. It's often used to express disbelief, skepticism, or to dismiss something as untrue or absurd.

Answer 859

"그런데 그때" (geunde geuttae) translates to "but at that time" or "however, back then" in English. It's used to introduce a contrasting or contextualizing statement related to a previous time or situation. "가장 열심히" (gajang yeolsimhi) translates to "the most diligently" or "the most hardworking" in English. It's used to describe someone who is putting forth the most effort or working the hardest among a group. "이신가요" (isinikka) translates to "Is it?" or "Really?" in English. It's often used to seek confirmation or clarification about something that was just mentioned or implied.

Answer 860

"잘 주었을 때" (jal jue gaettae The phrase "잘 주었을 때" (jal jue gaettae) could be a typo or misinterpretation because it doesn't form a common expression in Korean. If the intended phrase is "잘 줬을 때" (jal jwasseul ttae), it means "when (I/you/he/she/it) gave (something) well," indicating a past action of giving that was done well or correctly. However, without the typo, "잘 주었을 때" doesn't directly translate to a common phrase or expression in Korean. If you are looking for a specific meaning or usage in different contexts, please provide more details or check the phrase again.) translates to "when you did well" in English. It refers to a specific time or situation when someone performed admirably or effectively. The phrase "잘 지내세요?" (jal jinaeseyo?) translates to "Are you doing well?" or "How have you been?" in English. It's a polite way to ask someone about their well-being or current state. If you're specifically asking about a third person like "he," the question would slightly change in Korean to inquire directly about that person, such as "그는 잘 지내요?" (geuneun jal jinaeyo?) for "Is he doing well?" or "How is he doing?"

Answer 861

beolssseoya-informal for "it's getting late" The formal phrase "벌써 밤이 되었어요" (beolssseo bami doeosseoyo) translates to "It's already become night" or "It's already nighttime" in English. It indicates that it's getting late or that evening has arrived. The expressions "beuseupta" or "beoseupda" seem to be aiming towards conveying "It's late" or "It's getting late" in a casual manner, but they aren't standard expressions in Korean. For saying "It's getting late" in a casual manner, you could say: - 벌써 늦었어 (beolsseo neut-eosseo). And for a more standard expression: - 벌써 늦었습니다 (beolsseo neuj-eossseubnida) for a formal and polite way. If you're aiming for slang or highly informal expressions, these might vary widely and could be understood differently depending on the context or even among different groups of speakers.

Answer 862

The phrase "take it" would be translated into Korean as "가져가" (gajyeoga) when instructing someone to take something and go. "가주 가요" (gaju gayo) isn't a standard way to express this; it seems to be a mix of verbs that doesn't convey a clear standard Korean expression. If you want to say "Take it" in a more formal or polite context, you could say: - 가져가세요 (gajyeogaseyo). It looks like there's a mix-up in the expression. If you're aiming for "Go and take it" or "Take it and go" in Korean, the correct phrase would be "가져가요" (gajyeogayo). This is the polite form of telling someone to take something with them. The phrase you provided, "Gaiyeogayeo," doesn't match a standard Korean expression or verb form.

Answer 863

The phrase "You hate it when it rains" translates to "비가 오면 싫어해요" (biga omyeon sirhehaeyo) in Korean. Here's the breakdown: - "비가" (biga) - "when it rains" - "오면" (omyeon) - "if" or "when" - "싫어해요" (sirhehaeyo) - "hate it" or "dislike it" So, the sentence "비가 오면 싫어해요" expresses the sentiment of disliking rain.

Answer 864

"Annyeong sinikka?" (안녕 신이까?) does not form a meaningful phrase in Korean. If you meant to ask "안녕하신가요?" (Annyeonghasin-gayo?), it would translate to "Are you well?" or "How are you?" in English. "Yeoreobun Annyeong sanikka?" (여러분 안녕하신가요?) translates to "Are you all well?" or "How are you all?" in English. It's a polite and formal way to address a group of people and inquire about their well-being.

Answer 865

The phrase "무섭다 보세요" (museopda boseyo) translates to "See how scary it is" in English. - "무섭다" (museopda) means "scary" or "frightening." - "보세요" (boseyo) is a polite imperative form of the verb "보다" (boda), which means "to see" or "to look." It's used to suggest or encourage someone to look or see for themselves. So, "무섭다 보세요" (museopda boseyo) is a phrase used to emphasize the scariness of something and suggest that the listener should experience it firsthand. The phrase "무섭다 너" (museopda neo) translates to "You are scary" in English. - "무섭다" (museopda) means "scary" or "frightening." - "너" (neo) is the informal word for "you." So, "무섭다 너" (museopda neo) is a direct statement indicating that the person being addressed is perceived as frightening or scary.

Answer 866

It seems like there might be a typo or a misunderstanding in the phrase "botto" as it doesn't correspond to any Korean word or expression. If you're trying to say "since 3 hours ago" in Korean, you would say "3시간 전부터" (sam si gan jeonbuteo) or "3시간 전부터 지금까지" (sam si gan jeonbuteo jigeumkkaji), which means "since three hours ago" or "from three hours ago until now."

Answer 867

The phrase "아, 미친이네" (Ah, michinine) in Korean translates to "Oh, that's crazy" in English. It's an informal expression used to convey surprise or disbelief about something that seems outrageous or unbelievable.

Answer 868

The correct phrase for "I know" in Korean is "알아요" (al-ayo) or "알아" (al-a) in informal speech. "아루 아루" (aru aru) doesn't convey the meaning of "I know" in Korean. If you meant "I know," you can use "알아요" (al-ayo) or "알아" (al-a) depending on the level of formality.

Answer 869

The phrase "갈게 그럼" (galge geureom) translates to "I'll leave then" or "I'll go now" in English. It's a casual way of indicating that you will depart or leave a place. The phrase "지금 갈게 그럼" (jigeum galge geureom) translates to "I'll leave now then" in English. It's a casual way of indicating that you're about to depart or leave at this moment.

Answer 870

The phrase "언제처럼?" (eonje cheoreom?) translates to "When was it?" in English. It's used to inquire about the time or date of a past event or occurrence.

Answer 871

The phrase "뭐가요?" (mwogayo?) translates to "What do you mean?" in English. It's used to ask for clarification or further explanation when someone's statement or action is unclear or ambiguous.

Answer 872

The phrase "가 간다고?" (ga gandago?) translates to "Are you leaving?" in English. It's a question asking if someone is in the process of leaving or planning to leave soon. The phrase "뭐야? 가 간다고?" (Mwoya? Ga gandago?) translates to "What? Are you leaving?" in English. It's a response expressing surprise or disbelief, followed by a question asking if someone is indeed leaving.

Answer 873

The phrase "알았다고" (arattago) translates to "I said, alright" in English. It's used to confirm that you understand or agree with something that has been said to you.

Answer 874

The word "Mwonde" (뭐인데) translates to "What is it?" in English. It's a common informal expression used to ask for clarification or to inquire about something when you're unsure or curious.

Answer 875

The phrase "밤 먹었어?" (pam meogeosseo?) translates to "Did you eat dinner?" or more literally, "Did you eat [the] evening [meal]?" In Korean, "밤" (pam) means "night" or "evening," and "

Answer 876

The word "현재" (hyeonjae) means "currently" or "at the present moment" in Korean. It doesn't directly translate to "are you alone right now." To ask "Are you alone right now?" in Korean, you could say "지금 혼자 있어요?" (jigeum honja isseoyo?) for a polite form or "지금 혼자 있어?" (jigeum honja isseo?) in a casual form. The phrase "Ah neo hyeonjae geuna!" can be understood as "Ah, so you're alone right now!" in English. It's a casual way of expressing surprise or realization that someone is currently alone.

Answer 877

In casual Korean, "말해" (malhae) can be used as a shorter form of "말해줘" (malhaejwo), meaning "tell me."

Answer 878

Yes, "hoksire" is a casual way to ask "are you sure?" in Korean.

Answer 879

Yes, "seolma" (설마) in Korean can be translated as "No way," "Really?" or "Could it be?" It's often used to express disbelief or surprise at something unexpected. Sure! I'll provide the sample sentences again with the Hangul, the Romanized Korean, and the English translation for clarity. 1. **설마 그 사람이 이 일에 관련되어 있을까?** - Seolma geu sarami i ire gwanlyeondoeeo isseulkka? - "No way, could that person be involved in this matter?" 2. **설마 비가 올 줄은 몰랐어.** - Seolma biga ol jureun mollasseo. - "I really didn't expect it to rain." 3. **설마 네가 이겼다고?** - Seolma nega igyeotdago? - "No way, did you win?" 4. **설마 내가 늦었나?** - Seolma naega neujeotna? - "Could it be that I'm late?" 5. **설마 진짜로 그렇게 생각해?** - Seolma jinjjaro geureoke saenggakhae? - "Do you really think so?" This format shows the Hangul, the Romanized pronunciation, and the English translation, making it easier to understand and pronounce for those learning Korean.

Answer 880

first of all" or "in the first place" in Korean is actually "일단" (ildan)." Here's how it's used: 1. **일단 집에 가서 생각해 보자.** - Ildan jibe gaseo saenggakhae boja. - "Let's go home and think about it first." 2. **일단 먹고 나서 다른 걱정을 하자.** - Ildan meokgo naseo dareun geokjeongeul haja. - "First, let's eat and then worry about other things." 3. **일단 침착하게 문제를 해결해 보자.** - Ildan chimchakhage munjereul haegyeolhae boja. - "First of all, let's try to solve the problem calmly." This phrase is often used to suggest an immediate, preliminary action or to focus on what should be done first before addressing subsequent steps or concerns.

Answer 881

For "I'm not seeing a man" in the context of clarifying that you're not dating or involved with a man, you might say something slightly different in Korean. A more natural way to express this could be: - **남자랑 사귀고 있지 않아요.** - (Namjarang sagwigoh itji anhayo.) - "I'm not dating a man." Or, if you're emphasizing the absence of a man in a specific situation or location, you might say: - **여기 남자 없어요.** - (Yeogi namja eopseoyo.) - "There's no man here." The context of not "seeing" a man, as in dating or being romantically involved, is more directly translated with terms related to dating (사귀다 - sagwida) or being in a relationship.

Answer 882

It looks like there's a slight typo in your sentence. If you're trying to say "I need a new car," it should be: - 저는 새 차를 필요합니다. (Jeoneun sae chareul piryohamnida.) However, the more natural way to express "I need a new car" in Korean, incorporating the correct verb for "need," would be: - 저는 새 차가 필요해요. (Jeoneun sae chaga piryohaeyo.)

Answer 883

Yes, that's correct! In Korean, "제" (je) or "저의" (jeoui) both mean "my." "제" is the contracted form of "저의." You can use either form depending on the context and formality level. For example: - **제 이름은 미카엘입니다.** - (Je ireumeun Mikaerimnida.) - "My name is Michael." - **저의 핸드폰을 잊어버렸어요.** - (Jeoui haendeupon-eul ijeobeoryeosseoyo.) - "I forgot my phone." Both "제" and "저의" can be used to indicate possession or ownership. Certainly! Here are more examples using "제" (je) and "저의" (jeoui) to indicate "my": 1. **제 친구를 소개시켜 드리겠습니다.** - (Je chingureul sogae sikyeo deurigessseubnida.) - "I will introduce my friend to you." 2. **저의 꿈은 선생님이 되는 것입니다.** - (Jeoui kkumeun seonsaengnim-i doeneun geosimnida.) - "My dream is to become a teacher." 3. **제 책을 어디에 두었을까요?** - (Je chaeg-eul eodie dueosseulkkayo?) - "Where did I put my book?" 4. **저의 가방이 너무 무거워요.** - (Jeoui gabangi neomu mugeowoyo.) - "My bag is too heavy." 5. **제 생일은 10월 5일입니다.** - (Je saeng-ireun 10wol 5iribnida.) - "My birthday is October 5th." These examples illustrate how "제" and "저의" can be used interchangeably to indicate possession or relation to the speaker in a variety of contexts.

Answer 884

Actually, "제쪽" (jejjog) in Korean typically means "my side" or "my part." It doesn't directly translate to "there." Chimsireun jeojjogimnida- the bedroom is there If you're looking for the Korean word for "there," you can use "거기" (geogi) or "저기" (jeogi), depending on the context. - "거기" (geogi) is used to refer to a location relatively near the listener or the speaker and listener together. - "저기" (jeogi) is used to refer to a location relatively far from both the speaker and the listener. For example: - **거기에 누가 있나요?** - (Geogie nuga innayo?) - "Is there anyone there?" - **저기가 어떤 곳인가요?** - (Jeogiga eotteon gos-ingayo?) - "What kind of place is there?" The phrase "부엌은 저쪽입니다" (Bueogeun jeojjogimnida) translates to "The kitchen is on that side." While it's grammatically correct, it may not exactly convey "The kitchen is there" as in pointing out a specific location. If you want to specifically say "The kitchen is there" as in pointing out a location, you could say: - **부엌은 거기 있습니다.** - (Bueogeun geogi itsseumnida.) This translates directly to "The kitchen is there." It's a more direct way of indicating a specific location.

Answer 885

The word "닫혀" (dachyeo) in Korean is the verb form of "closed." It's the past tense of the verb "닫다" (datda), which means "to close." So "닫혀" (dachyeo) specifically means "closed" in the context of something being shut or not open. Of course! Here are some sample sentences using "닫혀" (dachyeo) meaning "closed": 1. **문이 이미 닫혀 있어요.** - (Muni imi dachyeo isseoyo.) - "The door is already closed." 2. **가게는 아직 닫혀 있나요?** - (Gageneun ajik dachyeo innayo?) - "Is the shop still closed?" 3. **창문을 닫혔어요.** - (Changmuneul dachyeosseoyo.) - "The window was closed." 4. **지난 주에는 학교가 일주일 동안 닫혀 있었어요.** - (Jinan jue-neun haggyoga iljuil dong-an dachyeo isseosseoyo.) - "Last week, the school was closed for a week." 5. **현재 건물은 리모델링으로 인해 닫혀 있습니다.** - (Hyeonjae geonmureun rimodeulling-euro inhae dachyeo itsseumnida.) - "The building is currently closed due to remodeling." These sentences demonstrate various contexts in which "닫혀" (dachyeo) can be used to describe something being closed.

Answer 886

Yes, you're correct! In the sentence "저는 접시가 있어요" (Jeoneun jeobsiga isseoyo), the word "가" (ga) is a subject marker indicating that the subject "접시" (jeobsi), which means "plate," is the one being possessed or owned by the speaker. In the phrase "가지고" (gajigo), "고" (go) is a conjunctive ending that means "and" or "with," and "가지다" (gajida) is the verb meaning "to have" or "to possess." So, "가지고" (gajigo) combines the verb "to have" with the conjunctive ending to mean "having" or "having with." In your sentence, "저는 접시가 있어요" (Jeoneun jeobsiga isseoyo), "가" (ga) indicates that the speaker has the plate. However, if you want to say "I have a plate" using "가지고" (gajigo), you could say: - **저는 접시를 가지고 있어요.** - (Jeoneun jeobsireul gajigo isseoyo.) - "I have a plate."

Answer 887

Yes, you're correct! If "전등받침대" (jeondeungbadchimdae) is interpreted as "전등" (jeondeung, lamp/light) + "받침대" (badchimdae, stand/base), then it could indeed refer to a bedside lamp or a lamp stand. In this context: - "전등" (jeondeung) means "lamp" or "light." - "받침대" (badchimdae) could be interpreted as "stand" or "base," specifically referring to the stand or base of the lamp. So, "전등받침대" (jeondeungbadchimdae) could refer to the stand or base of a bedside lamp.

Answer 888

Yes, you are correct! - "더" (deo) means "more" or "additional," and in this context, it's used to indicate "you" or "you have." - "딱딱한" (ttakttaghan) means "firmer" or "harder." So, "더 딱딱한" (deo ttakttaghan) means "firmer" or "more firm." The sentence "더 딱딱한 매트리스가 있습니까?" (Deo ttakttaghan maeteuriseuga isseubnikka?) translates to "Do you have a firmer mattress?" or "Is there a firmer mattress available?" It seems like you provided two Korean phrases: 1. "딱커니까" (Ttakkeunikka) - This phrase is a contraction of "딱" (ttak), which means "exactly" or "precisely," and "그러니까" (geureunikka), which means "so" or "therefore." "딱커니까" (Ttakkeunikka) is colloquially used to mean "so, exactly," or "that's right." 2. "딱퉁해요" (Ttatteuthaeyo) - This phrase consists of "딱" (ttak), which means "exactly" or "precisely," and "퉁하다" (ttunghada), which means "to be blunt" or "to be straightforward." "딱퉁해요" (Ttatteuthaeyo) is often used to describe someone who is blunt or straightforward in their manner of speaking. Both phrases are commonly used in casual conversations in Korean.

Answer 889

Yes, you're correct! "더러워요" (deoreowoyo) means "dirty" in Korean. So, the sentence "바닥이 더러워요" (Badag-i deoreowoyo) translates to "The floor is dirty." Yes, you're correct! "고장 났어요" (gojang nasseoyo) means "broken" or "out of order" in Korean. So, the sentence "내 진공청소기가 고장 났어요" (Nae jingongcheongsogiga gojang nasseoyo) translates to "My vacuum cleaner is broken."

Answer 890

It seems there was a little confusion in the sentence. Let's break it down: - "저한테" (Jeohante) means "to me" or "for me." - "사진기가" (sajingiga) is made up of "사진기" (sajingi), which means "camera," and "가" (ga), which is the subject marker. - "있어요" (isseoyo) means "there is" or "have." So, "저한테 사진기가 있어요" (Jeohante sajingiga isseoyo) translates to "I have a camera" with the literal meaning being closer to "There is a camera to me." The sentence structure is indeed correct for indicating possession of a camera.

Answer 891

To have- gajigo To want- joahaeyo To need- piryohaeyo 1. To take - 가져가다 (gajyeogada) 2. To see - 보다 (boda) 3. To listen - 듣다 (deutda) 4. To hold - 잡다 (jabda) 5. To borrow - 빌리다 (billida) 6. To take back - 되돌리다 (doedollida) 7. To return - 돌려주다 (dollyeojuda) 8. To move - 이동하다 (idonghada) Certainly! For the verbs "to have," "to want," and "to need," it's important to note that "가지고" (gajigo) is a form used in compound verbs to mean "having" as a possession or condition for doing something else, rather than a simple verb on its own for "to have." For simplicity and to align with your request, I'll treat "가지다" (gajida) as the base form for "to have," and I will provide conjugations for "to want" and "to need" based on your input, adjusting them to their dictionary forms for accurate conjugation: 1. To have - 가지다 (gajida) - Present tense: 가지고 있어요 (gajigo isseoyo) - Note: This is a common way to express possession. - Past tense: 가지고 있었어요 (gajigo isseosseoyo) - Future tense: 가지고 있을 거예요 (gajigo isseul geoyeyo) 2. To want - 좋아하다 (joahada) - Present tense: 좋아해요 (joahaeyo) - Past tense: 좋아했어요 (joahaesseoyo) - Future tense: 좋아할 거예요 (joahal geoyeyo) 3. To need - 필요하다 (piryohada) - Present tense: 필요해요 (piryohaeyo) - Past tense: 필요했어요 (piryohaesseoyo) - Future tense: 필요할 거예요 (piryohal geoyeyo) These are more natural forms for expressing "to have," "to want," and "to need" in Korean, including their present, past, and future tense conjugations. 1. To take - 가져가다 (gajyeogada) - Conjugation: - Present tense: 가져가요 (gajyeogayo) - Past tense: 가져갔어요 (gajyeogasseoyo) - Future tense: 가져갈 거예요 (gajyeogal geoyeyo) 2. To see - 보다 (boda) - Conjugation: - Present tense: 봐요 (bwayo) - Past tense: 봤어요 (bwasseoyo) - Future tense: 볼 거예요 (bol geoyeyo) 3. To listen - 듣다 (deutda) - Conjugation: - Present tense: 들어요 (deureoyo) - Past tense: 들었어요 (deureosseoyo) - Future tense: 들을 거예요 (deureul geoyeyo) 4. To hold - 잡다 (jabda) - Conjugation: - Present tense: 잡아요 (jabayo) - Past tense: 잡았어요 (jabasseoyo) - Future tense: 잡을 거예요 (jabeul geoyeyo) 5. To borrow - 빌리다 (billida) - Conjugation: - Present tense: 빌려요 (billyeoyo) - Past tense: 빌렸어요 (billyeosseoyo) - Future tense: 빌릴 거예요 (billil geoyeyo) 6. To take back - 되돌리다 (doedollida) - Conjugation: - Present tense: 되돌려요 (doedollyeoyo) - Past tense: 되돌렸어요 (doedollyeosseoyo) - Future tense: 되돌릴 거예요 (doedollil geoyeyo) 7. To return - 돌려주다 (dollyeojuda) - Conjugation: - Present tense: 돌려줘요 (dollyeojwoyo) - Past tense: 돌려줬어요 (dollyeojwosseoyo) - Future tense: 돌려줄 거예요 (dollyeojul geoyeyo) 8. To move - 이동하다 (idonghada) - Conjugation: - Present tense: 이동해요 (idonghaeyo) - Past tense: 이동했어요 (idonghaesseoyo) - Future tense: 이동할 거예요 (idonghal geoyeyo)

Answer 892

물론입니다. 어떤 것에 대해 이야기하고 싶으세요? (Mullonimnida. Eotteon geot-e daehae iyagihago sipeuseyo?) Of course. What would you like to talk about?

Answer 893

The phrase you're looking for seems to be a bit off from standard Korean. If you're aiming to ask "Are you working hard?" in Korean, the correct phrase would be "열심히 일하고 있어?" (yeolsimhi ilhago isseo?). - "열심히" (yeolsimhi) means "hard" or "diligently." - "일하고" (ilhago) comes from "일하다" (ilhada), meaning "to work." - "있어?" (isseo?) is the present continuous form for verbs, indicating an ongoing action, translated as "Are you doing?" So, "열심히 일하고 있어?" means "Are you working hard?" or "Are you diligently working?"

Answer 894

"오랜만이에요. 잘 지냈어?" translates to "It's been a long time. How have you been?" or "Long time no see. Have you been well?" in English. This is a friendly greeting used when you haven't seen someone for a while and you're asking about their well-being. The phrase is polite yet casual, making it suitable for people you know personally. "잘 지냈어?" (Jal jinaesseo?) translates to "Have you been well?" or "How have you been?" in English. It's a common way to ask someone about their well-being, especially if you haven't seen them in a while. The phrase is casual and typically used with people you are familiar with.

Answer 895

It looks like there's a bit of a mix-up in the phrase "jigeum botto." If you're aiming for a phrase that means "Look now" or "See now" in Korean, a more accurate phrase might be "지금 봐" (jigeum bwa) for informal situations or "지금 보세요" (jigeum boseyo) for more formal or polite situations. Here's a breakdown: - "지금" (jigeum) means "now." - "봐" (bwa) is the imperative form of "보다" (boda), which means "to see" or "to look," used informally. - "보세요" (boseyo) is the polite imperative form of "보다" (boda). So, "지금 봐" or "지금 보세요" translates directly to "Look now" or "See now," inviting someone to pay attention to something immediately.

Answer 896

The phrase "어떤 보세요?" (Eotteon boseyo?) seems to be a mix-up or misunderstanding of Korean words and grammar. It seems like you're aiming for an expression that means "Look what happened!" However, the given phrase doesn't accurately convey that meaning. Here's why: - "어떤" (eotteon) means "which" or "what kind of." - "보세요" (boseyo) is a polite request form of "보다" (boda), which means "to look" or "to see." So, "어떤 보세요?" could be interpreted as asking someone to look at or consider "which" or "what kind," which doesn't make sense in this context. For expressing something like "Look what happened!" in Korean, you might say: - "봐요, 무슨 일이 일어났어요!" (Bwayo, museun iri ireonasseoyo!) - "봐요" (Bwayo) is a conjugated form of "보다" (boda), meaning "Look." - "무슨 일이 일어났어요" (museun iri ireonasseoyo) means "what happened." This phrase conveys surprise or the need to draw attention to an event that occurred. The phrase "그럼 갈게요" (Geureom galgeyo) translates to "Then I'll go" or "In that case, I'll go" in English. Here's a breakdown of the phrase: - "그럼" (geureom) means "then" or "in that case." - "갈게요" (galgeyo) comes from the verb "가다" (gada), which means "to go." In this case, it's conjugated to the future tense with the polite ending "-요" (-yo). So, "그럼 갈게요" (Geureom galgeyo) is a polite way of saying "Then I'll go" in Korean. The phrase "어떻게 그럼?" (Eotteohke geureom?) translates to "How can that be?" or "How is that possible?" in English. Here's a breakdown of the phrase: - "어떻게" (eotteohke) means "how" or "in what way." - "그럼" (geureom) means "that way" or "in that case." So, when you put them together, "어떻게 그럼?" (Eotteohke geureom?) is used to express surprise, disbelief, or confusion about something that has been said or happened. The word "벌써" (beolss-eo) in Korean translates to "already" or "so soon." It's commonly used to express surprise or disbelief that something has happened or is happening sooner than expected. For example: - "벌써 왔어?" (Beolss-eo wasseo?) - "Are you already here?" - "벌써 다 먹었어?" (Beolss-eo da meogeosseo?) - "Did you already eat everything?" The phrase "얼마 아니야" (eolma aniya) can be translated to "It's not long" or "It hasn't been long." Here's a breakdown of the phrase: - "얼마" (eolma) means "how long" or "how much." - "아니야" (aniya) means "not" or "isn't." So, when you say "얼마 아니야" (eolma aniya), you're essentially saying "It hasn't been long" or "It's not long." It's often used to convey that a period of time hasn't passed by much. It seems there's a small typo in your message. The phrase for asking if someone has eaten in Korean is "식사 했어요?" (siksa haesseoyo?) rather than "Tsiksa isseoyo." - "식사" (siksa) means "meal" or "to eat." - "했어요?" (haesseoyo?) is the past tense of "하다" (hada), meaning "to do," so when combined, "했어요?" asks "Did you do?" So, "식사 했어요?" (siksa haesseoyo?) translates to "Have you eaten?" or more literally, "Did you eat?"

Answer 897

The phrase "Beuseupta araseyo?" appears to be a mix of Korean and English. If you're asking "Aren't you afraid?" in Korean, you would say "무서워하지 않아요?" (Museowohaji anh-ayo?) or simply "무서워요?" (Museowo-yo?) for "Are you afraid?" Here's the breakdown: - "무서워요?" (Museowo-yo?) - "Are you afraid?" (polite form) - "하지 않아요?" (Haji anh-ayo?) - "Don't you?" or "Aren't you?" (polite form) So, "무서워하지 않아요?" (Museowohaji anh-ayo?) combines both to ask "Aren't you afraid?" The phrase "무서웠다 알았어?" (Museowotda arasseo?) is a combination of two different expressions: 1. "무서웠다" (museowotda) - This is the past tense form of "무서워하다" (museowohada), which means "to be scared" or "to be afraid." 2. "알았어?" (arasseo?) - This is the informal way of saying "Did you know?" or "Do you know?" So, "무서웠다 알았어?" (Museowotda arasseo?) translates to "Did you know it was scary?" or "Were you aware that it was scary?"

Answer 898

It seems like you're trying to say "영이게, 알았지!" (Yeongigae, arachi!) in Korean. Here's the breakdown: 1. "영이게" (Yeongigae) - This seems like a name or a term referring to someone or something specific. Without context, it's difficult to provide an accurate translation. 2. "알았지" (arachi) - This is the informal way of saying "I knew it" or "I knew that" in Korean. So, "영이게, 알았지!" (Yeongigae, arachi!) translates to "Yeongigae, I knew it!" or "Yeongigae, I knew that!" "여기 바른" (Yeogi bareun) in English would be "Right here" or "Here it is." "Bareun" (바른) means "right" or "correct" in Korean. It can also mean "straight" or "upright" depending on the context. So, in the phrase "여기 바른" (Yeogi bareun), it's used to indicate that something is located "right here" or "correctly here."

Answer 899

The phrase for "don't worry" in Korean is "걱정하지 마세요" (Geokjeonghaji maseyo) or "걱정하지 마" (Geokjeonghaji ma), which is a more casual form. The phrase "싫어 그렇게 바세요" (Silheo geureoke baseyo) translates to "Please don't do it like that" or "I don't like it like that." To say "I don't want to" in Korean, you can use the phrase "싶지 않아요" (sipji anayo) after the verb stem. So, "I don't want to" in Korean is "하고 싶지 않아요" (hago sipji anayo). If you want to say "I don't want to (do something specific)," you can replace "하고" (hago) with the appropriate verb stem. For example, "말하고 싶지 않아요" (malhago sipji anayo) means "I don't want to talk."

Answer 900

The phrase "그렇게 아니야" (Geureohge aniya) translates to "It's not like that" in English. Here's a breakdown of the phrase: - "그렇게" (Geureohge) means "like that" or "that way." - "아니야" (Aniya) means "it's not" or "it isn't." So, "그렇게 아니야" (Geureohge aniya) is used to convey that something is not as described or not in the manner suggested. The phrase "그러니까 아니에요" (Geureonikka anieyo) translates to "So it's not" or "That's not it" in English. Here's a breakdown of the phrase: - "그러니까" (Geureonikka) means "so" or "therefore." - "아니에요" (Anieyo) means "it's not" or "it isn't." So, "그러니까 아니에요" (Geureonikka anieyo) is used to express that something is not as stated or not the case. My apologies for misunderstanding your previous message. "그렇니까 아니요" (Geureonikka aniyo) is the correct phrase, meaning "That's not it." As for "그렇나이아니다" (Geureuliga aniyo), it doesn't form a correct Korean expression. If you meant to say "그럴 리가 아니다" (Geureol riga anida), it translates to "There's no way that's true" or "That can't be true." This phrase is used to express disbelief or skepticism about something. The phrase "그럴 리가 아니요" (Geureol riga anieyo) translates to "There's no way that's true" or "That can't be true" in English. Here's a breakdown of the phrase: - "그럴 리가" (Geureol riga) means "there's a possibility" or "that's likely." - "아니요" (Anieyo) means "it's not" or "it isn't." So, "그럴 리가 아니요" (Geureol riga anieyo) is used to express disbelief or skepticism about something.

Answer 901

The phrase "나중에 전화할게요" (Najunge jeonhwahalgeyo) translates to "I'll call you later" in Korean. Najunge jeonhwahalge for short

Answer 902

"그래서? 몰라네" (Geuraeseo? Mollane) translates to "So? I don't know" " Really? I didn't know" It's a conversational response where "그래서?" (Geuraeseo?) means "So?" or "And then?" indicating the speaker is asking for further explanation or what comes next. "몰라네" (Mollane) expresses a lack of knowledge or understanding about the subject in question. Yes, you're correct. "그래서? 몰라네" (Geuraeseo? Mollane) can also be interpreted as "Really? I didn't know" depending on the context and tone of the conversation. In this case, "그래서?" (Geuraeseo?) expresses surprise or confirmation, and "몰라네" (Mollane) indicates the speaker's realization or acknowledgment of not knowing something.

Answer 903

"What time is it now?" in Korean is "지금 몇 시예요?" (Jigeum myeot siyeyo?). "시간 뭐해?" (Sigan mwohae?) translates to "What are you doing?" in English. It's a casual way to inquire about someone's current activities or how they're spending their time. "시간 어때?" (Sigan eottae?) translates to "How's your time?" or "How's your schedule?" in English. It's a common way to ask someone about their availability or how they're doing with their time. "날씨가 어때요?" (Nalssiga eottaeyo?) translates to "How's the weather?" in English.

Answer 904

Sure, here are some sample sentences: 1. 나는 번역가가 필요해요. (Naneun beonyeonggaga piryohaeyo.) - "I need a translator." 2. 오늘 날씨가 정말 좋아요. (Oneul nalssiga jeongmal joayo.) - "The weather is really nice today." 3. 무슨 생각해요? (Museun saenggakhaeyo?) - "What are you thinking?" 4. 학교에서 공부를 많이 했어요. (Hakgyoeseo gongbureul mani haesseoyo.) - "I studied a lot at school." 5. 저는 요리하는 것을 좋아해요. (Jeoneun yorihaneun geoseul joahaeyo.) - "I like cooking."

Answer 905